Homage to the Blessed One, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Self-awakened One

In the Collection of the Connected Discourses

Commentary on the Book of Causation

1.

Connected Discourses on Causation

1.

The Chapter on the Buddhas

1.

Commentary on the Discourse on Dependent Origination

1. "Thus have I heard" - the first discourse on dependent origination in the chapter on causality. Herein this is the progressive explanation of terms - "There the Blessed One addressed the monks": here "there" is an elucidation of place and time. For it indicates "at whatever time he dwells, 'there' refers to that time; and in whichever Jeta's Grove he dwells, 'there' refers to that Jeta's Grove." Or it indicates the place and time suitable for speaking. For the Blessed One does not speak the Teaching in an unsuitable place and at an unsuitable time. "It is not the right time yet, Bāhiya" and so on is the proof of this here. "Kho" is an indeclinable particle used merely as an expletive, in emphasis, or in the sense of the beginning of a statement. "The Blessed One" is an elucidation of the one revered by the world. "The monks" is a term for persons suitable for hearing the discourse. But here, the meaning of the word should be understood by the method beginning with "one who begs is a monk, one who has entered upon the practice of going for alms is a monk." "Addressed" means he spoke to, he said, he aroused their attention - this is the meaning here. But elsewhere it also occurs in the sense of informing. As he said - "I announce to you, monks, I make known to you, monks." Also in the sense of summoning. As he said - "Come, monk, in my name address Sāriputta." "Monks" is an illustration of the manner of addressing. And that is said because of the accomplishment of the connection with qualities such as the habit of begging and so on. For those skilled in language consider that a monk is one endowed with the quality of the habit of begging, and also one endowed with the quality of the nature of begging, and also one endowed with the quality of having done well in begging. And by that word, accomplished through the connection with qualities such as the habit of begging and so on, making known a livelihood practised by both low and superior people, he effects the suppression of haughtiness and despondency. And by this word "Monks," preceded by a glance of the eyes with a gentle heart pervaded by compassion, making them face towards himself, by that very word which indicates the desire to speak, he generates in them the desire to listen, and by that very word, in the sense of arousing attention, he also engages them in thorough attention. For the success of the Dispensation depends on thorough attention.

If one asks: when other gods and humans were also present, why did he address only the monks? Because of their being the eldest, the foremost, the nearest, and always present. For the Blessed One's teaching of the Teaching is common to all assemblies. Monks are the eldest in the assembly because they arose first. They are the foremost because, having taken the homeless life as the starting point, they conform to the Teacher's conduct and are the recipients of the entire Dispensation. They are the nearest because, among those seated there, they are close to the Teacher. They are always present because they are constantly in the Teacher's vicinity. Moreover, they are vessels for the teaching of the Teaching, because of the actual existence of practice in accordance with instruction. And in particular, with reference to certain monks only was this teaching also given - thus he addressed them.

For what purpose did the Blessed One, when teaching the Teaching, first address the monks, rather than simply teaching the Teaching? For the purpose of arousing mindfulness. Monks may be seated thinking of other things, or with distracted minds, or reviewing the Teaching, or attending to their meditation subject. If, without addressing them, the Teaching were being taught, being unable to discern "What is the source of this teaching? What is its condition? On what occasion was it taught?" they might either misapprehend it or might not apprehend it at all. Therefore, for the purpose of arousing their mindfulness, the Blessed One first addresses them and afterwards teaches the Teaching.

"Venerable sir" - this is a word of respect, or the giving of a reply to the Teacher. Moreover, here, saying "Monks," the Blessed One addresses the monks. Saying "Venerable sir," they address the Blessed One in return. Likewise, saying "Monks," the Blessed One speaks to them; saying "Venerable sir," they speak back to him. By saying "Monks," he elicits a reply; by saying "Venerable sir," they give a reply. "Those monks" means those whom the Blessed One addressed. "They assented to the Blessed One" means they assented to the Blessed One's address; the meaning is that, having turned towards him, they listened, accepted, and received it. "The Blessed One said this" means the Blessed One spoke this entire discourse that was now to be spoken. To this extent, that which was spoken by the Venerable Ānanda as the introduction adorned with time, place, preacher, assembly, and occasion, for the easy comprehension of this discourse which is accomplished in meaning and phrasing and which indicates the profound nature of the Buddhas' knowledge of teaching - the explanation of its meaning is complete.

Now the occasion has arrived for the explanation of the discourse laid down by the Blessed One by the method beginning with "I will teach you dependent origination." This, however, is the explanation of the discourse. Since, when explained after having examined the laying down of the discourse, it becomes clear, therefore we shall first examine the laying down of the discourse. For there are four layings down of discourses - one's own disposition, another's disposition, dependent on a question, and arising from an occasion. Therein, whatever discourses the Blessed One spoke uninvited by others, solely through his own disposition, as follows - the collection of discourses on the ten powers, the collection of discourses on the simile of the moon, the simile of the lute, right striving, the bases for spiritual power, faculties, powers, factors of enlightenment, and path factors, and so on; for those, the laying down is one's own disposition.

But those which, thinking "Indeed, the mental states that ripen liberation have matured in Rāhula. What if I were to train Rāhula further in the elimination of mental corruptions"; thus, having observed the disposition, patience, acquiescence, mind, resolution, and capacity for awakening of others, were spoken by way of another's disposition, as follows - the Cūḷarāhulovāda Sutta, the Mahārāhulovāda Sutta, the Setting in Motion of the Wheel of the Teaching, the Anattalakkhaṇa Sutta, the Āsīvisopama Sutta, the Dhātuvibhaṅga Sutta, and so on; for those, the laying down is another's disposition.

But having approached the Blessed One, the four assemblies, the four castes, serpents, supaṇṇas, gandhabbas, titans, demons, the great kings, the gods of Tāvatiṃsa and so on, the Great Brahmā, and such others - "Factors of enlightenment, factors of enlightenment, venerable sir, it is said - Mental hindrances, mental hindrances, venerable sir, it is said - Are these, venerable sir, the five aggregates of clinging? What here is the foremost wealth for a person?" - ask questions by such methods. Whatever was spoken by the Blessed One when thus asked - the Bojjhaṅga Saṃyutta and so on, or whatever others too such as the Devatā Saṃyutta, Māra Saṃyutta, Brahma Saṃyutta, Sakkapañha, Cūḷavedalla, Mahāvedalla, Sāmaññaphala, Āḷavaka, Sūciloma, Kharaloma Sutta, and so on; for those, the laying down is dependent on a question.

But those which were spoken dependent on an arisen occasion, as follows - the Dhammadāyāda. The Cūḷasīhanāda Sutta, the Simile of the Son's Flesh, the Simile of the Log of Wood, the Simile of the Mass of Fire, the Simile of the Lump of Foam, the Simile of the Coral Tree, and so on; for those, the laying down is arising from an occasion.

Thus, among these four layings down, the laying down of this Discourse on Dependent Origination is another's disposition. For this was laid down by the Blessed One by way of the disposition of other persons. By way of the disposition of which persons? Of those who understand quickly. For there are four persons: one who understands quickly, one who understands through elaboration, one who needs to be guided, and one for whom the word is the maximum. Therein, whatever person for whom there is full realization of the teaching as soon as it is uttered, this is called a person who understands quickly. Whatever person for whom, when what has been spoken in brief is being analysed in detail as to meaning, there is full realization of the teaching, this is called a person who understands through elaboration. Whatever person for whom, through recitation, through interrogation, through wise attention, through associating with, keeping company with, and attending on good friends, there is gradually full realization of the teaching, this is called a person who needs to be guided. Whatever person for whom, even though hearing much, even though remembering much, even though teaching much, there is no full realization of the teaching in that birth, this is called a person for whom the word is the maximum. Thus, among these four persons, this discourse was laid down by way of the disposition of persons who understand quickly.

At that time, it is said, five hundred country-dwelling monks, all wandering alone, in pairs, in threes, in fours, or in fives, of common livelihood, observers of ascetic practices, putting forth strenuous energy, devoted to meditation, gifted with introspection, desiring a smooth, subtle, empty teaching on the mode of dependent conditions, in the evening period, having approached the Blessed One, having paid homage, as if being enclosed by a red woollen curtain, expecting the teaching, surrounded him and sat down. According to their disposition, the Blessed One began this discourse. Just as a skilled painter, having obtained an unprepared wall, did not produce a picture from the very beginning, but having first done the wall preparation with thick clay plaster and so on, produces a picture on the prepared wall; but having obtained an already prepared wall, without doing the work of wall preparation, having mixed the various dyes, and taking a brush or a cotton pad, produces the picture itself - just so the Blessed One, having obtained a beginner son of good family who has not formed a resolution, does not tell him from the very beginning the smooth, subtle, empty characteristic of insight that is the proximate cause of arahantship, but engaging him through the accomplishment of morality, concentration, and the view of the ownership of one's actions, first tells the preliminary practice. With reference to which it was said -

"Therefore, monk, you should purify the very beginning in wholesome mental states. And what is the beginning of wholesome mental states? Morality that is well purified and view that is straight. When, monk, your morality is well purified and your view is straight, then, monk, in dependence on morality, established upon morality, you should develop the four establishments of mindfulness in a threefold way. Which four? Here, monk, dwell observing the body in the body internally, ardent, fully aware, mindful, having removed covetousness and displeasure regarding the world. Or externally in the body, etc. or internally and externally in the body, etc. dwell observing mental phenomena in mental phenomena, ardent, fully aware, mindful, having removed covetousness and displeasure regarding the world. When, monk, in dependence on morality, established upon morality, you will thus develop these four establishments of mindfulness in a threefold way, then for you, monk, whatever night or day comes, only growth is to be expected in wholesome mental states, not decline."

Thus, having spoken the preliminary work through the talk on morality for the beginner son of good family, he tells the smooth, subtle, empty characteristic of insight that is the proximate cause of arahantship.

But having obtained one of pure morality, putting forth strenuous energy, devoted to meditation, gifted with introspection, he does not tell him the preliminary practice, but straightaway tells the smooth, subtle, empty characteristic of insight that is the proximate cause of arahantship. These five hundred monks stood having purified the preliminary practice, like well-refined gold, resembling a well-polished mass of gems; only the supramundane path had not yet come to them. Thus, for the purpose of its coming, the Teacher, having regard for their disposition, began this discourse.

Therein, "dependent origination" means the mode of dependent conditions. For the mode of dependent conditions produces states that are conjoined dependent on one another. Therefore it is called "dependent origination." This is the summary here; the detail, however, should be taken from the Visuddhimagga.

"Vo" - this word "vo" is seen in the reflexive, accusative, instrumental, dative, genitive, and expletive senses. For in such passages as "But do you, Anuruddha, dwell in unity, being joyful" and so on, it is seen in the reflexive sense. In such passages as "Go, monks, I dismiss you" and so on, in the accusative sense. In such passages as "You should not dwell near me" and so on, in the instrumental sense. In such passages as "I will teach you, monks, the exposition on the deep forest" and so on, in the dative sense. In such passages as "All of yours, Sāriputta, was well spoken" and so on, in the genitive sense. In such passages as "Those of you who are noble ones with pure bodily action" and so on, merely as an expletive. But here it should be seen in the dative sense. "Monks" is the addressing again of those who had turned to face him through their assent. "I will teach" is the undertaking to teach. "Listen to that" means: listen to that dependent origination, that teaching being spoken by me.

As for "pay close attention" (sādhukaṃ manasi karotha), here "sādhukaṃ" and "sādhu" have the same meaning. And this word "sādhu" is seen in the senses of requesting, accepting, gladdening, beautiful, strengthening, and so on. For in such passages as "It would be good, venerable sir, if the Blessed One would teach me the Teaching in brief" and so on, it is seen in the sense of requesting. In passages such as "Sādhu, bhante - that monk, having delighted in and given thanks for what the Blessed One had said" and so on, in the sense of accepting. In passages such as "Good, good, Sāriputta" and so on, in the sense of gladdening.

In such passages and so on, in the sense of beautiful. In passages such as "If so, brahmin, listen well" and so on, the word "sādhuka" itself is in the sense of strengthening; it is also called command. But here this should be understood in the sense of strengthening and command right here; it is also fitting in the sense of beautiful. For in the sense of strengthening: "Listen firmly to this teaching, grasping it rightly"; in the sense of command: "Listen by my command"; in the sense of beautiful: "Listen to this beautiful, excellent teaching" - thus this is explained. "Pay attention" (manasi karotha) means reflect. The meaning is: collect your thoughts. Having become undistracted in mind, attend; bring it to mind - this is the intention.

Now here, "listen to that" (taṃ suṇātha) is for the prevention of distraction of the ear-faculty. "Pay close attention" (sādhukaṃ manasi karotha) - by the application of strengthening to attention, is for the prevention of distraction of the mind-faculty. And here, the former is for the prevention of wrongly grasping the phrasing; the latter is for the prevention of wrongly grasping the meaning. And by the former he urges to the hearing of the Teaching; by the latter, to the retention and examination of the teachings heard. And by the former he explains: "This teaching has phrasing, therefore it should be heard"; by the latter: "It has meaning, therefore it should be attended to." Or, connecting the word "sādhuka" with both terms: "Because this teaching is profound in its nature and profound in its exposition, therefore listen well. Because it is profound in meaning and profound in penetration, therefore pay close attention" - thus the explanation should be understood. "I will speak" means I will teach. By "listen to that" (taṃ suṇātha), here the promised teaching will not be taught only in brief, but rather I will also speak it in detail - this is what is said. For these terms express both conciseness and detail. As the Elder Vaṅgīsa said -

When this was said, having become filled with enthusiasm, "Yes, venerable sir" - those monks assented to the Blessed One; they accepted the Teacher's word, they received it - this is what is said.

Then the Blessed One said this to them - He spoke this entire discourse now to be spoken beginning with "And what, monks, is dependent origination?" and so on. Therein, "And what, monks, is dependent origination?" is a question from the wish to speak. For questions are of five kinds: a question for illuminating what has not been seen, a question for comparing what has been seen, a question for cutting off doubt, a question of approval, and a question from the wish to speak. Their diversity is as follows -

What is a question for illuminating what has not been seen? By nature the characteristic is unknown, unseen, not weighed, not determined, not clear, not made clear. One asks a question for the knowledge of that, for the seeing of that, for the scrutiny of that, for the determination of that, for the clarity of that, for the purpose of making clear. This is the question for illuminating what has not been seen.

What is the question for comparing what has been seen? By nature the characteristic is known, seen, weighed, determined, clear, made clear. He asks a question for the purpose of comparing with other wise persons. This is the question for comparing what has been seen.

What is the question for cutting off doubt? By nature one has plunged into doubt, plunged into uncertainty, become wavering - "Is it thus indeed, or is it not indeed, how indeed?" - he asks a question for the purpose of cutting off doubt. This is the question for cutting off doubt.

What is a question of approval? The Blessed One asks the monks a question by way of approval - "What do you think, monks, is matter permanent or impermanent?" Impermanent, venerable sir. "But what is impermanent, is that suffering or happiness?" Suffering, venerable sir. "But what is impermanent, suffering, subject to change, is it proper to regard that - 'This is mine, this I am, this is my self'?" "No indeed, venerable sir." This is a question of approval.

What is a question from the wish to speak? The Blessed One asks the monks a question from the wish to speak - "There are these four establishments of mindfulness, monks. What four?" This is a question from the wish to speak.

Therein, the first three questions do not exist for the Buddhas. Why? For the Buddhas, in the three periods of time, there is nothing whatsoever conditioned or unconditioned that is free from the periods that is unseen, unilluminated, not weighed, not determined, not clear, not made clear. Therefore the question for illuminating what has not been seen does not exist for them. But whatever has been penetrated by the Blessed One through his own knowledge, there is no need to compare that with any other ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā. Therefore the question for comparing what has been seen does not exist for him. But because he is free from doubt, has crossed over sceptical doubt, has destroyed doubt regarding all phenomena. Therefore the question for cutting off doubt does not exist for him. But the other two questions do exist for the Blessed One. Among those, this should be understood as a question from the wish to speak.

Now, analysing the mode of dependent conditions that was asked about by the question, he said beginning with "with ignorance as condition, monks, activities." Here, just as one who has begun saying "I shall speak about the father" first speaks about the son too, saying "Tissa's father, Soṇa's father," just so the Blessed One, having begun to speak about the condition, speaking about the phenomena beginning with ignorance as the conditions for activities and so on by the method beginning with "with ignorance as condition, activities," also spoke about the conditionally arisen. But at the conclusion of the Āhāra Vagga, having undertaken both by saying "I will teach you, monks, dependent origination and the dependently arisen phenomena," he spoke about both. Now, in the passage beginning with "with ignorance as condition, activities," ignorance and that is a condition - thus "ignorance-condition." Therefore the meaning should be understood by this method: "with ignorance as condition, activities come to be." This is the summary here; but in detail, the treatise on dependent origination in forward order, accomplished in every respect, has been spoken of in the Visuddhimagga; therefore it should be taken up just as spoken of there.

But in the reverse order exposition, "avijjāya tveva" means "of ignorance, but indeed." "With the remainderless fading away and cessation" means by the remainderless cessation through the path termed as fading away. "Cessation of activities" means there is the cessation of non-arising of activities. But in order to show that from the cessation of activities thus ceased, and from the cessation of consciousness and so on, mentality-materiality and so on are likewise ceased, having said beginning with "from the cessation of activities comes the cessation of consciousness," he said "thus is the cessation of this whole mass of suffering." Therein, "whole" means of the entire, or of the pure, or devoid of a being - this is the meaning. "Of the mass of suffering" means of the heap of suffering. "Cessation comes to be" means non-arising comes to be. Thus the Blessed One, having spoken the exposition of the round of rebirths in forward order with twelve terms, having turned that very round of rebirths around, speaking of the end of the round of rebirths in reverse order with twelve terms, reached the pinnacle of the teaching with arahantship. At the conclusion of the teaching, those five hundred persons who had begun insight practice, being individuals who understand quickly, like lotuses touched by the sun's rays that have reached full maturity, having awakened to the truths, became established in the fruition of arahantship.

"This the Blessed One said" means the Blessed One said this entire discourse by way of the round of rebirths and the end of the round of rebirths. "Those monks were delighted" means those five hundred monks who had eliminated the mental corruptions were of gladdened minds. "Rejoiced in what the Blessed One had said" means they rejoiced in, gave thanks for, and accepted the word of the Blessed One who was speaking with a divine voice as sweet as the call of the Indian cuckoo, pleasant to the ear, like a consecration of the Deathless upon the hearts of wise people - this is the meaning. Therefore this is said -

The commentary on the First Discourse on Dependent Origination is concluded.

2.

Commentary on the Discourse on Analysis

2. In the second discourse too, the laying down of the discourse should be understood in the manner already stated. But this is the distinction - the first was shown in brief by way of persons who understand quickly, this is in detail by way of those who understand through elaboration. And in this discourse, four similes of the man who collects creepers should be stated; those were stated in the Visuddhimagga itself. For just as a man who collects creepers, having seen the tip of a creeper, seeking the root by following it, having seen that, would cut the creeper at the root, take it, and apply it to his work; just so the Blessed One, teaching the detailed teaching, having brought the teaching from ageing and death, which is the tip of dependent origination, as far as the term ignorance, which is the root, then concluded by teaching the round of rebirths and its end.

Herein, this is the determination of meaning of the detailed teaching of ageing and death and so on - In the description of ageing and death, to begin with, "of those various" - this should be understood as a common description of many beings in brief. For if one were to speak even for a whole day thus: "Whatever is the ageing of Devadatta, whatever is the ageing of Somadatta," beings would never come to exhaustion. But by these two terms no being whatsoever is left unincluded. Therefore it was said "this is a common description of many beings in brief." "In those various" - this is a common description of many orders of beings by way of destination and birth. "Orders of beings" is an illustration of the actual form of what was described by the common description. Now in the passage beginning with "ageing, decaying," "ageing" is a description of the intrinsic nature. "Decaying" is a description of the manner. The three beginning with "broken teeth" are descriptions of function when time has passed; the last two are descriptions of the natural condition. For by this term "this is ageing," it is shown according to intrinsic nature; therefore this is a description of the intrinsic nature. By this term "decaying," according to manner; therefore this is a description of the manner. By this term "broken teeth," it is shown by the function of producing the state of brokenness in teeth and nails when time has passed. By this term "grey hair," by the function of producing the state of greyness in head hair and body hair. By this term "wrinkled skin," it is shown by the function of producing the state of wrinkling in the skin after the flesh has withered. Therefore these three beginning with "broken teeth" are descriptions of function when time has passed. By these, the obvious ageing that has become manifest by way of showing these alterations has been shown. For just as the path traversed by water, or wind, or fire is obvious through the broken and scattered state or the charred state of grass, trees, and so on, yet that traversed path is not those very water and so on themselves; just so, the path traversed by ageing upon teeth and so on by way of broken teeth and so on is obvious, and is apprehended even by opening the eyes, yet broken teeth and so on are not themselves ageing. For ageing is not cognizable by the eye.

But by these terms "deterioration of life span" and "maturing of the faculties," the natural condition designated as the exhaustion of life span and the maturing of the faculties such as the eye and so on is shown, because of its being manifest precisely when time has passed. Therefore these last two should be understood as descriptions of the natural condition. Therein, since the life span of one who has reached ageing diminishes, therefore ageing is called "deterioration of life span" by a figurative usage of the result. And since the faculties such as the eye, which in the time of youth are very clear and capable of easily apprehending even a subtle object of their own, when one has reached ageing become over-ripened, disturbed, and unclear, and are incapable of apprehending even a gross object of their own, therefore it is called "maturing of the faculties" by a figurative usage of the result.

Now this ageing thus described is altogether of two kinds: obvious and concealed. Therein, ageing in material phenomena is called obvious ageing, because of the seeing of the state of brokenness and so on in teeth and so on; but in immaterial phenomena, ageing is called concealed ageing, because of the non-seeing of such alteration. Therein, this state of brokenness and so on that is seen is merely the colour of such teeth and so on, because they are easily cognizable; having seen that with the eye and having reflected through the mind-door, one knows ageing thus: "These teeth have been struck by ageing" - just as by looking at cow-head signs and so on fixed at a water place, one knows the existence of water below. Again, it is also of two kinds: without interval and with interval. Therein, in the case of gems, gold, silver, coral, the moon, the sun, and so on, just as in the case of living beings during the slow decads and so on, and just as in the case of non-living things such as flowers, fruits, sprouts, and so on, ageing is called ageing without interval - meaning continuous ageing - because of the difficulty of cognizing the distinctions of colour and so on at intervals. But in other cases as aforesaid, because of the easy cognizability of the distinctions of colour and so on at intervals, ageing should be understood as called ageing with interval.

From here onwards, the beginning with "of those various" and so on should be understood by the method already stated. In the terms beginning with "passing away, decease" and so on, however, "passing away" is spoken of by way of decease; this is a common term for the one-aggregate, four-aggregate, and five-aggregate existences. "Decease" is an indication of the characteristic by means of an abstract noun. "Breaking up" is an explanation of the occurrence of dissolution of the aggregates at death. "Disappearance" is an explanation of the non-existence of a state, by whatever method, of the broken aggregates at death, just as of a broken pot. "Death, dying" means dying that is termed death. By that, he excludes annihilation-death and so on. Time is called the ender; its action is making of time. Thus by that, he explains death according to worldly convention.

Now, in order to explain in the ultimate sense, he stated the beginning with "breaking up of the aggregates" and so on. For in the ultimate sense, only the aggregates break up; no being whatsoever dies. But when the aggregates are breaking up, a being dies; when they are broken up, the conventional expression "has died" comes about. And here, the breaking up of the aggregates is by way of the four-aggregate and five-aggregate constituent existences, and the discarding of the body is by way of the single-aggregate constituent existence. And the breaking up of the aggregates should be understood by way of the four-aggregate constituent existence, and the discarding of the body by way of the remaining two. Why? Because a body termed the material body exists in both types of existence. Or alternatively, since in the Cātumahārājika realm and so on the aggregates simply break up and nothing is discarded, therefore by way of those, there is the breaking up of the aggregates; among human beings and so on, there is the discarding of the body. And here, the meaning should be understood thus: because death is the cause of the discarding of the body, it is said that death is "the discarding of the body." "Thus this ageing and this death, this is called, monks" means this both together, having been combined as one, is spoken of as ageing and death.

In the section on birth, among the terms "birth, coming into being" and so on, "birth" (jāti) is in the meaning of being born, and that is connected with incomplete sense bases. "Coming into being" (sañjāti) is in the meaning of coming to be born, and that is connected with complete sense bases. "Descent" (okkanti) is in the meaning of entering, and that is connected with egg-born and womb-born beings. For they take conception as if entering into and going inside the eggshell and the sheath of the womb. "Production" (abhinibbatti) is in the meaning of being produced, and that is connected with moisture-born and spontaneously born beings. For they arise having become obvious. This, for now, is the teaching in the conventional sense.

Now there is the teaching of the ultimate reality. For in the ultimate sense, only the aggregates become manifest, not a being. Therein, regarding "of the aggregates," the inclusion of one in single-aggregate constituent existence, of four in four-aggregate constituent existence, and of all five in five-aggregate constituent existence should be understood. "Manifestation" means arising. Regarding "of the sense bases," here the classification should be understood by way of the sense bases arising in each respective existence. "Acquisition" is just the manifestation in the continuity. For by the very fact of becoming manifest, they are said to be acquired. By this term "This is called, monks, birth," he makes the conclusion regarding birth taught both in the conventional sense and in the ultimate sense.

In the analytic explanation of existence, "sensual existence" means kammic becoming and becoming of rebirth. Therein, kammic becoming is just action leading to sensual existence. For since it is the cause of the becoming of rebirth there, it is called "existence" by the conventional expression of result, just as in such passages as "Pleasant is the arising of Buddhas, painful is the accumulation of evil" and so on. The becoming of rebirth is the fivefold group of clung-to aggregates produced by that action. For that is called "existence" in the sense that it exists there. In every way, this action and rebirth - both of these are here stated as "sensual existence." This same method applies to fine-material and immaterial existences.

In the analytic explanation of clinging, regarding "clinging to sensual pleasures" and so on: one clings to objective sensual pleasure by means of this, or it itself clings to that - thus it is "clinging to sensual pleasures"; or it is sensual pleasure and that is also clinging - thus it is "clinging to sensual pleasures." "Clinging" is called firm grasping. For here the prefix "upa" has the meaning of "firm," as in such terms as "tribulation" (upāyāsa) and "approaching" (upakaṭṭha) and so on. This is a designation for lust for the five strands of sensual pleasure. This is the summary here. But in detail, this should be understood according to the method stated as "therein, what is clinging to sensual pleasures? Whatever sensual desire towards sensual pleasures" - by the method already stated.

Likewise, it is a view and that is also clinging - thus it is "clinging to views." Or alternatively, it clings to a view, or they cling by means of this view - thus it is "clinging to views." For a subsequent view clings to a former view, and by means of that they cling to a view. As he said - "The self and the world are eternal, only this is the truth, anything else is vain" and so on. This is a designation for all wrong views except clinging to moral rules and austerities and clinging to the doctrine of self. This is the summary here; but in detail, this should be understood according to the method stated as "therein, what is clinging to views? 'There is not what is given'" - by the method already stated.

Likewise, they cling to moral rules and austerities by means of this, or it itself clings to that, or it is moral rules and austerities and that is also clinging - thus it is "clinging to moral rules and austerities." For the ox-morality practice, the cow-austerity practice, and so on are themselves forms of clinging due to the adherence "thus there is purification." This is the summary here; but in detail, this should be understood according to the method stated as "therein, what is clinging to moral rules and austerities? Among ascetics and brahmins outside of this, 'by morality there is purification'" - by the method already stated.

Now, "doctrine" (vādo) means "they speak by means of this"; "clinging" (upādānaṃ) means "they cling by means of this." What do they speak of, or cling to? A self. One's own doctrine-clinging is clinging to the doctrine of self. Or alternatively, they cling to the mere doctrine of self as "self" by means of this - thus it is "clinging to the doctrine of self." This is a designation for identity view with twenty bases. This is the summary here; but in detail, this should be understood according to the method stated as "therein, what is clinging to the doctrine of self? Here an ignorant worldling, who does not see the noble ones" - by the method already stated.

In the description of craving, craving for visible form, etc. "craving for mental objects" - this is a name from a similar object, just as in such cases as "merchant's son" or "brahmin's son" the name is from the father, for craving occurring in the impulsion process at the eye-door and so on. And here, craving having visible form as object - craving for visible form means craving for visible form. That, operating by way of sensual lust, relishing visible form, is sensual craving; operating by way of lust accompanied by the eternalist view, relishing thus: "visible form is permanent, stable, eternal" - is craving for existence; operating by way of lust accompanied by the annihilationist view, relishing thus: "visible form is annihilated, perishes, after death does not exist" - is craving for non-existence. Thus craving for visible form is threefold. And just as craving for visible form, so too craving for sound and so on - thus those are eighteen thoughts of craving. Those are eighteen regarding internal visible form and so on, and eighteen regarding external visible form and so on - making thirty-six. Thus thirty-six relating to the past, thirty-six relating to the future, thirty-six relating to the present - in this way there are one hundred and eight thoughts of craving. "With reference to the internal, 'I am' occurs, 'I am thus' occurs" - or by such methods, eighteen based on internal visible form and so on; "with reference to the external, 'by this I am' occurs, 'by this I am thus' occurs" - or by such methods, eighteen based on external visible form and so on - making thirty-six; thus thirty-six relating to the past, thirty-six relating to the future, thirty-six relating to the present - in this way too there are one hundred and eight thoughts of craving. When again a classification is being made, regarding objects such as visible form and so on, there are only six classes of craving, only three being sensual craving and so on. Thus:

In the description of feeling, "classes of feeling" means groups of feeling. Feeling born of eye-contact, etc. "feeling born of mind-contact" - this is a name from a basis similar to the mother, just as in such cases as "Sāriputta, son of Mantāṇī" the name is from the mother, being a name for the wholesome, unwholesome, and indeterminate feelings occurring at the eye-door and so on, because in the analysis it has come thus: "feeling born of eye-contact is wholesome, is unwholesome, is indeterminate." The meaning of the word here, however, is: Feeling arisen because of eye-contact is feeling born of eye-contact. The same method applies everywhere. This is the all-inclusive discussion here for now. But by way of resultant, at the eye-door, feeling should be understood as associated with these: two eye-consciousnesses, two mind-elements, and three mind-consciousness elements. The same method applies at the ear-door and so on. At the mind-door, it is only that associated with the mind-consciousness element.

In the description of contact, "eye-contact" means contact at the eye. This same method applies everywhere. Eye-contact... etc. "body-contact" - to this extent, ten contacts having five sense-bases as wholesome and unwholesome resultants have been stated. "Mind-contact" - by this, the remaining twenty-two mundane resultant mind-associated contacts are indicated.

In the description of the six sense bases, regarding what should be said concerning "eye sense base" and so on, that has been stated in the Visuddhimagga in the description of the aggregates and in the description of the sense bases.

In the description of mentality-materiality, mentality has the characteristic of bending. Materiality has the characteristic of being deformed. In its analysis, however, "feeling" means the aggregate of feeling, "perception" means the aggregate of perception, "volition, contact, attention" should be known as the aggregate of mental activities. Certainly there are also other phenomena included in the aggregate of mental activities, but these three are present even in the weakest types of consciousness. Therefore, by virtue of just these, the aggregate of mental activities is shown here. As for "and the four primary elements," here "four" is a delimitation by number. "Primary elements" is a designation for earth, water, fire, and wind. But the reason by which they are called "primary elements," and whatever other method of judgment there is here, all that has been stated in the Visuddhimagga in the description of the aggregate of matter. As for "derived from the four primary elements," here however, "of the four" is the genitive case used in the accusative sense; what is meant is "the four primary elements." "Upādāya" means having taken up, having grasped - this is the meaning. Some say "in dependence on." "Existing" is the remainder of the reading here. Or this is the genitive case used in the sense of aggregation; the meaning here should be understood as: materiality that exists having taken up the aggregation of the four primary elements. Thus everywhere, whatever four primary elements beginning with earth there are, and whatever twenty-three kinds of materiality existing in dependence on the four primary elements, stated in the Abhidhamma Pāḷi itself by way of the classification beginning with the eye sense base - all that too should be known as "materiality."

In the section on consciousness, "eye-consciousness" means consciousness at the eye, or consciousness born from the eye - thus it is eye-consciousness. So too for ear-, nose-, tongue-, and body-consciousness. But the other is mind itself being consciousness - thus it is mind-consciousness. This is a designation for the three-plane resultant consciousness excluding the two sets of fivefold sense consciousness.

In the section on activities, activity has the characteristic of volitional activity. In its analysis, however, "bodily activity" means activity occurring from the body. This is a designation for twenty bodily volitions - eight from sensual-sphere wholesome and twelve from unwholesome - occurring by way of stirring at the body door. "Verbal activity" means activity occurring from speech; this is a designation for just twenty verbal volitions occurring by way of the varieties of utterance at the verbal door. "Mental activity" means activity occurring from the mind; this is a designation for twenty-nine mental volitions occurring, by way of mundane wholesome and unwholesome, of one who, without making any stirring at the body and verbal doors, sits down in a secret place and reflects.

In the section on ignorance, "not knowing suffering" means not knowing the truth of suffering; this is a designation for delusion. This same method applies in "not knowing the origin of suffering" and so on. Therein, not knowing suffering should be known by four reasons: from being included, from the basis, from the object, and from concealment. For thus, because it is included in the truth of suffering, it is included in suffering; and the truth of suffering is its basis by way of being a support condition; it is its object by way of being an object condition; and this conceals the truth of suffering, by preventing the penetration of its exact characteristic, and by not giving rise to the occurrence of knowledge here.

Not knowing the origin of suffering should be known by three reasons: from the basis, from the object, and from concealment. Not knowing cessation and the practice should be known by just one reason: from concealment. For regarding cessation and the practice, not knowing is only a concealer of them, by preventing the penetration of their exact characteristics, and by not giving rise to the occurrence of knowledge regarding them. But it is not included therein, because it is not included in that pair of truths. That pair of truths is not its basis, because they are not conascent. Nor is it an object, because it does not occur with reference to that. For the latter pair of truths is difficult to see because of being profound, and not knowing, being blind, does not occur therein. But the former is profound because of the difficulty of seeing its intrinsic nature characteristic in the sense of being expressible; therein it occurs by way of the grasp of illusion.

Furthermore, by "regarding suffering," to this extent ignorance is shown from inclusion, from the basis, from the object, and from function. By "the origin of suffering," to this extent from the basis, from the object, and from function. By "regarding the cessation of suffering, regarding the practice leading to the cessation of suffering," to this extent from function. But without distinction, "not knowing" - by this it should be known that it is indicated according to intrinsic nature.

"Thus indeed, monks" means thus indeed, monks. "Cessation comes to be" means non-arising comes to be. Furthermore, here by all those terms for cessation, Nibbāna is taught. For having come to Nibbāna, those various phenomena cease; therefore that is called the cessation of those various phenomena. Thus the Blessed One, teaching the round of rebirths and its end in this discourse with twelve terms, concluded the teaching with the very pinnacle of arahantship. At the conclusion of the teaching, in the manner already stated, five hundred monks became established in arahantship.

The Discourse on Analysis is second.

3.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Practice

3. In the third, "wrong practice" means this, for now, is the practice not leading to liberation. But is it not that with ignorance as condition there is also meritorious volitional activity and also imperturbable volitional activity? How then is that wrong practice? Because of being the head of the round of rebirths. For whatever has been set going having aspired to the round of rebirths reckoned as the three kinds of existence, even at least the five direct knowledges or the eight attainments, all that belongs to the side of the round of rebirths, is the head of the round of rebirths; because of being the head of the round of rebirths, it is just wrong practice. But whatever has been set going having aspired to the end of the round of rebirths, to Nibbāna, even at least a gift of a mere ladleful of rice gruel or a mere gift of a handful of leaves, all that belongs to the side of the end of the round of rebirths, is based upon the end of the round of rebirths; because of belonging to the side of the end of the round of rebirths, it is just right practice. For whether it be a trifling wholesome deed of giving a mere handful of leaves or a great wholesome deed such as the gift of Velāma and so on, if having aspired to success in the round of rebirths it is wrongly established by way of being based upon the round of rebirths, it is able to bring about only the round of rebirths, not the end of the round of rebirths. "May this gift of mine be conducive to the elimination of mental corruptions" - but when thus aspiring to the end of the round of rebirths, rightly established by way of the end of the round of rebirths, it is indeed able to give even arahantship, even the knowledge of individual enlightenment, even omniscience knowledge; it does not reach its end without attaining arahantship. Thus it should be understood that wrong practice is taught by way of the forward order, and right practice is taught by way of the reverse order. But is it not that here practice was asked about, Nibbāna was analysed, and even in the conclusion it was just practice that was assigned? And Nibbāna is not called "practice"; rather, this is the name for the four paths together with insight. Therefore the word-by-word analysis does not agree with the question and the conclusion. No, it does agree. Why? Because the practice was shown by its fruit. For here the practice was shown by its fruit. "But from the complete fading away and cessation of ignorance comes the cessation of activities" - this Nibbāna reckoned as cessation, of which practice this is the fruit, this is called, monks, right practice - this is the meaning here. And in this meaning, regarding "with the remainderless fading away and cessation," here "fading away" is a synonym for cessation itself; "from the remainderless fading away" means "from the remainderless cessation" - this is the intention here. Or, in order to show the path termed as fading away by which there is remainderless cessation, this word-by-word analysis was stated. For thus being the case, the practice is analysed as having power. Thus in this discourse too, only the round of rebirths and the end of the round of rebirths are spoken of. The third.

4.

Commentary on the Discourse on Vipassī

4. In the fourth, "Vipassī" means: for that Bodhisatta, it is said, just as for ordinary human beings seeing anything whatsoever, the eyes flutter due to the weakness of the sensitive matter born of kamma produced by insignificant kamma, his did not flutter thus. But due to the strength of the sensitive matter born of kamma produced by powerful kamma, he saw with unfluttering, unwinking eyes, just as the gods of the Thirty-three. Therefore it was said - "The boy looks without blinking," thus, monks, for the boy Vipassī the designation "Vipassī, Vipassī" arose. For this is the intention here: He sees purely through the absence of darkness produced by blinking now and then, or he sees with open eyes - thus he is "Vipassī." And here, although the eyes of all Bodhisattas in their last existence do not flutter due to the strength of the sensitive matter born of kamma produced by powerful kamma, that Bodhisatta received his name by this very reason.

Furthermore, having investigated and investigated, he sees - thus he is "Vipassī"; having discriminated and discriminated, he sees - this is the meaning. One day, it is said, while the king was seated at the law-court instructing on matters, they brought the adorned and prepared great man and placed him on his lap. While he was holding him on his lap and fondling him, the ministers made the one with an owner into one having no sponsor. The Bodhisatta uttered a sound of displeasure. The king said: "What is this? Investigate it." While investigating, not seeing anything else, thinking "Because of the difficulty of judging the case, it must have been done thus," having made the one with an owner back to be the one with an owner, "Does the boy knowingly do thus?" Testing, they again made the one with an owner into one having no sponsor. Again the Bodhisatta uttered a sound in the same way. Then the king, thinking "The great man knows," from then on was diligent. Therefore it was said: "Having investigated and investigated, the boy decides matters by the true method," thus, monks, for the boy Vipassī, even more so the designation "Vipassī, Vipassī" arose.

"Of the Blessed One" means of one accomplished in good fortune. "Of the Worthy One" means of one whose designation arose thus by virtue - "Worthy One" because of having destroyed the enemies beginning with lust, or because of having destroyed the spokes of the wheel of the round of rebirths, or because of being worthy of requisites. "Of the Perfectly Self-awakened One" means of one who rightly, by method, by cause, by himself, by his own personal effort, awakened to the four truths. "Before the enlightenment" means enlightenment is called the knowledge of the four paths; before that. "Being just a Bodhisatta" - here "bodhi" means knowledge; a being possessed of enlightenment is a Bodhisatta; one possessed of knowledge, possessed of wisdom, wise - this is the meaning. For from the time of the resolution at the feet of former Buddhas, that being was indeed wise, not blindly foolish - thus he is a Bodhisatta. Or just as a lotus that has risen from the water and stands having reached maturity is called "a lotus that will bloom" because it will inevitably bloom through the touch of the sun's rays, so too, because of having received a prediction in the presence of Buddhas, he will inevitably, without obstacle, having fulfilled the perfections, awaken - thus he is a Bodhisatta as "a being that will awaken." And that enlightenment reckoned as the knowledge of the four paths - one who proceeds aspiring for that, a being attached to enlightenment - thus too he is a Bodhisatta. Thus, by way of a name arisen by virtue, being just a Bodhisatta. "Difficulty" means suffering. "Fallen into" means reached. This is what is meant - Alas, this world of beings has reached suffering. "Passes away and is reborn" - this was said with reference to successive death and rebirth-linking. "Escape" means Nibbāna. For that is called its escape because of being escaped from the suffering of ageing and death. "When indeed" means at which time indeed.

"Wise attention" means by methodical attention, by attention along the path. "There was a full realization by wisdom" means there was a full realization, a combination, a conjunction of wisdom together with the cause of ageing and death; the meaning is that "birth is the condition for ageing and death" - this was seen by him. Or alternatively, "through wise attention there was by wisdom" means through wise attention and by wisdom there was a full realization. "When birth exists, ageing and death" - thus there was penetration of the cause of ageing and death; this is the meaning. This same method applies everywhere.

"Thus indeed" means thus this. "Origin, origin" means he points out, having combined together, the origin of activities and so on in eleven places. "Regarding things not heard before" means "with ignorance as condition, there is the origin of activities." Thus regarding things not heard before from here onwards, or regarding the four noble truth phenomena. "Vision" and so on are merely synonyms for knowledge. For here it is said that knowledge itself is "vision" in the meaning of seeing, "knowledge" in the meaning of what is known, "wisdom" in the meaning of understanding, "true knowledge" in the meaning of penetration, and "light" in the meaning of illumination. But this should be understood as having been set forth as a mixture of mundane and supramundane in regard to the four truths. In the cessation section too, the meaning should be understood by this very method. The fourth.

5-10.

Commentary on the Discourse on Sikhī and Others

5-10. In the fifth and so on, the meaning of the terms "Sikhissa, bhikkhave" and so on should not be understood by combining them thus: "Sikhissapi, bhikkhave." Why? Because they were not taught on one seat. For these were taught in different places, but the meaning is indeed similar everywhere. For when all Bodhisattas are seated on the seat of enlightenment, no other ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā tells them - "In the past, Bodhisattas, having contemplated the mode of dependent conditions, became Buddhas." But just as at the time of the first cosmic cycle, when the sky has rained, the rain water goes again and again along the very path traversed by the water, so the later and later ones go along the very path traversed by those earlier Buddhas. For all Bodhisattas, having emerged from the fourth meditative absorption of breathing, having brought down knowledge into the mode of dependent conditions, having contemplated it in forward and reverse order, become Buddhas - thus in the seven discourses in succession, what is called the Buddha's insight has been spoken of.

The Chapter on the Buddha is first.

2.

The Chapter on Nutriment

1.

Commentary on the Discourse on Nutriment

11. In the first discourse of the Āhāra Vagga, "nutriments" means conditions. For conditions bring about their own fruit; therefore they are called "nutriments." In the passage beginning with "of beings or of beings" and so on, "beings" means born, arisen. "Those seeking birth" means those who seek, search for coming into being, birth, arising. Therein, among the four modes of generation, beings born in eggs and born in wombs, as long as they do not break through the eggshell and the sheath of the womb, are called those seeking birth; having broken through the eggshell and the sheath of the womb and emerged outside, they are called beings that have come to be. Those born in moisture and the spontaneously born, at the first moment of consciousness, are called those seeking birth; from the second moment of consciousness onwards, they are called beings that have come to be. Or, in whatever posture they are born, as long as they do not attain another from that, they are called those seeking birth; after that, they are called beings that have come to be. Or alternatively, "beings" means born, fully generated; those who come to be reckoned as "having come to be, they will not be again" - this is a designation for those who have eliminated the mental corruptions. "Seeking coming into being" - thus they are those seeking birth. Because the fetter of becoming has not been abandoned, this is a designation for learners and worldlings who are seeking coming into being even in the future. Thus in every way, by these two terms, all beings are encompassed. And the word "or" here has the meaning of combining; therefore the meaning to be understood is "of beings and of those seeking birth."

"For the presence" means for the purpose of presence. "For the support" means for the purpose of support. This is merely a difference in wording, but the meaning of both terms is one and the same. Or alternatively, "for the presence" means for the non-interruption, by way of the continuity of arisen phenomena of each and every being. "For the support" means for the arising of the unarisen. And both of these should be seen in both cases thus: "for the presence and for the support of beings, or for the presence and for the support of those seeking birth."

"Edible food" means food to be swallowed having made it into mouthfuls; this is a designation for the nutritive essence having as its basis cooked rice, food made with flour, and so on. "Gross or subtle" - gross because of the grossness of its basis, subtle because of the subtlety. But by its intrinsic nature, because of being included in subtle matter, edible food is subtle only. And that grossness and subtlety of it should be understood with reference to each successive basis. For with reference to the food of crocodiles, the food of peacocks is subtle. Crocodiles, it is said, swallow stones, and those dissolve when they reach their bellies. Peacocks eat living beings such as snakes, scorpions, and so on. But with reference to the food of peacocks, the food of hyenas is subtle. They, it is said, eat horns and bones that have been discarded for three years, and those, merely by being moistened with their spittle, become soft like tuber roots. With reference to the food of hyenas, the food of elephants is subtle. For they eat various tree branches and so on. Compared to the food of elephants, the food of gayals, elks, deer, and so on is subtle. They, it is said, eat sapless leaves and so on of various trees. Compared to their food too, the food of cattle is subtle. They eat fresh and dry grass. Compared to their food, the food of hares is subtle. Compared to the food of hares, the food of birds is subtle. Compared to the food of birds, the food of borderland dwellers is subtle. Compared to the food of borderland dwellers, the food of village headmen is subtle. Compared to the food of village headmen, the food of kings, royal ministers, and chief ministers is subtle. Compared to their food too, the food of a universal monarch is subtle. Compared to the food of a universal monarch, the food of terrestrial gods is subtle. Compared to the food of terrestrial gods, that of the gods ruled by the four great kings. Thus it should be expanded up to the food of the gods who control what is created by others. But their food has reached the conclusion that it is just subtle.

And here, in a gross material basis, the nutritive essence is slight and weak; in a subtle one, it is powerful. For thus, even one who drinks a bowlful of rice gruel becomes hungry in just a moment, wishing to eat something or other; but having drunk merely a handful of ghee, one does not wish to eat for the whole day. Therein, the material basis dispels the danger reckoned as kamma-born fire, but is not able to sustain. Nutritive essence, however, sustains, but is not able to dispel the danger. But the two together both dispel the danger and sustain.

"Contact is the second" means contact of six kinds beginning with eye-contact should be understood as the second nutriment among these four nutriments. And this is merely the method of the teaching; therefore, it should not be sought here that by this particular reason it is the second or the third. "Mental volition" means volition itself is spoken of. "Consciousness" means mind. Thus the Blessed One in this instance showed the four nutriments, having combined them into one group by way of clung-to and not-clung-to. For edible food is both clung-to and not-clung-to; likewise contact and so on. Therein, clung-to edible food should be seen by way of frogs and so on swallowed by snakes and so on. For frogs and so on, swallowed by snakes and so on, even though gone into the belly, live for some time indeed. As long as they remain in the clung-to category, they do not accomplish the purpose of nutriment. But having broken up and standing in the not-clung-to category, they accomplish it. Even then they are called "clung-to nutriment." But this does not please the teachers - having rejected this in the commentary itself, this was said: For these beings, whether eating or not eating, whether consuming or not consuming, there is a kamma-born nutritive essence conascent with the consciousness of conception itself; that sustains even up to the seventh day - this itself should be understood as the clung-to edible food. But clung-to contact and so on should be understood by way of three-plane resultant, and not-clung-to by way of three-plane wholesome, unwholesome, and functional. But the supramundane are spoken of by way of conventional usage.

Here one asks - "If the meaning of condition is the meaning of nutriment, then why were only these four stated when other conditions for beings also exist?" It is said - Because of being the distinctive condition for the internal continuity. For the distinctive condition for the material body of beings who feed on edible food is edible food; in the mental body, contact is the distinctive condition for feeling, mental volition for consciousness, and consciousness for mentality-materiality. As he said - "Just as, monks, this body is sustained by nutriment, remains dependent on nutriment, and without nutriment does not remain; likewise, with contact as condition, feeling; with activities as condition, consciousness; with consciousness as condition, mentality-materiality."

But what here is the nutriment, and what does it produce? Edible food produces material phenomena with nutritive essence as eighth; contact as nutriment produces the three feelings; mental volition as nutriment produces the three existences; and consciousness as nutriment produces mentality-materiality at conception.

How? To begin with, edible food, merely placed in the mouth, originates eight material phenomena; but when crushed by the teeth and being swallowed, each grain of rice originates eight material phenomena each. Thus edible food produces material phenomena with nutritive essence as eighth. But contact as nutriment - contact experienced as pleasant, just in arising, produces pleasant feeling; contact experienced as unpleasant produces unpleasant feeling; and contact experienced as neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant produces neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant feeling. Thus in every way contact as nutriment produces the three feelings.

Mental volition as nutriment - action leading to sensual existence produces sensual existence, and actions leading to fine-material and immaterial existence produce the respective existence. Thus in every way mental volition as nutriment produces the three existences. But consciousness as nutriment - the three aggregates associated with it at the moment of conception, and the thirty material phenomena that arise by way of three continuities, it is said to produce those by the method of conascence and other conditions. Thus consciousness as nutriment produces mentality-materiality at conception. And here, "mental volition produces the three existences" refers only to volition with mental corruptions, wholesome and unwholesome. "Consciousness produces mentality-materiality at conception" refers to conception consciousness only. But without distinction, because they produce the phenomena associated with them and originated by them, these should be understood as nutriments.

Among these four nutriments, edible food accomplishes the function of nutriment by supporting, contact by just touching, mental volition by just striving, consciousness by just cognizing. How? For edible food, by just supporting, serves for the presence of beings through the sustaining of the body. For even this body, though produced by kamma, when supported by edible food, lasts for ten years, a hundred years, up to the full measure of the life span. Like what? Just as a child, though born of a mother, lasts long when being nourished by a nurse who gives it milk and so on to drink; just as a house supported by a prop. And this too was said -

"Just as, great king, when a house is falling, being supported by another piece of timber, that house does not fall. Just so indeed, great king, this body is sustained by nutriment, remains dependent on nutriment."

Thus edible food, by supporting, accomplishes the function of nutriment.

Even while thus accomplishing, edible food is a condition for two continuities of materiality - for nutriment-originated and for clung-to materiality. It is a condition by being a protector of kamma-born materiality, and by being productive of nutriment-originated materiality. Contact, however, by touching an object that has become the basis for happiness and so on, is for the presence of beings through the occurrence of feeling of happiness and so on. Mental volition, by accumulating through wholesome and unwholesome action, is for the presence of beings because of producing the root of existence. Consciousness, just by cognizing, is for the presence of beings through the occurrence of mentality-materiality.

But while these accomplish the function of nutriment by way of supporting and so on, four fears should be seen. That is: In edible food, attachment itself is the fear; in contact, approaching itself; in mental volition, accumulation itself; in consciousness, descent itself is the fear. Why? For beings, having developed attachment to edible food, confronted by cold and so on, performing work such as accounting and so on for the purpose of food, undergo no small suffering. And some, even having gone forth in this Dispensation, seeking food by wrong means of livelihood such as the practice of medicine and so on, are blameworthy in this very life; in the future life too, by the method stated in the Lakkhaṇa Saṃyutta beginning with "his double robe too was blazing, in flames," they become ghosts of ascetics. By this very reason, to begin with, it should be understood that in edible food, attachment itself is the fear.

Even those who approach contact, being ones who relish the gratification of contact, offend against others' guarded and protected goods such as wives and so on; the owners of the goods seize them together with the goods, and either cutting them into fragments throw them on rubbish heaps, or hand them over to the king. Then the king has various bodily punishments inflicted on them. And upon the body's collapse, an unfortunate realm is to be expected for them. Thus fear rooted in the gratification of contact, both pertaining to the present life and pertaining to the future life, has entirely come about. For this reason, it should be understood that in contact as nutriment, approaching itself is the fear.

But through the accumulation of wholesome and unwholesome action, fear rooted in that in the three existences has entirely come about. For this reason, it should be understood that in mental volition as nutriment, accumulation itself is the fear.

And the conception consciousness, in whatever place it descends, in that very place it arises having taken up the mentality-materiality of conception. And when that has arisen, all fears have arisen as well, because of being rooted in that. For this reason, it should be understood that in consciousness as nutriment, descent itself is the fear.

In the passage beginning with "what is their source," source and so on are all merely synonyms for cause. For since a cause delivers the result, as if dispatching it saying "Come, take it!" - therefore it is called "source" (nidāna). Since that arises from it, is born from it, and originates from it, therefore it is called "origin" (samudaya), "birth" (jāti), and "production" (pabhava). Now here this is the meaning of the terms - "What is the source of these?" - thus "what is their source." "What is the origin of these?" - thus "what is their origin." "What is the birth of these?" - thus "what gives birth to them." "What is the production of these?" - thus "what is their production." But since craving is their source, origin, birth, and production in the aforesaid meaning, therefore he said beginning with "having craving as their source." Thus the meaning should be understood in all terms.

And here, regarding "these four nutriments have craving as their source," the source should be understood by way of the former craving of the nutriments reckoned as individual existence, taking conception as the beginning. How? At the moment of conception, to begin with, for beings with complete sense bases, by way of seven continuities, and for the rest, by way of correspondingly fewer continuities, within the arisen materiality there is nutritive essence that has arisen - this is the clung-to edible food having craving as its source. But the contact and volition associated with the consciousness of conception, and consciousness itself being the mind - these are the clung-to contact, mental volition, and consciousness as nutriment having craving as their source. Thus, for now, the nutriments at conception have the former craving as their source. And just as those at conception, so too those arisen from the first life-continuum consciousness moment onwards should be understood.

But since the Blessed One knows not only the source of the nutriments, but also of craving which has become the source of the nutriments, and indeed knows the source of feeling and so on which are the sources of craving, therefore, having shown the round of rebirths by the method beginning with "And this craving, monks, what is its source," he showed the end of the round of rebirths. And in this instance, the Blessed One, having made a teaching facing towards the past, shows the round of rebirths by means of the past. How? For this individual existence has been taken by way of nutriment.

"Craving" is the productive action of this individual existence; feeling, contact, the six sense bases, mentality-materiality, and consciousness were stated to show the individual existence in which, having stood, action was accumulated; ignorance and activities are the productive action of that individual existence. Thus in two instances there is individual existence, and in two instances there is its productive action. In brief, by the one showing both phenomena - action and the result of action - having made a teaching facing towards the past, the round of rebirths has been shown by means of the past.

Therein, this teaching should not be regarded as incomplete because the future has not been shown. But by the method it should be regarded as complete indeed. Just as a man with eyes, having seen a crocodile lying on the surface of the water, looking at its further part might see the neck, nearer the back, at the end the base of the tail, but looking at the belly underneath might not see the tip of the tail gone under the water and the four hands and feet - he does not on that account take it as "an incomplete crocodile," but by the method takes it as complete indeed. This should be understood in the same way.

For the round of rebirths in the three planes is like the crocodile lying on the surface of the water. The practitioner of meditation is like the man with eyes standing on the shore. Like the time of seeing the crocodile on the surface of the water by that man is the time of seeing this individual existence by way of nutriment by the meditator. Like the time of seeing the neck beyond is the time of seeing the craving that produced this individual existence. Like the time of seeing the back is the time of seeing, by way of feeling and so on, the individual existence in which the action reckoned as craving was performed. Like the time of seeing the base of the tail is the time of seeing the ignorance and activities that produced that individual existence. But just as one looking at the belly underneath, even without seeing the tip of the tail and the four hands and feet, not taking it as "an incomplete crocodile," takes it as complete by the method - so wherever the conditional round of rebirths has not come in the text, there, not taking it as "the teaching is incomplete," it should be understood as taking it as complete by the method. And therein, between the nutriments and craving there is one connection, between craving and feeling there is one, between consciousness and activities there is one - thus the round of rebirths has been shown as just three connections and four groups in brief. The first.

2.

Commentary on the Discourse on Moḷiyaphagguna

12. In the second, "for the support of those seeking birth" - at this very point the Blessed One concluded the teaching. Why? Because one gone to wrong views was seated. For in his assembly, a monk named Moḷiyaphagguna, one gone to wrong views, was seated. Then the Teacher thought - "This one, having risen up, will ask me a question, and then I shall answer it" - for the purpose of giving opportunity for the question, he concluded the teaching. "Moḷiyaphagguna" - "moḷī" is called a top knot of hair. As he said -

That was large during his time as a householder. On account of that the term "Moḷiyaphagguna" arose for him. Even when gone forth, they perceive him by that very name. "He said this" means connecting the sequence of the teaching, he spoke this utterance "Who, venerable sir, takes consciousness as nutriment?" Its meaning is - Venerable sir, who indeed is he who eats or consumes this consciousness as nutriment?

But why does he ask about this one only without asking about the other three nutriments? Because of the view "I know." For he sees beings making large morsels and consuming edible food; therefore his view regarding that is "I know." But having seen partridges, quails, peacocks, roosters and so on being sustained by the mother's contact, "these are sustained by contact as nutriment" - this was his view. But turtles, at their own breeding season, having emerged from the great ocean, having placed their eggs in the sandy waste on the ocean shore, having covered them with sand, descend right back into the great ocean. Those do not become rotten by the power of the mother's recollection. "Those are sustained by mental volition as nutriment" - this was his view. Although this was the elder's view, he does not ask this question on account of that view. For one gone to wrong views is like a madman. Just as a madman, having taken a basket, having descended into the middle of the street, having taken this and that - cow-dung, stones, excrement, pieces of sweets, whatever is agreeable and disagreeable - puts them into the basket. Just so, one gone to wrong views asks what is fitting and what is unfitting. He should not be reproved with "Why do you ask this?" but rather, at the point where the question has been asked, the grasping itself should be prevented. For that very reason, the Blessed One, without saying to him "Why do you ask thus?" in order to release him from the very grip he had grasped, said beginning with "That is not a proper question."

Therein, "not proper" means inappropriate. "I do not say 'takes'" means I do not say that any being or person whatsoever takes. "If I were to say 'takes'" means if I were to say "takes." "Therein the proper question would be" means when spoken thus by me, this question would be appropriate. "For what, venerable sir, is consciousness as nutriment" means: venerable sir, this consciousness as nutriment is a condition for which phenomenon? This is the meaning. "Therein the proper explanation" means when the question is thus asked, this explanation is proper: "Consciousness as nutriment is a condition for the production of future rebirth." And here "consciousness as nutriment" means the consciousness of conception. "The production of future rebirth" means the mentality-materiality arisen together with that very consciousness. "When that has come to be, there are the six sense bases" means when that mentality-materiality, termed the production of rebirth, has arisen, there are the six sense bases. This is the meaning.

"With the six sense bases as condition, contact" - here too the Blessed One concluded the teaching giving further opportunity for a question. For one gone to wrong views is not able to produce a new question, but rather takes up only what has been indicated and asks about it; therefore the Blessed One gave him the opportunity. But the meaning in all terms should be understood by the method already stated. Why does he not ask "Who, venerable sir, comes to be?" For the view of one gone to wrong views is that a being has indeed come to be and been produced; therefore he does not ask this, as it would be contrary to his own view. Moreover, because in many places it had been spoken "with this as condition, this; with this as condition, this," he had come to accept this; for that reason too he does not ask. The Teacher too, thinking "Even though this one asks much, there is no satisfaction for him; he asks only hollow questions," from this point onwards taught the teaching making it as one continuous whole. "But of the six" - taking up that very point from which the teaching had ascended, and turning the teaching around, he spoke thus. But in this discourse, between consciousness and mentality-materiality there is one connection, between feeling and craving there is one, between existence and birth there is one. The second.

3.

Commentary on the Discourse on Ascetics and Brahmins

13. In the third, "ascetics or brahmins" means outsider ascetics and brahmins who are unable to penetrate the truths. In the passage beginning with "do not understand ageing and death," they do not know ageing and death by way of the truth of suffering; they do not know the origin of ageing and death by way of the truth of origin, as birth together with craving is the origin of ageing and death; they do not know the cessation of ageing and death by way of the truth of cessation; they do not know the practice by way of the truth of the path. They do not know birth by way of the truth of suffering; they do not know the origin of birth by way of the truth of origin, as existence together with craving is the origin of birth. Thus, having combined the origin together with craving, the meaning should be understood in all terms by way of the four truths. "The goal of asceticism or the goal of the holy life" - here the noble path is both asceticism and the holy life. But in both cases, the goal should be understood as the noble fruition. Thus the Blessed One spoke of the four truths in eleven instances in this discourse. The third.

4.

Commentary on the Second Discourse on Ascetics and Brahmins

14. In the fourth, "these phenomena - which phenomena" - having made this much elaboration, it was spoken; in accordance with the disposition of persons able to penetrate the Teaching, "do not understand these phenomena" and so on was said. The remainder is just as before. The fourth.

5.

Commentary on the Discourse on Kaccānagotta

15. In the fifth, "right view, right view" - whatever the wise gods and humans call right vision in those various states, he asks about all of that, having summarised it by two terms. "Depends upon a duality" means dependent upon two portions. "For the most part" - by this, setting aside the noble persons, he indicates the remaining general public. "Existence" means eternalism. "Non-existence" means annihilation. "The origin of the world" - the world means the world of activities; its production. "Seeing with right wisdom" - right wisdom means path wisdom together with insight; the meaning is "for one seeing by means of that." "Whatever notion of non-existence regarding the world" - among phenomena produced in the world of activities, even while they are being evident, whatever annihilationist view thinking "there is not" might arise, that does not occur - this is the meaning. "The cessation of the world" means the dissolution of activities. "Whatever notion of existence regarding the world" - among phenomena in the world of activities that are breaking up, even while they are being evident, whatever eternalist view thinking "there is" might arise, that does not occur - this is the meaning.

Furthermore, "the origin of the world" means the mode of dependent conditions in forward order. "The cessation of the world" means the mode of dependent conditions in reverse order. For even for one seeing the origin of the world, seeing the non-annihilation of the conditionally arisen through the non-annihilation of the conditions, whatever annihilationist view thinking "there is not" might arise, that does not occur. Even for one seeing the cessation of conditions, seeing the cessation of the conditionally arisen through the cessation of conditions, whatever eternalist view thinking "there is" might arise, that does not occur - this too is the meaning here.

"Shackled by involvement, clinging, and adherence" means shackled by involvements and by clingings and by adherences. Therein, "involvement" - there are two involvements: involvement with craving and involvement with wrong view. The same method applies to clinging and so on as well. For since craving and wrong view approach, go to the phenomena of the three planes of existence by such modes as "I" and "mine" and so on, therefore they are called involvements. But since they cling to and adhere to those phenomena, therefore they are called clingings and adherences. And by these the world is shackled. Therefore he said "shackled by involvement, clinging, and adherence."

"But this one - that" means that involvement and clinging, this noble disciple. "Mental standpoint" means that which has become the support of consciousness. "Adherence and underlying tendency" means that which has become adherence and that which has become underlying tendency. For unwholesome consciousness is established upon craving and wrong view, and they adhere to and underlie that; therefore he said that both of those are the mental standpoint and the adherence and underlying tendency. "Does not approach" means does not go to. "Does not cling to" means does not grasp. "Does not determine" means does not determine - what? "Myself." "Only suffering" means merely the five aggregates of clinging. "Is not uncertain" means he does not make uncertainty thus: "It is only suffering that arises, suffering that ceases; there is no other being here whatsoever." "Does not doubt sceptically" means does not produce sceptical doubt.

"Not dependent on others" means not by dependence on another, not having gone to the conviction of someone else; only his own self-witnessed knowledge exists here. "To this extent, Kaccāna, there is right view" means that because the perception of a being has been abandoned in this way, by this much there is what is called right vision - he spoke of mixed right view. "This is one extreme" means this is one inferior extreme, a low extreme - the first, eternalism. "This is the second" means this second, reckoned as the view arising that "all does not exist," is an inferior extreme, a low extreme - the second is annihilationism; this is the meaning. The remainder here is clear in itself. The fifth.

6.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Dhamma Preacher

16. In the sixth, "for disenchantment" means for the purpose of becoming disenchanted. "For dispassion" means for the purpose of becoming dispassionate. "For cessation" means for the purpose of ceasing. "Is practising": here it should be understood as practising from morality onwards up to the path of arahantship. "Practising in accordance with the Teaching" means one who has entered upon the practice that is in conformity with the supramundane Teaching of Nibbāna. "In conformity with" means having an intrinsic nature that is suitable. "Through disenchantment, dispassion, and cessation" means through disenchantment and through dispassion and through cessation. "Liberated by non-clinging" means liberated without clinging to any phenomenon through the four kinds of clinging. "One who has attained Nibbāna in this present life" means one who has attained Nibbāna in this very life. "It is fitting to say" means it deserves to be spoken of thus; the meaning is proper and befitting. Thus here, by one method the question about one who preaches the Teaching has been spoken of; by two, having distinguished that, the planes of the learner and the one beyond training have been indicated. The sixth.

7.

Commentary on the Acelakassapa Sutta

17. In the seventh, "the naked ascetic Kassapa" means naked, clotheless by outward appearance, Kassapa by name. "From afar" means he saw him coming from afar, surrounded by a great community of monks. "A certain point" means a certain reason. "Permission" means the moment, the time for the answering of a question. "Inhabited area" means in the passage "I will not sit clutching the knees in the inhabited area," here the inhabited area means the interior of the dwelling. In the passage "I will go with eyes downcast in the inhabited area," here it means the inner village from the gate-post onwards. Here too, this very one is intended. "Whatever you wish" means whatever you desire.

But why did the Blessed One, though wishing to speak, refuse up to the third time? For the purpose of generating respect. For those who hold wrong views, when something is spoken quickly, do not show respect, and do not believe even the words, thinking "It is easy to approach and to ask the ascetic Gotama; he speaks as soon as he is merely asked." But when refused two or three times, they show respect, and when what is spoken after being requested up to the third time, they listen and believe, thinking "It is difficult even to approach the ascetic Gotama and to ask him a question." Thus the Blessed One, thinking "This one will listen, this one will believe," having had him request up to the third time, spoke. Furthermore, just as a physician cooking oil or molasses, waiting for the proper time of cooking for soft-cooked and hard-cooked preparations, removes it from the fire without exceeding the proper time of cooking. In the same way, the Blessed One, waiting for the maturation of knowledge of beings, having known "Within this much time, this one's knowledge will reach maturity," had him request up to the third time.

"Do not say so, Kassapa" means Kassapa, do not speak thus. For it is not proper to say "suffering is self-made"; he explains that there is no doer of suffering whatsoever called a self. In the remaining cases too, the same method applies. "Fortuitously arisen" means arisen without cause, by mere chance. "Thus being asked" - why did he say thus? For thus it occurred to him - "This one, when asked with 'Is suffering self-made?' and so on, says 'Do not say so'; when asked 'Is there not?' he says 'There is.' When asked 'Master Gotama does not know suffering, does not see it,' he says 'I do indeed know.' Has he perhaps been asked by me having missed something?" - thus, purifying his own question from the very root, he said thus. "Let the Blessed One explain to me, venerable sir" - here, having developed respect for the Teacher, without saying "Master," he says "Blessed One."

"The one who acts" and so on was said for the purpose of refuting the view that "suffering is self-made." And here, "sato" is the genitive case used in the locative sense; therefore the meaning should be understood thus - "The one who acts is the one who experiences," Kassapa - when it is thus from the very beginning, afterwards the view that "suffering is self-made" arises. And here, "suffering" means the suffering of the round of rebirths is intended. "Saying thus" - this has a connection with the preceding word "ādi" and with the immediately following word "eternalism." "Explains, grasps" - this, however, is the remainder of the reading here. For this is what is meant - Thus, speaking in this way, from the very beginning one explains eternalism, one grasps eternalism. Why? For his view amounts to this; taking the doer and the experiencer as one and the same, this amounts to eternalism - this is the meaning.

"One acts, another experiences" and so on, however, was said for the purpose of refuting the view that "suffering is made by another." But "from the very beginning" should be brought in here too. For the meaning here is this: "One acts, another experiences," Kassapa - when from the very beginning it is thus, afterwards, for one who is overwhelmed and pierced by feeling associated with the annihilationist view that has arisen thus: "The doer is annihilated right here, what was done by him another experiences" - the view that "suffering is made by another" arises. "Saying thus" and so on should be construed by the method already stated. Herein this is the construction - And speaking thus, from the very beginning he indicates annihilation, he grasps annihilation. Why? For his view amounts to this, it approaches this annihilation - this is the meaning.

"These two" means not approaching, having abandoned, not clinging to the two extremes reckoned as eternalism and annihilationism, the Tathāgata teaches the Teaching by the middle; the meaning is that he teaches standing on the middle practice. If one asks, which Teaching? That is to say, with ignorance as condition, activities. For here the fruit from the cause, and its cessation by the cessation of the cause, is explained, but no doer or experiencer whatsoever is indicated. To this extent the remaining questions are refuted. By "not approaching the two extremes," the third question is rejected. By "with ignorance as condition, activities," it should be understood that both fortuitous arising and not knowing are rejected.

"May I receive" - he said this desiring monkhood in the presence of the Blessed One. Then the Blessed One - whoever was formerly of another sect, for whom the probation for adherents of other sects was laid down in this chapter, who, standing on the plane of a novice - "I, venerable sir, of such and such a name, formerly of another sect, wish for full ordination in this Teaching and discipline. I, venerable sir, request the Community for probation for four months" - undergoes probation having taken it upon himself by the method beginning thus; with reference to that, he said beginning with "Whoever, Kassapa, was formerly of another sect." Therein, "going forth" is said merely by way of smoothness of expression. For he obtains the going forth without having undergone probation. However, one who seeks full ordination must undergo probation, fulfilling the eight duties beginning with entering the village at the proper time. "Having won the favour" means with gladdened minds through the fulfilment of the eight duties. This is the summary here; in detail, however, this probation for adherents of other sects should be understood by the method stated in the description of the Going Forth Chapter in the Samantapāsādikā, the commentary on the Vinaya.

"But by me" is the reading here, but elsewhere it is "but by me here." "The difference among individuals is known" means the diversity of individuals is known. It shows that "this is well known to me: 'This person is worthy of probation, this person is not worthy of probation.'" Then Kassapa thought - "Oh, wonderful is the Buddha's Dispensation, where thus having rubbed and pounded, they accept only what is proper and reject what is improper." Then, with even greater enthusiasm arisen for the going forth, he said beginning with "If, venerable sir." Then the Blessed One, having known his intense desire, addressed a certain monk, saying "Kassapa does not deserve probation" - "Go, monk, having bathed Kassapa and given him the going forth, bring him here." He, having done so, having given him the going forth, came to the presence of the Blessed One. The Blessed One, having sat down in the group, gave him full ordination. Therefore it was said: "The naked ascetic Kassapa received the going forth in the presence of the Blessed One, he received full ordination." "Not long after being fully ordained" and so on - the remainder has been stated in the Brāhmaṇasaṃyutta itself. The seventh.

8.

Commentary on the Timbaruka Sutta

18. In the eighth, "that feeling" and so on was said for the purpose of prohibiting the view that "pleasure and pain are self-made." Here too, "sato" is the genitive case used in the locative sense. Herein this is the illustration of the meaning - "That feeling, he feels" - Timbaruka, when it is thus from the very beginning, the view that "pleasure and pain are self-made" arises. For thus being the case, feeling itself would have made feeling. And speaking thus, one allows the prior existence of this feeling, one explains eternalism, one grasps eternalism. Why? For his view amounts to this, it approaches this eternalism - this is the meaning. For this will have been said by the Blessed One with reference to the former meaning, therefore in the commentary, having connected that, its meaning has been explained. "I do not speak thus" means I do not speak thus: "that feeling, he feels." The meaning is: I do not speak thus: "pleasure and pain are self-made."

"One feeling" and so on was said for the purpose of refuting the view that "pleasure and pain are made by another." Here too this is the interpretation of meaning - "One feeling, another feels" - Timbaruka, when it is thus from the very beginning, afterwards whatever feeling that was the doer in the former side, that is destroyed. But for one who is overwhelmed by feeling associated with the annihilationist view that has arisen thus: "What was done by that, another feels" - the view that "pleasure and pain are made by another" arises. And speaking thus, the doer is destroyed, conception is taken by another - thus one explains annihilation, one grasps annihilation. Why? For his view amounts to this, it approaches this annihilation - this is the meaning. Here too these terms have been brought from the commentary and connected. In this discourse, pleasure and pain as feeling has been spoken of. And that indeed is proper only as resultant pleasure and pain - thus it is said. The eighth.

9.

Commentary on the Bālapaṇḍita Sutta

19. In the ninth, "hindered by ignorance" means obstructed by ignorance. "Thus this body has arisen" means thus, because of being obstructed by ignorance and because of being associated with craving only, this body was born. "This body" means this sentient body of his own. "And externally mentality-materiality" means and externally the sentient body of others. This meaning should be elucidated also by the five aggregates and the six sense bases of both oneself and others. "Thus this is a dyad" means thus this is a dyad. "Dependent on the dyad is contact" - elsewhere, dyads such as eye-and-visible-form and so on were stated as dependent on which eye-contact and so on arise; but here it is the internal and external sense bases. This is indeed called the great dyad. "The six sense bases only" means the six sense bases of contact only, the causes of contact. "Touched by which" means touched by the contact arisen through the sense bases which are the causes. "By one or other" - here the state of being one or other should be understood in the sense of completeness. "Therein" means in that matter of the arising of the body and so on of the fool and the wise person. "What is the disparity" means what is the additional exertion.

"Having the Blessed One as their root" - "the Blessed One is the root of these" thus "having the Blessed One as their root." This is what is meant - These teachings of ours, venerable sir, were formerly produced by the Perfectly Self-awakened One Kassapa; when he had attained final Nibbāna, for one interval between Buddhas there was no other ascetic or brahmin able to produce these teachings; but these teachings were produced for us by the Blessed One. For indeed, in dependence on the Blessed One, we understand these teachings, we penetrate them - thus "the teachings have the Blessed One as their root, venerable sir." "Having the Blessed One as their guide" - for the Blessed One is the leader, the trainer, the conciliator of the teachings; the one who shows by taking each individual name according to their intrinsic nature - thus the teachings are called "having the Blessed One as their guide." "Having the Blessed One as their refuge" - the phenomena of the four planes, coming into the range of omniscient knowledge, resort to the Blessed One - thus "having the Blessed One as their refuge." "Resort to" means come together. Furthermore, by the power of penetration, contact approaches the Blessed One seated at the great terrace of enlightenment: "What is my name, Blessed One?" "You are called contact in the meaning of touching." Feeling, perception, activities, consciousness approaches: "What is our name, Blessed One?" "You are called consciousness in the meaning of cognition" - thus, taking each individual name according to the intrinsic nature of the phenomena of the four planes, the Blessed One resorts to the phenomena - thus "having the Blessed One as their refuge." "May it occur to the Blessed One himself" - may the meaning of this statement present itself to the Blessed One himself; the meaning is: may you yourself explain it and give it to us.

"That very ignorance" - here, although that ignorance and craving, having impelled the action and dragged in the conception, have ceased, yet just as even today one says "he eats the very same food as the medicine he drank yesterday" - it is called "that very same" by reason of similarity - so too here "that very ignorance and that craving" is also stated by reason of similarity. "The holy life" means the holy life of the path. "For the destruction of suffering" means for the purpose of the elimination of the suffering of the round of rebirths. "Goes to a new body" means he becomes one who goes to another body at conception. "That is to say, abiding by the holy life" - which is this abiding by the holy life of the path, this shows the distinction of the wise person from the fool. Thus in this discourse, every worldling who is subject to conception is called "a fool," and one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, who is not subject to conception, is called "a wise person." But stream-enterers, once-returners, and non-returners should not be called either "wise" or "foolish"; but when associating, they associate with the side of the wise. The ninth.

10.

Commentary on the Paccaya Sutta

20. In the tenth, "I will teach you, monks, dependent origination and the dependently arisen phenomena" - the Teacher in this discourse began both, saying "I will teach the conditions and the phenomena of intrinsic nature produced by conditions." "Whether there is an arising of Tathāgatas" means even at the arising of Tathāgatas, whether Buddhas have arisen or not arisen, with birth as condition there is ageing and death; birth itself is the condition for ageing and death. "That element still stands" means that intrinsic nature of the condition still stands; never is birth not a condition for ageing and death. "The principle of the causal relationship of phenomena, the cosmic law of phenomena" - by these two also he speaks of the condition itself. For conditionally arisen phenomena stand by means of the condition; therefore the condition itself is called "the principle of the causal relationship of phenomena." The condition defines phenomena; therefore it is called "the cosmic law of phenomena." "Specific conditionality" means the conditions of these, ageing and death and so on, are specific conditions; specific conditions themselves are specific conditionality. "That" means that condition. "Awakens to" means awakens to by knowledge. "Fully realises" means arrives at by knowledge. "Tells" means speaks. "Teaches" means shows. "Makes known" means causes to know. "Establishes" means places at the door of knowledge. "Reveals" means shows by opening up. "Analyses" means shows by way of classification. "Makes clear" means makes obvious. "And he says 'See'" means and he says "See." How? "With birth as condition, monks, ageing and death" and so on.

"Thus indeed, monks" means thus indeed, monks. "Whatever there" means whatever among those passages beginning with "with birth as condition, ageing and death." "Actuality" and so on are synonyms for the mode of dependent conditions itself. Because each and every phenomenon comes into being by those very conditions, neither less nor more, it is called "actuality"; because when conditions have come into concord there is no absence of the coming into being of phenomena produced therefrom even for a moment, it is called "unerringness"; because through the conditions of one phenomenon another phenomenon does not arise, it is called "not-otherwiseness"; because of the conditionality or the collection of conditions of ageing and death and so on, it is called "specific conditionality." Herein this is the meaning of the word - The conditions of these are specific conditions; specific conditions themselves are specific conditionality; or the collection of specific conditions is specific conditionality. But the grammatical rule here should be understood from the science of grammar.

"Impermanent" means impermanent in the sense of non-existence after having been. And here "impermanent" does not mean that ageing and death is impermanent, but because the aggregates that have an impermanent intrinsic nature undergo ageing and death, it has come to be called impermanent. The same method applies to "conditioned" and so on as well. And here "conditioned" means produced by conditions having come together. "Dependently arisen" means arisen in dependence on conditions. "Subject to destruction" means having the intrinsic nature of destruction. "Having the nature of falling" means having the intrinsic nature of passing away. "Subject to fading away" means having the intrinsic nature of fading away. "Having the nature of cessation" means having the intrinsic nature of ceasing. The impermanence of birth too should be understood in the same manner as stated. Or because the productive conditions are seen at the moment of the exercise of their function, by one method here "impermanent" and so on are indeed applicable. Existence and so on are indeed of the intrinsic nature of impermanence and so on.

"With right wisdom" means with path wisdom accompanied by insight. "The past" means the former, the past - this is the meaning. Regarding "Did I exist indeed" and so on, "Did I exist indeed, or did I not?" - in dependence on the mode of eternalism and the mode of fortuitous arising, he is uncertain about his own existence and non-existence in the past. "What is the reason?" - this should not be asked; the foolish worldling, like a mad man, proceeds in one way or another. "What was I indeed?" - in dependence on birth, characteristic, and rebirth, he is uncertain whether "Was I indeed of the warrior caste, or one among brahmins, merchants, workers, householders, those gone forth, gods, or human beings?" "How was I indeed?" - in dependence on shape and appearance, he is uncertain whether "Was I indeed tall, or one among the short, fair, dark, of proper measure, of improper measure, and so on?" Some, however, say that in dependence on the creation by a lord and so on, he is uncertain as to the cause, thinking "By what reason indeed did I come to be?" "Having been what, what did I become?" - in dependence on birth and so on, "Having been of the warrior caste, was I indeed a brahmin?" etc. "Having been a god, a human being" - he is uncertain about his own succession. But "period of time" everywhere is a designation for time. "The future" means the future end. "Shall I exist indeed, or shall I not?" - in dependence on the mode of eternalism and the mode of annihilation, he is uncertain about his own existence and non-existence in the future. The remainder here is the same as the method already stated.

"Or regarding the present period of time at this moment" means now, or having taken conception as the beginning and death as the end, taking the entire present time. "He will be internally doubtful" means he will have sceptical doubt regarding his own aggregates. "Am I indeed?" - he is uncertain about his own existence. But is this proper? Whether proper or improper - what reflection is there here about that? But further, here they also cite this story - The son of the younger mother was, it is said, shaven-headed, and the son of the elder mother was not shaven-headed; they shaved that son. He, having risen, thought: "Am I indeed the son of the younger mother?" Thus there is uncertainty as "Am I indeed?" "Am I not" - he is uncertain about the absence of himself. Here too this is the story - It is said that a certain man, while catching fish, having stood in the water for a long time, thinking his own thigh which had become cold was a fish, struck it. Another, guarding a field beside a cemetery, lay down frightened and curled up. He, having woken up, thinking his own two knees were two demons, struck them. Thus he is uncertain "am I not."

"What am I" - while being a warrior himself, he is uncertain about his own warrior status. The same method applies in the remaining cases too. But there is no one who, while being a god, does not know his own god status. He too, however, is uncertain by the method beginning with "am I material or am I immaterial." If it is asked: why do warriors and others not know? Their birth in this or that family is not directly perceived by them. And even householders such as Potthalikā and others perceive themselves as gone forth; even those gone forth perceive themselves as householders by the method beginning with "is my action perhaps invalid." And even humans, like kings, perceive themselves as gods. "How am I" - this is the same as the method already stated. Only here, having grasped that there is inside a soul, in dependence on its shape and form, being uncertain whether "am I tall, or of one of the types such as short, four-sided, six-sided, eight-sided, sixteen-sided, and so on," "how am I" - He is uncertain - this should be understood. But there is no one who does not know the present bodily form. "Where has he come from, where will he be going" - being uncertain about the place of coming and going of individual existence, he is thus uncertain. "Of a noble disciple" - here a stream-enterer is intended, but the other three are also not excluded. The tenth.

The Chapter on Nutriment is second.

3.

The Chapter on the Ten Powers

1.

Commentary on the Dasabala Sutta

21. The first discourse of the Ten Powers chapter is merely a summary of the second.

2.

Commentary on the Second Dasabala Sutta

22. The second was spoken by the Blessed One by way of his own disposition. Therein, "endowed with ten powers" means endowed with ten powers. And power is indeed of two kinds: bodily power and knowledge-power. Among those, the bodily power of the Tathāgata should be understood in accordance with the elephant species. For this was said by the ancients:

These are the ten elephant species. Therein, "Kāḷāvaka" should be seen as the ordinary elephant species. Whatever is the bodily power of ten men, that is the power of one Kāḷāvaka elephant. Whatever is the power of ten Kāḷāvakas, that is the power of one Gaṅgeyya. Whatever is the power of ten Gaṅgeyyas, that is the power of one Paṇḍara. Whatever is the power of ten Paṇḍaras, that is the power of one Tamba. Whatever is the power of ten Tambas, that is the power of one Piṅgala. Whatever is the power of ten Piṅgalas, that is the power of one Gandha elephant. Whatever is the power of ten Gandha elephants, that is the power of one Maṅgala. Whatever is the power of ten Maṅgalas, that is the power of one Hemavata. Whatever is the power of ten Hemavatas, that is the power of one Uposatha. Whatever is the power of ten Uposathas, that is the power of one Chaddanta. Whatever is the power of ten Chaddantas, that is the power of one Tathāgata. "The power of Nārāyaṇa's compactness" - this very same is called thus. That same, by the reckoning of ordinary elephants, is the power of ten thousand koṭis of elephants, and by the reckoning of men, is the power of ten ten-thousand koṭis of men. This, for now, is the bodily power of the Tathāgata. In "endowed with ten powers," however, this does not come under that classification. For this is external and inferior; even animals such as lions and so on possess it. For in dependence on this, there is neither full understanding of suffering, nor abandoning of the origin, nor development of the path, nor realisation of the fruit. But there is another, a tenfold knowledge-power, in the sense of being unshakeable and in the sense of supporting in ten instances. With reference to that it was said "endowed with ten powers."

But what is that? The knowing of the possible and impossible and so on as they really are. That is: The knowing of the possible as possible and the impossible as impossible is one; the knowing as it really is of the result of undertakings of action past, future, and present, with reason and cause, is one; the knowing of the practice leading everywhere is one; the knowing of the world with its manifold and various elements is one; the knowing of the diverse dispositions of other beings and other persons is one; the knowing of the superiority and inferiority of the faculties of those very same is one; the knowing of the defilement, the cleansing, and the emergence from meditative absorptions, deliverances, concentrations, and attainments is one; the knowing of past lives is one; the knowing of the passing away and rebirth of beings is one; the knowing of the elimination of mental corruptions is one. But in the Abhidhamma -

"Here the Tathāgata understands as it really is the possible as possible and the impossible as impossible. That the Tathāgata understands as it really is the possible as possible and the impossible as impossible. This too is a power of the Tathāgata, based on which power the Tathāgata acknowledges a distinguished position, roars the lion's roar in assemblies, and sets in motion the divine wheel."

These have come in detail by the method beginning with this. The explanation of their meaning too has been stated in every respect in the Vibhaṅga commentary and in the Papañcasūdanī, the Majjhima commentary. That should be taken up just by the method stated there.

"And with four grounds of self-confidence" - here, self-confidence is the opposite of timidity; this is the name for the knowledge accompanied by arisen pleasure in one who reviews the state of self-confidence regarding the four positions. In which four? In the grounds for accusation beginning with "For you who acknowledge yourself as a perfectly Self-awakened One, these things have not been fully awakened to." Herein this is the canonical text -

"There are, monks, these grounds of self-confidence of the Tathāgata... etc. What are the four? 'For you who acknowledge yourself as a perfectly Self-awakened One, these things have not been fully awakened to' - that indeed an ascetic or a brahmin or a god or Māra or Brahmā or anyone in the world would reprove me with reason regarding that - I do not see this sign, monks. Not seeing this sign, monks, I dwell having attained security, having attained fearlessness, having attained self-confidence. 'For you who acknowledge yourself as one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, these mental corruptions have not been eliminated' - that indeed me... etc. 'Those things that are obstructions that have been declared by you, for one indulging in them they are not sufficient for obstruction' - that indeed me... etc. 'The Teaching taught by you for whatever purpose, it does not lead one who practises it to the complete destruction of suffering' - that indeed me, an ascetic or a brahmin or... etc. having attained self-confidence, I dwell."

"A distinguished position" means the foremost position, the highest position. Or the former Buddhas are distinguished ones (āsabhā), and "their position" is the meaning. Furthermore, the chief of a hundred cattle is a bull (usabha), the chief of a thousand cattle is a great bull (vasabha), or the chief of a hundred cattle pens is a bull (usabha), the chief of a thousand cattle pens is a great bull (vasabha); the foremost of all cattle, enduring all dangers, white, pleasing, bearing great burdens, unshakeable even by the sounds of a hundred thunderbolts - a leading bull (nisabha); he is what is intended here as the bull (usabha). For this too is a synonymous expression for that. "Of the bull, this" - thus "distinguished" (āsabhaṃ). "Position" means the standing, having pressed down the earth with four feet. But "this is like the distinguished" - thus "distinguished" (āsabhaṃ). For just as the bull designated as a leading bull, endowed with the strength of a bull, having pressed down the earth with four feet, stands in an unshakeable position, so too the Tathāgata, endowed with the ten powers of the Tathāgata, having pressed down the ground of the eight assemblies with the four feet of self-confidence, stands in an unshakeable position, unshakeable by any adversary or enemy in the world including its gods. Standing thus, he acknowledges that distinguished position, approaches it, does not reject it, attributes it to himself. Therefore it was said "acknowledges a distinguished position."

"In assemblies" - "Sāriputta, there are these eight assemblies. What are the eight? The assembly of nobles, the assembly of brahmins, the assembly of householders, the assembly of ascetics, the assembly of the Four Great Kings, the assembly of the Tāvatiṃsa gods, the assembly of Māra, the assembly of Brahmā" - in these eight assemblies. "Roars the lion's roar" means he roars the foremost roar, the fearless roar, or he roars a roar similar to a lion's roar. This meaning should be explained by means of the Sīhanāda Sutta. Or just as a lion is called a lion because of enduring and because of striking, so too the Tathāgata is called a lion because of enduring worldly adversities and because of striking down the doctrines of others. The roar of the lion thus described is the lion's roar. Therein, just as a lion, endowed with the strength of a lion, confident everywhere, with terror gone, roars the lion's roar, so too the Tathāgata-lion, endowed with the powers of the Tathāgata, confident in the eight assemblies, with terror gone, roars the lion's roar accomplished with the beauty of various kinds of teaching by the method beginning with "thus is materiality." Therefore it was said "roars the lion's roar in assemblies."

"Sets in motion the divine wheel" - here "divine" (brahma) means the foremost, the highest; this is a designation for the pure wheel of the Teaching. That wheel of the Teaching is twofold: the knowledge of penetration and the knowledge of the Teaching. Therein, the knowledge of penetration is that which is developed by wisdom and brings noble fruition to oneself; the knowledge of the Teaching is that which is developed by compassion and brings noble fruition to the disciples. Therein, the knowledge of penetration is twofold: arising and arisen. For that, beginning from the renunciation up to the path of arahantship, is arising; at the moment of fruition, it is called arisen. Or from the Tusita abode up to the path of arahantship on the seat of the great enlightenment, it is arising; at the moment of fruition, it is called arisen. Or beginning from Dīpaṅkara up to the path of arahantship, it is arising; at the moment of fruition, it is called arisen. The knowledge of the Teaching too is twofold: proceeding and proceeded. For that, up to the path of stream-entry of Aññāsikoṇḍañña, is proceeding; at the moment of fruition, it is called proceeded. Among these, the knowledge of penetration is supramundane; the knowledge of the Teaching is mundane. But both of these are not shared with others; they are the innate knowledge of the Buddhas alone.

Now, in order to show that which one endowed with this knowledge roars as a lion's roar, he said beginning with "such is matter." Therein, "such is matter" means "this is matter, this much is matter, beyond this there is no matter" - thus, making the intrinsic nature of being deformed and the classification into primary elements and derived matter as the starting point, the complete discernment of matter without remainder by way of characteristic, function, manifestation, and proximate cause is stated. "Such is the origin of matter" - by this, the origin of matter thus discerned is stated. Therein, "such" means the meaning is "thus is the origin." Its detail should be understood thus: "From the origin of ignorance is the origin of matter, from the origin of craving, from the origin of action, from the origin of nutriment is the origin of matter - even seeing the characteristic of production, one sees the rise of the aggregate of material body." Regarding the passing away too, "from the cessation of ignorance is the cessation of matter, etc. Even seeing the characteristic of change, one sees the cessation of the aggregate of material body" - this is the detail.

In "such is feeling" and so on too: this is feeling, this much is feeling, beyond this there is no feeling; this is perception, these are activities, this is consciousness, this much is consciousness, beyond this there is no consciousness - thus, making the intrinsic nature of experiencing, perceiving, constructing, and cognising, and the classification into pleasure and so on, perception of material form and so on, contact and so on, eye-consciousness and so on as the starting point, the complete discernment of feeling, perception, activities, and consciousness without remainder by way of characteristic, function, manifestation, and proximate cause is stated. But by "such is the origin of feeling" and so on, the origin of feeling, perception, activities, and consciousness thus discerned is stated. There too, "such" means the meaning is "thus is the origin." Their detail too should be understood by the very same method stated regarding matter, as "from the origin of ignorance is the origin of feeling." But this is the distinction - In the three aggregates, instead of saying "from the origin of nutriment," "from the origin of contact" should be said; in the aggregate of consciousness, "from the origin of mentality-materiality." The term for passing away too should be construed by way of those very same. This is the summary here. The detail, however, the judgment on rise and fall complete in every respect, has been stated in the Visuddhimagga.

"When this exists, that comes to be" - this too is another lion's roar. Its meaning is - When this condition beginning with ignorance exists, this result beginning with activities comes to be. "From the arising of this, that arises" means from the arising of this condition beginning with ignorance, this result beginning with activities arises. "When this is absent, that does not exist" means when this condition beginning with ignorance is absent, this result beginning with activities does not exist. "From the cessation of this, that ceases" means from the cessation of this condition beginning with ignorance, this result beginning with activities ceases. Now, in order to show in detail how that comes to be and ceases, he said beginning with "that is to say, with ignorance as condition, activities."

"Thus well proclaimed" means thus well declared, spoken, by way of the analysis of the five aggregates and so on. "Teaching" means the teaching of the five aggregates and the mode of dependent conditions. "Manifest" means not turned face down. "Unveiled" means having opened up and set forth. "Made clear" means explained, illuminated. "With the rags cut off" - "rag" is called a cloth that is cut, broken, stitched here and there, knotted, and worn out. One who does not have that, who is clothed in a new garment of eight cubits or nine cubits, he is called "one with the rags cut off." This Teaching too is such. For here there is no state of being cut, broken, stitched, and knotted by means of hypocrisy and so on. Furthermore, a small cloth too is called a "rag"; one who does not have that, who has a large cloth of eight or nine cubits, he too is "one with the rags cut off"; the meaning is "one from whom the rag has departed." This Teaching is such. For just as a man taking a cloth of four cubits and trying to wrap himself, pulling it here and there, becomes wearied, so those gone forth in outside doctrines, contriving and contriving their own limited teaching thinking "when this is so, this will be so," and expanding it, become wearied. But just as one wrapping himself with one of eight or nine cubits puts it on as he likes and is not wearied, there is no task of stretching and extending there; so too in this Teaching there is no task of contriving and contriving to analyse, and by those various reasons this Teaching has been well analysed and well expounded by me alone - with reference to this too he said "with the rags cut off." Furthermore, rubbish too is called a "rag," and in this Dispensation what is called ascetic rubbish is unable to become established. Therefore he said -

Thus, because of the cutting off of ascetic rubbish too, this Teaching is called "with the rags cut off."

"It is fitting" means it is proper. "By one who has gone forth out of faith" means by one gone forth through faith. "By a son of good family" - there are two sons of good family: a son of good family by conduct and a son of good family by birth. Therein, whoever, having gone forth from whatever family, fulfils the five aggregates of the Teaching beginning with morality, he is called a son of good family by conduct. But whoever has gone forth from a family accomplished in birth, like Yasa the son of good family and others, he is called a son of good family by birth. Among these, here a son of good family by conduct is intended. But if a son of good family by birth is one of good conduct, he is the highest indeed. By such a son of good family. "To arouse energy" means to make energy endowed with four factors. Now, showing its four factors, he said beginning with "let only skin and." For here skin is one factor, sinews one, bones one, flesh and blood one. And this energy endowed with four factors should be maintained by one who determines upon it in nine instances: before the meal, after the meal, in the first watch, in the middle watch, in the last watch, in walking, in standing, in sitting, and in lying down.

"Monks, the lazy one dwells in suffering" means whatever lazy person in this Dispensation, he dwells in suffering. But in the external doctrine, whoever is lazy, he dwells in happiness. "Mixed up" means having become mixed together. "Benefit for oneself" means either a beautiful benefit or one's own benefit; by both, arahantship alone is intended. "Neglects" means causes to decline, does not attain. For a lazy person, the six doors are unguarded, the three actions are impure, the morality with livelihood as the eighth is not bright, and he is one of broken livelihood, dependent on families. He, having become like dust fallen in the eye of his fellows in the holy life, a source of harm, dwells in suffering, and is merely a seat-crusher and a latrine-filler, is not able to grasp the Teacher's disposition, misses the rare opportunity, and even the country's almsfood consumed by him is not rich in result.

"But, monks, one who has aroused energy" means a person putting forth strenuous energy dwells in happiness in this very Dispensation. But in the external doctrine, whoever puts forth strenuous energy, he dwells in suffering. "Secluded" means having become separated, detached. "Fulfils a great benefit for oneself" means attains arahantship. For one putting forth strenuous energy, the six doors are well guarded, the three actions are pure, the morality with livelihood as the eighth is bright, and having become agreeable to his fellows in the holy life like cool soothing eye ointment in the eye, like sandalwood reduced to its essence, he dwells in happiness and is able to grasp the Teacher's disposition. For the Teacher -

"May you live long, O great hero, may you remain for a cosmic cycle, O great sage" -

Thus praised by Gotamī, having rejected it saying "Indeed, Gotamī, Tathāgatas should not be praised thus," and being requested by her, declaring the manner in which they should be praised, he spoke thus -

Thus one putting forth strenuous energy is able to grasp the Teacher's disposition and does not miss the rare opportunity. For him, the arising of a Buddha, the teaching of the Teaching, and the good practice of the Community are fruitful and yielding growth, and even the country's almsfood consumed by him is rich in result.

"By the inferior, of the highest" means by inferior faith, by inferior energy, by inferior mindfulness, by inferior concentration, by inferior wisdom, there is no attainment of arahantship reckoned as the highest. "But by the highest" means by the highest faith and so on, there is attainment of the highest, arahantship. "Cream to be drunk" means "cream" in the sense of being clear, "to be drunk" in the sense of being fit to drink. For that which, having drunk, one falls in the middle of the street, unconscious, becoming no longer the owner even of one's own cloth and so on - that, even though clear, should not be drunk. But showing that "my Dispensation is thus both clear and fit to drink," he said "cream to be drunk."

Therein, the cream is threefold - the cream of the Teaching, the cream of the recipients, and the cream of the holy life. What is the cream of the Teaching? The declaring, teaching, describing, establishing, revealing, analysing, and making manifest of the four noble truths, of the four establishments of mindfulness, etc. the declaring of the noble eightfold path, etc. making manifest - this is the cream of the Teaching. What is the cream of the recipients? Monks, nuns, male lay followers, female lay followers, gods, humans, or whatever others there are who have understood - this is the cream of the recipients. What is the cream of the holy life? It is just this noble eightfold path, as follows - right view, etc. right concentration - this is the cream of the holy life. Furthermore, the best part of decision is the faith faculty, faithlessness is the dregs; having abandoned the dregs of faithlessness, one drinks the best part of decision of the faith faculty - by this method beginning with "cream to be drunk" and so on, the meaning here should be understood. "The Teacher is present before you" - this here is a word expressing reason. Since the Teacher is present before you, therefore, having applied the conjunction of energy, drink this cream. For even with external medicinal cream, for those drinking not in the presence of a physician, there is doubt thinking "We do not know the measure, or the vomiting, or the purging." But in the presence of a physician, thinking "The physician will know," they drink without doubt. Just so, thinking "Our lord of the Teaching, the Teacher, is present before us," having exerted energy, drink - thus urging them to drink the cream, he said beginning with "Therefore, monks." Therein, "fruitful" means with benefit. "Yielding growth" means with increase. Now, indicating the manner of training in accordance with the exhortation, he said beginning with "For indeed, monks, one seeing one's own benefit." Therein, "one's own benefit" means arahantship, which is one's own welfare. "Should strive with diligence" means to accomplish all duties with diligence. "The benefit of others" means the great fruit and benefit for the donors of requisites. The remainder is clear everywhere. The second.

3.

Commentary on the Upanisa Sutta

23. In the third, in "for one who knows, I say" and so on, "for one who knows" means for one who is knowing. "For one who sees" means for one who is seeing. Both terms have the same meaning; only the phrasing is different. Even this being so, "for one who knows" indicates the person with reference to the characteristic of knowledge. For knowledge has the characteristic of knowing. "For one who sees" is with reference to the power of knowledge. For knowledge has the power of seeing; a person endowed with knowledge, just as one with eyes sees visible forms with the eye, sees phenomena laid open with knowledge. "Elimination of mental corruptions" - here, the abandoning of mental corruptions, the non-arising, the state of being eliminated, the state of non-existence - this too is called the elimination of mental corruptions, as well as dissolution, and also the path, fruition, and Nibbāna. For in such passages as "with the elimination of mental corruptions, the liberation of mind without mental corruptions" and so on, the state of being eliminated is called the elimination of mental corruptions. In "whatever elimination, fall, breaking up, disintegration, impermanence, disappearance of mental corruptions," here it is dissolution.

Here it is the path. For it arises while exhausting and appeasing the mental corruptions; therefore it is stated as the elimination of mental corruptions. In "through the elimination of mental corruptions one is an ascetic," here it is fruition. For that arises when the mental corruptions are being eliminated; therefore it is stated as the elimination of mental corruptions.

Here it is Nibbāna. For having come to that, mental corruptions are exhausted; therefore it is stated as the elimination of mental corruptions. But here, the path and fruition are intended. "Not for one who does not know, not for one who does not see" means: but whoever does not know, does not see, for him I do not say - this is the meaning. By this, those who speak of purity through wandering in the round of rebirths and so on alone, even for one who does not know and does not see, are rejected. By the former pair of terms the means is stated; by this he negates the non-means.

Now, wishing to show that knowing which leads to the elimination of mental corruptions, he began the question "And what, monks, knowing what." Therein, knowing is of many kinds. For indeed a certain monk of intelligent nature knows how to make an umbrella, another knows how to make one or another of robes and so on; it should not be said that for one performing such tasks, standing at the head of the duty, that knowing is not a proximate cause for heaven, path, and fruition. But whoever, having gone forth in the Dispensation, knows how to perform medical treatment and so on, for one knowing thus, mental corruptions only increase. Therefore, showing precisely that knowing and seeing by which there is elimination of mental corruptions, he said beginning with "such is matter." "Thus indeed, monks, for one knowing" means for one knowing thus the rise and fall of the five aggregates. "There is elimination of mental corruptions" means there is arahantship, which has obtained the name "elimination of mental corruptions" because of being born when the mental corruptions are being eliminated.

Having thus concluded the teaching with the pinnacle of arahantship, now, in order to show the preliminary practice that is to be traversed by one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, he said beginning with "And that, monks." Therein, "knowledge of elimination in elimination" means reviewing knowledge when the fruition of arahantship, termed the elimination of mental corruptions, has been attained. For that is called "knowledge of elimination" because it arose afterwards, having arisen for the first time after the elimination, termed the fruition of arahantship, had arisen. "Having a proximate cause" means having a cause, having a condition. "Liberation" means the liberation of the fruition of arahantship. For that is a condition for it by way of decisive support condition. Thus, in the subsequent ones from here too, the state of being a condition should be understood according to what is obtainable.

"Dispassion" means the path. For it arose removing and exhausting the mental defilements, therefore it is called "dispassion." "Disenchantment" means the knowledge of disenchantment. By this he shows powerful insight. "Powerful insight" is a designation for four knowledges: knowledge of the appearance as fear, knowledge of contemplation of danger, knowledge of desire for deliverance, and knowledge of equanimity regarding activities. "Knowledge and vision of things as they really are" means vision reckoned as knowing according to their intrinsic nature. By this he shows young insight. For young insight is a condition for powerful insight. "Young insight" is a designation for four knowledges: knowledge of the delimitation of activities, knowledge of overcoming uncertainty, knowledge of exploration, and knowledge of the path and the non-path. "Concentration" means the concentration of the meditation forming a basis. For that is a condition for young insight. "Happiness" means the happiness of the preliminary stage of absorption. For that is a condition for the meditation forming a basis. "Tranquillity" means the cessation of disturbance. For that is a condition for the happiness of the preliminary stage of absorption. "Rapture" means powerful rapture. For that is a condition for the cessation of disturbance. "Gladness" means weak rapture. For that is a condition for powerful rapture. "Faith" means faith that arises again and again. For that is a condition for weak rapture. "Suffering" means the suffering of the round of rebirths. For that is a condition for faith arising again and again. "Birth" means the birth of aggregates together with their transformations. For that is a condition for the suffering of the round of rebirths. "Existence" means kammic becoming. The remaining terms too should be understood by this method.

"With large drops" means with big drops. "Mountain grottoes, clefts, and channels" - here, a "grotto" is a mountain area split by water, broken open by water that has obtained the name "ka," which is also called "a ridge" and "a river bend." A "cleft" is a piece of land that has split open when the rain god does not rain for eight months. "Channels" means small watercourses leading to the safflower fields. "Small pools" means small pits. "Large pools" means large pits. "Rivulets" means small rivers. "Great rivers" means great streams such as the Ganges, the Yamunā, and so on. In the passage beginning with "Just so, monks, with ignorance as proximate cause, activities," ignorance should be seen as the mountain. Volitional activities as the cloud, the round of rebirths beginning with consciousness as the grottoes and so on, and liberation as the ocean.

Just as the rain god, having rained on the mountain top, filling the mountain grottoes and so on, gradually fills the great ocean, so the raining of the cloud of volitional activities on the mountain top of ignorance should be understood. For the ignorant foolish worldling, being unknowing through ignorance, having made desire through craving, strives in wholesome and unwholesome action; that wholesome and unwholesome action is a condition for rebirth-consciousness, and rebirth-consciousness and so on are conditions for mentality-materiality and so on. Thus, just as the time when the rain god that has rained on the mountain top, having filled the grottoes and so on, stands having reached the great ocean, so is the time when the cloud of volitional activities that has rained on the mountain top of ignorance, through successive conditionality, having gradually filled the round of rebirths beginning with consciousness, stands. But the word of the Buddha, even though not included in the canonical text, should be understood as included by way of the canonical passage "Here a Tathāgata arises in the world, he goes forth from home into homelessness." For whatever arising occurred in his family home, that is called birth with its transformations, conditioned by kammic becoming. He, having come into the presence of Buddhas or disciples of the Buddhas, having heard a talk on the Teaching that illuminates the faults of the round of rebirths and is brought by way of the characteristics, is oppressed by the round of rebirths; thus his birth of aggregates with its transformations is a condition for the suffering of the round of rebirths. He, oppressed by the suffering of the round of rebirths, having generated faith again and again, goes forth from home into homelessness; thus his suffering of the round of rebirths is a condition for faith arising again and again. He, not content with merely going forth, during the period of less than five rains retreats, having taken dependence, fulfilling the duty practice, having mastered the two matrices, having learnt what is a valid and invalid act, having made it disentangled up to arahantship, having taken a meditation subject, dwelling in the forest, begins work on the earth kasiṇa and so on; dependent on his meditation subject, weak rapture arises. That is his gladness with faith as proximate cause; that is a condition for strong rapture. Strong rapture is a condition for the cessation of disturbance; that for the happiness of the preliminary stage of absorption; that happiness for the concentration of the foundation meditative absorption. He, having generated pliancy of mind through concentration, does the work of young insight. Thus his foundation meditative absorption concentration is a condition for young insight, young insight for strong insight, strong insight for the path, the path for fruition-liberation, and fruition-liberation for reviewing knowledge. Thus, just as the time when the rain god, having gradually filled the ocean, stands, so should be understood the time when one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, having filled the ocean of liberation, stands. The third.

4.

Commentary on the Aññatitthiya Sutta

24. In the fourth, "entered" means he had entered. But he had not yet entered; however, because he had gone out with the intention "I shall enter," it is said thus. Like what? Just as a man who has gone out thinking "I shall go to the village," even though he has not yet reached that village, when it is asked "Where is so-and-so?" it is said "He has gone to the village" - just so. "Very early" means at that time, it is said, the day on which the Elder had gone out was very early indeed; monks who had gone out very early pass the time at these places - the Bodhi tree courtyard, the shrine courtyard, and the place for dressing and robing - until the hour for the alms round arrives. But for the Elder, who was thinking "Until the hour for the alms round arrives, I shall engage in a round or two of conversation with the wandering ascetics," the thought "What if I" occurred. "The park of the wandering ascetics" means that park, it is said, was between the southern gate and the Bamboo Grove. "Here" means in these four views. "What does he assert, what does he proclaim" means what does he say, what does he declare; they ask what is the view of the ascetic Gotama here. "Would explain what is in conformity with the Teaching" means we would speak of a subsidiary reason conforming to the reason stated by the Venerable Gotama. "A reasonable counter-argument" means having a reason corresponding to the reason stated by others, how would not even the slightest reason blameworthy by the wise come regarding the counter-argument, the proceeding of the doctrine of the ascetic Gotama? This is what is meant - How could there not be a blameworthy reason in the doctrine of the ascetic Gotama in every way whatsoever?

"Saying thus" means the meaning is "thus saying 'suffering is conditioned by contact.'" "Therein" means in those four views. "That they should indeed without contact" - this is a statement proving the acknowledgment "that too is conditioned by contact." Because indeed there is no experience of suffering without contact, therefore this should be known as "that too is conditioned by contact" - this is the intention here.

"Good, good, Ānanda" - this applause was given to the Elder Sāriputta, but the Blessed One addressed the Elder Ānanda. In "Ekamidāhan," here "ida" is merely a particle; the meaning is "on one occasion." This statement was said for the purpose of showing "Not only Sāriputta entered Rājagaha, I too entered. And not only did this thought arise in him alone, it arose in me too. And not only did that conversation with the sectarians take place for him alone, it had taken place for me too before."

"Wonderful, marvellous" - both of these are merely an indication of astonishment. The meaning of the word here, however, is: "wonderful" means fitting to snap the fingers. "What has not come to be before has come to be" is "marvellous." "In a single phrase" means by this single phrase "suffering is conditioned by contact." For by this, the meaning of the rejection of all views is stated. "This same meaning" means this very meaning of dependent origination, namely "suffering is conditioned by contact." "Let that occur to you here" means let that present itself to you here. Now the Elder, making that both profound in meaning and profound in appearance through the exposition of dependent origination beginning with ageing and death, having said beginning with "If, venerable sir, they were to ask me," and taking up that very term from which the discussion had arisen as its root, showing the end of the round of rebirths, said beginning with "Of the six" and so on. The remainder is clear in itself. The fourth.

5.

Commentary on the Bhūmija Sutta

25-26. In the fifth, "Bhūmija" is that elder monk's name. The remainder here too should be understood by the method stated in the preceding discourse. But this is the distinction - since this pleasure and pain arises not only with contact as condition, but is also done through the body, through speech, and through the mind; it is also done by oneself, it is also done by another, it is also done by one who is fully aware, and also by one who is not fully aware; therefore, in order to show a further distinction of conditions for that, he said beginning with "If, Ānanda, there is body." "Because of bodily volition" means because of volition arisen at the body door. The same method applies for verbal volition and mental volition too. And here, at the body door, twenty volitions are obtained by way of sensual-sphere wholesome and unwholesome; likewise at the verbal door. At the mind door, together with nine fine-material and immaterial volitions, there are twenty-nine - thus in the three doors there are sixty-nine volitions; the resultant pleasure and pain conditioned by those has been shown. "And with ignorance as condition" - this was said for the purpose of showing that those volitions too have ignorance as condition. But since one performs that aforesaid classification of volitions - bodily activity, verbal activity, and mental activity - by oneself with unprompted consciousness, not being urged by others; and also performs it with prompted consciousness when being made to do so by others; and also performs it while knowing both the action and the result, thinking "one does such and such an action, and its result will be of such a kind"; and also performs it while knowing only the action but not knowing the result, thinking "but this is the result of this action," like children who imitate when their parents are performing homage to shrines and so on, knowing only the action itself; therefore, in order to show that, it was said beginning with "Either oneself, Ānanda, generates that bodily activity."

"In these states, Ānanda" means those two hundred and seventy-six volition-states stated in the four positions beginning with "Either oneself, Ānanda, bodily activity" - in these states, ignorance is involved by way of decisive support. For all of those are included right here under "with ignorance as condition, activities." Now, showing the end of the round of rebirths, he said beginning with "but of ignorance." "That body does not exist" means that body in the presence of which internal pleasure and pain arises conditioned by bodily volition, that body does not exist. The same method applies for speech and mind too. Furthermore, "body" means the body of volition, "speech" too means the speech of volition, and "mind" too means just the mind of action. Or "body" means the body as door. The same method applies for speech and mind too. One who has eliminated the mental corruptions pays homage to a shrine, recites the Teaching, attends to a meditation subject - how is it that body and so on do not exist for him? Because of being without result. For action done by one who has eliminated the mental corruptions is neither wholesome nor unwholesome. Being without result, it remains as mere functional activity; therefore it is said that body and so on do not exist for him.

In the passage beginning with "that field does not exist" too, in the meaning of growing, that field does not exist; in the meaning of support, the site does not exist; in the meaning of condition, the base does not exist; in the meaning of cause, the reason does not exist. For internal pleasure and pain having volition as its root might arise; that volition, due to the absence of these meanings of growing and so on, is indeed not a field, not a site, not a base, not a reason for that pleasure and pain. In this discourse, among feeling and so on, only pleasure and pain are spoken of, and that indeed as resultant only. The fifth.

The sixth, the Upavāṇa Sutta, is clear in itself. But here only the suffering of the round of rebirths is spoken of. The sixth.

7.

Commentary on the Paccaya Sutta

27-28. In the seventh, having taken the final term from those stated in succession, "And what, monks, is ageing and death" and so on is stated. "Thus understands condition" means thus he knows condition by way of the truth of suffering. The origin of condition and so on too should be understood by way of the truth of origin and so on. "Accomplished in right view" means accomplished in path view. "Accomplished in vision" is a synonym for that very thing. "Has arrived at this Good Teaching" means has arrived at the Good Teaching of the path. "Sees" means sees the Good Teaching of the path itself. "With a learner's knowledge" means with path knowledge itself. "With a learner's true knowledge" means with path true knowledge itself. "Has attained the stream of the Teaching" means has attained the stream of the Teaching that is reckoned as the path itself. "Noble" means one who has passed beyond the plane of the worldlings. "Of penetrative wisdom" means endowed with penetrative wisdom. "Stands having reached the door to the Deathless" means the Deathless is Nibbāna; stands having reached its door, the noble path. The eighth is clear in itself. The seventh and eighth.

9.

Commentary on the Discourse on Ascetics and Brahmins

29-30. The ninth was said in accordance with the disposition of monks who are reciters of syllables. For they are able to penetrate when it is being said with the prefix "pari" inserted. The ninth.

In the tenth, everything is clear in itself. In these two discourses, only the penetration of the four truths has been spoken of. The tenth.

The Chapter on the Ten Powers is third.

4.

The Chapter on Kaḷāra the Khattiya

1.

Commentary on the Bhūta Sutta

31. In the first discourse of the Kaḷārakhattiya Vagga, "Ajita's Question" means the question asked by the young man Ajita. "Those who have comprehended the teachings" - those who have comprehended the teachings are called those who have known the teachings, weighed the teachings, determined the teachings. "Trainees" means the seven trainees. "Many" - with reference to those very seven persons, "many" is said. "Here" means in this Dispensation. "Prudent" - discretion is called wisdom; one endowed with that is prudent. He requests "You, wise one, tell." "Conduct" means livelihood, good conduct, resort, dwelling, practice. "Dear sir" - he addresses the Blessed One. "Being asked by me about the practice of the trainees, of those who have comprehended the teachings, and of those who have eliminated the mental corruptions, O wise one, dear sir, tell me" - this is the meaning here in brief.

"Remained silent" - why did he remain silent when asked up to the third time? Is he uncertain about the question, or about the disposition? He is uncertain about the disposition, not about the question. For thus it occurred to him - "The Teacher wishes to make me speak about the practice to be followed by trainees and those beyond training; and that can be spoken of by many reasons - by way of the aggregates, by way of the elements, by way of the sense bases, by way of the mode of dependent conditions. How indeed, speaking in what way, shall I be able to speak having grasped the Teacher's disposition?" Then the Teacher thought - "Setting me aside, there is no other disciple going about carrying a bowl who is equal to Sāriputta in wisdom. Yet even this one, asked a question by me, remains silent up to the third time. Is he uncertain about the question, or about the disposition?" Then, having known "about the disposition," giving a method for the purpose of speaking about the question, he said "Do you see, Sāriputta, 'This has come to be'?"

Therein, "what has come to be" means born, arisen; this is a name for the five aggregates. Thus the Teacher gives the elder the method, saying "Sāriputta, speak about this question by way of the five aggregates." But together with the giving of the method, the answering of the question presented itself to the elder by a hundred methods, by a thousand methods, like the great ocean, open and unobstructed, to a man standing on the shore. Then, answering it, he said beginning with "This has come to be, venerable sir." Therein, "This has come to be" means this arisen fivefold group of aggregates. "Sees with right wisdom" means he rightly sees with path wisdom together with insight. "Is practising" means he is practising from morality onwards up to the path of arahantship for the purpose of disenchantment and so on. "It has originated from that nutriment" - why did he begin this? This fivefold group of aggregates remains dependent on nutriment; therefore, in order to show it by designating it as "originated from nutriment," he began this. Thus by this method too, the trainee's practice has been spoken of. "From the cessation of that nutriment" means by the cessation of those nutriments. Why did he begin this? For that fivefold group of aggregates ceases from the cessation of nutriment; therefore, in order to show it by designating it as "originated from the cessation of nutriment," he began this. Thus by this method too, the practice of the trainee alone has been spoken of. "Disenchantment" and so on - all should be understood as expressions in the instrumental sense. "Liberated by non-clinging" means liberated without having grasped any phenomenon through the four kinds of clinging. "Good, good" - by this, having gladdened the elder's answer, himself also answering in the same way, he again said beginning with "This has come to be." The first.

2.

Commentary on the Kaḷāra Sutta

32. In the second, "Kaḷārakhattiyo" is that elder monk's name. But his teeth were uneven, of irregular shape; therefore he is called "Kaḷāra." "Returned to the lower life" means he turned back for the purpose of the inferior state of being a householder. "Did not find comfort" means he surely did not find comfort, support, or foundation; it explains that he surely did not obtain the three paths and three fruitions. For if indeed he were to obtain those, he would not reject the training and return to the lower life - this is the elder monk's intention. "I indeed, friend" means I, friend, am not uncertain as to whether "I have attained comfort or have not attained it." For the elder monk's support is the knowledge of the perfections of a disciple; therefore he is not uncertain. "And in the future, friend" - by this he asks about the attainment of arahantship: "Has your conception in the future been abolished or not abolished?" "I indeed, friend, do not doubt sceptically" - by this the elder monk explains the absence of sceptical doubt regarding that.

"He approached the Blessed One" means he approached thinking "I shall report this matter that I have heard to the Blessed One." "Final liberating knowledge was declared" means arahantship was declared. "Birth is eliminated" - it was not declared thus by the elder monk; but this elder monk, satisfied and pleased, having arranged the terms and phrases thus, said it. "He addressed a certain monk" - having heard that, the Teacher thought: "Sāriputta is wise and profound. He will not declare thus for any reason whatsoever. But the question will have been answered in brief. Having summoned him, I shall have him answer the question" - thus he addressed a certain monk.

"If, Sāriputta, they were to ask you" - this the Blessed One asked thus in order to make him declare the final liberating knowledge, thinking "He will not declare the final liberating knowledge by his own nature; I shall ask him this question, and while speaking about it he will declare the final liberating knowledge." "Friend, birth has a source" means: friend, this thing called birth has a condition; through the elimination of that condition, when the condition for birth is eliminated, it is known that the result reckoned as birth is eliminated. And here too the elder monk, without being uncertain about the question, is uncertain about the disposition. For thus it occurred to him - "The final liberating knowledge can be declared by many reasons such as 'craving is eliminated, clinging is eliminated, existence is eliminated, the condition is eliminated, mental defilements are eliminated' and so on; but how, speaking in what way, shall I be able to grasp the Teacher's disposition?"

Although he is thus uncertain about the disposition, having set aside the question, he answered by way of the mode of dependent conditions. The Teacher too wished to have him answer by way of the mode of dependent conditions; therefore, while he was answering, he grasped the disposition. At that very moment he knew "The Teacher's disposition has been grasped by me." Then the answering of the question presented itself to him by a hundred methods, by a thousand methods. But since the Blessed One asks a further question, therefore it should be understood that by that he gave thanks for that answer.

"But knowing in what way" - why did he begin this? To make him roar the lion's roar in his own domain. The elder monk, it is said, standing at the entrance of the Boar's Cave, fanning the Teacher, having taken a fan, while the Discourse on the Discernment of Feeling was being taught to the wandering ascetic Dīghanakha, having discerned the three feelings, attained the knowledge of the perfections of a disciple; this is his own domain. With reference to him, thinking "Standing in this, his own domain, he will roar the lion's roar," the Teacher asked this question. "Impermanent" means impermanent in the sense of non-existence after having been. "What is impermanent, that is suffering" - here, although pleasant feeling is pleasant in its presence and unpleasant in its change, unpleasant feeling is unpleasant in its presence and pleasant in its change, and neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant feeling is pleasant when known and unpleasant when not known, yet from the standpoint of change, all have indeed become suffering. "Understood" - since the triad of feelings is thus understood as suffering, therefore he shows that whatever craving there is therein, that did not arise.

"Good, good!" is the gladdening of the Elder regarding his knowing the delimitation of feelings. For the Elder, even though it was not stated "feelings are one" or "two, three, four," understood by the method stated that their delimitation is three; therefore the Blessed One, gladdening him, spoke thus. "In suffering" - the Blessed One said this with this intention - "Sāriputta, what was declared by you as 'by this reason craving did not arise regarding feelings,' that was well declared. But by you analysing 'three feelings,' too much elaboration was made; for even by declaring 'in suffering,' it would have been well declared by you. For even by merely knowing 'whatever is felt, that is suffering,' craving does not remain regarding feelings."

"Through what deliverance" means which deliverance, by which deliverance was final liberating knowledge declared by you - this is the meaning. "Through internal deliverance" means by internal deliverance, having comprehended internal activities, by the arahantship attained - this is the meaning. Therein a set of four should be known - Internal adherence with internal emergence, internal adherence with external emergence, external adherence with external emergence, external adherence with internal emergence. For having adhered internally, external phenomena too must indeed be seen; having adhered externally, internal phenomena too. Therefore a certain monk, having brought down knowledge into internal activities, having defined them, brings it down externally; having also comprehended externally, again brings it down internally; for him, at the time of exploring internal activities, emergence from the path occurs. Thus internal adherence with internal emergence is the name. A certain one, having brought down knowledge into internal activities, having defined them, brings it down externally; for him, at the time of exploring external activities, emergence from the path occurs. Thus internal adherence with external emergence is the name. A certain one, having brought down knowledge into external activities, having defined them, brings it down internally; having also comprehended internally, again brings it down externally; for him, at the time of exploring external activities, emergence from the path occurs. Thus external adherence with external emergence is the name. A certain one, having brought down knowledge into external activities, having defined them, brings it down internally; for him, at the time of exploring internal activities, emergence from the path occurs. Thus external adherence with internal emergence is the name. Therein the Elder, showing "having comprehended internal activities, at the time of their defining, through emergence from the path I have attained arahantship," said "Through internal deliverance, friend."

"Through the elimination of all clinging" means through the elimination of all four clingings. "I dwell thus mindful" means I dwell endowed with mindfulness in that manner. "For one dwelling mindful" means in whatever manner me, endowed with mindfulness, dwelling. "The mental corruptions do not flow in" means the mental corruptions of sensuality and so on, which are of the nature of flowing - flowing from the eye towards visible forms, leaking, streaming, proceeding - thus through the six doors regarding the six objects, do not flow in, do not increase; the meaning is in such a way that they do not arise for me. "And I do not despise myself" means and I do not despise myself. By this, the abandoning of the inferiority complex is spoken of. For thus being the case, the understanding becomes clear.

"By the ascetic" means by the Buddha-ascetic. "Regarding those I am not uncertain" means regarding those I am not uncertain, either by way of the analysis of their own nature thus "which is the mental corruption of sensuality, which is the mental corruption of existence, which is the mental corruption of wrong view, which is the mental corruption of ignorance," or by way of the delimitation of number thus "four mental corruptions." "That they have been abandoned by me - I do not doubt" means I do not produce sceptical doubt that they have been abandoned by me. This the Blessed One said showing "even by thus declaring, it would have been well declared by you; but by you saying 'Through internal deliverance, friend' and so on, too much elaboration was made."

"Rose from his seat and entered the dwelling" means having risen from the excellent prepared seat of the Buddha, he entered the dwelling, the inner great Perfumed Chamber, while the assembly was still undispersed. Why? For Buddhas, when rising from their seat and entering the Perfumed Chamber with the teaching unfinished and the assembly undispersed, enter either for the purpose of praising a person or for the purpose of praising the Teaching. Therein, when entering for the purpose of praising a person, the Teacher thought thus - "This synopsis has been recited by me in brief and not analysed in detail. The monks who are recipients of the Teaching, having learnt it, will approach Ānanda or Kaccāyana and ask them. They, having compared it with my knowledge, will explain it. Then the recipients of the Teaching will ask me again. To them I shall say 'Well spoken, monks, by Ānanda, well spoken by Kaccāyana. If you were to ask me about this very matter, I too would answer it in exactly the same way.' Thus I shall praise those persons. Then, having generated respect towards them, monks will approach them, and they too will urge the monks in meaning and in the Teaching. Those urged by them, having fulfilled the three trainings, will make an end of suffering."

Or else it occurs to him thus - "This one, when I have departed, will demonstrate his own power. Then I too shall praise him in the same way. Having heard my praise, monks, with respect arisen, will think this one should be approached, and his word should be listened to and believed. That will be for their welfare and happiness for a long time." When entering for the purpose of praising the Teaching, he thought thus, just as he thought in the Dhammadāyāda Sutta. For therein it occurred to him thus - "When I have entered the dwelling, censuring the heir of material gains and praising the heir of the Teaching, Sāriputta, seated in this very assembly, will teach the Teaching. Thus, this teaching, taught by the wisdom of a single intention of us both, will be the highest and weighty, like a stone canopy."

But here, wishing to exalt, make known, and establish the Venerable Sāriputta, he rose from his seat and entered the dwelling for the purpose of praising a person. In such instances, it should be understood that the Blessed One, having vanished while still at his seat, enters the dwelling by the going of the mind. For if he were to go by the going of the body, the entire assembly would go surrounding the Blessed One. That assembly, once dispersed, would be difficult to reassemble again. Therefore the Blessed One entered with an invisible body, by the going of the mind alone.

But when the Blessed One had thus entered, wishing to roar the lion's roar in accordance with the Blessed One's intention, there the Venerable Sāriputta, not long after the Blessed One had departed, addressed the monks. "Unannounced beforehand" means "He will ask this particular thing" - this was not known, not understood by me beforehand. "The first question" means this first question: "If, Sāriputta, they were to ask you thus - 'But knowing in what way, friend Sāriputta, seeing in what way, was final liberating knowledge declared by you - birth is eliminated.'" "Hesitation" means slowness, lack of quickness, for the purpose of knowing the Teacher's disposition. "Gave thanks for the first question" means by asking this second question, "But friend Sāriputta, birth, what is its source?" he gave thanks for the first question answered thus, "Friend, birth has a source."

"This occurred to him" means because, when the Blessed One gave thanks, the question became obvious as being of a single track by a hundred methods, by a thousand methods, this occurred to him. "I would answer the Blessed One about this matter for a day" means even for the whole day, if I were asked by the Blessed One about this meaning of dependent origination, even for the whole day I would answer with various terms and phrases. "He approached the Blessed One" - for thus it occurred to him: "The elder is roaring a magnificent lion's roar. This is with good reason. I shall report it to the One of Ten Powers." Therefore he approached the Blessed One.

"For, monk, that is Sāriputta's element of phenomena" - here "element of phenomena" means the knowledge of the perfections of a disciple, which is capable of seeing the revealed nature of the mode of dependent conditions. For the knowledge of the perfections of a disciple among disciples is of the same course as omniscient knowledge. Just as for Buddhas, past, future, and present phenomena are obvious to omniscient knowledge, so the elder's knowledge of the perfections of a disciple knows all phenomena that are within the range of a disciple's knowledge. The second.

3.

Commentary on the Discourse on Cases of Knowledge

33. In the third, "listen to that" means: listen to that teaching on cases of knowledge. "Cases of knowledge" - here, knowledge itself should be understood as a case of knowledge. Among the four beginning with "knowledge of ageing and death," the first is applicable as fourfold: knowledge born of hearing, knowledge of exploration, knowledge of penetration, and reviewing knowledge; likewise the second. But the third, setting aside knowledge of exploration, is only threefold; likewise the fourth. For regarding supramundane states, there is no such thing as exploration. The same method applies also in those beginning with "knowledge of birth." "By this phenomenon" means by this phenomenon of the four truths or by this phenomenon of path knowledge.

Among those beginning with "seen," "seen" means seen with the eye of knowledge. "Known" means known by wisdom. "Immediate" means giving fruit immediately after penetration without letting any time pass. "Attained" means obtained. "Penetrated" means fathomed, entered into by wisdom. "Draws an inference regarding the past and future" means he draws an inference regarding the past and the future by the method beginning with "whatever." And here, it is not possible to draw an inference regarding the past and future by the phenomenon of the four truths or by the phenomenon of path knowledge; but when the four truths have been penetrated by path knowledge, thereafter there arises what is called reviewing knowledge. It should be understood that one draws an inference by that. "Directly knew" means they directly knew, they understood. "Just as I do now" means just as I now know by way of the four truths. "Inferential knowledge" means knowledge in the following, knowledge in the following after of knowledge of phenomena; this is the name for reviewing knowledge. "Knowledge of phenomena" means path knowledge. In this discourse, the trainee's plane of one who has eliminated the mental corruptions has been spoken of. The third.

4.

Commentary on the Second Discourse on Cases of Knowledge

34. In the fourth, "seventy-seven" means seven and seventy. Those monks were indeed reciters of the letter; they are able to penetrate when it is being said with much phrasing, therefore this discourse was spoken in accordance with their disposition. "Knowledge of the stability of phenomena" means knowledge of the mode of dependent conditions. For the mode of dependent conditions is called "the stability of phenomena" because it is the cause of the continuity and persistence of phenomena; the knowledge therein is knowledge of the stability of phenomena; this is a designation for this very sixfold knowledge. "Subject to destruction" means having the intrinsic nature of going towards destruction. "Having the nature of falling" means having the intrinsic nature of going towards fall. "Subject to fading away" means having the intrinsic nature of fading away. "Having the nature of cessation" means having the intrinsic nature of ceasing. "Seventy-seven" means having made seven for each one, seventy-seven in eleven terms. In this discourse, insight and counter-insight have been spoken of. The fourth.

5.

Commentary on the Discourse on Ignorance as Condition

35. In the fifth, "thus is the origin" - the Teacher concluded the teaching right here. For what reason? For the purpose of giving opportunity to one gone to wrong views. For in his assembly there is one gone to wrong views with a censuring mind; he will ask a question, and then I shall answer it - for the purpose of giving him the opportunity, he concluded the teaching. "Not a proper question" means an inappropriate question. The meaning is "this is a bad question." But was not "What indeed, venerable sir, is ageing and death?" This well asked? Although it was well asked, just as when on a golden dish worth a hundred thousand, upon the top of well-prepared good food, even a lump of excrement the size of an emblic myrobalan is placed, all the food becomes bad food to be thrown away, just so "and to whom does this ageing and death belong?" By this term asserting the finding of a being, like a lump of excrement, just as that food becomes bad food, so too this entire question has become nothing but a bad question.

"Abiding by the holy life" means abiding by the noble path. "The soul is the same as the body" - for whoever holds this view, he grasps thus: "when the soul is annihilated, the body is annihilated; when the body is annihilated, life is annihilated." For one grasping thus, that view, because it is grasped as "the being is annihilated," is called the annihilationist view. But if one were to grasp that activities themselves both arise and cease, that would be right view within the scope of the Dispensation. And this noble path arises making the round of rebirths cease, cutting off the round of rebirths; that very round of rebirths, when the mode grasped by the annihilationist view is present, ceases even without path development - thus path development becomes useless. Therefore it was said "there is no abiding by the holy life."

In the second method, "the soul is one thing and the body another" - whoever holds this view, he grasps thus: "the body is annihilated right here, not life; but life goes as it pleases, like a bird from a cage." For one grasping thus, that view, because it is grasped as "life has gone from this world to the world beyond," is called the eternalist view. And this noble path arises turning around the round of rebirths in the three planes; if even a single activity were permanent, stable, and eternal, even having arisen it would not be able to turn around the round of rebirths - thus path development becomes useless. Therefore it was said "monk, if there is the view 'the soul is one thing and the body another,' there is no abiding by the holy life."

"Wrigglings" and so on - all is merely a synonym for wrong view. For that, in the sense of being pierced through by right view, because it obstructs oneself like a wriggling, is a wriggling; because it proceeds in opposition to right view, not following it, it is a contortion; because it sometimes grasps annihilationism and sometimes eternalism, it is called deformed, a writhing, a struggle. "Made like palm stumps" means made like a palm stump; the meaning is like a palm tree with its crown cut off, in the sense of not growing again, and like having pulled up a palm tree with its root and made like the place where it stood. "Brought to obliteration" means made to undergo obliteration. The fifth.

6.

Commentary on the Second Discourse on Ignorance as Condition

36. In the sixth, "thus, monks, whoever would say" - in that assembly there is one gone to wrong views wishing to ask a question, but he, being of a disposition lacking confidence, having risen, is not able to ask the one of ten powers; therefore, in accordance with his disposition, having himself asked and answered, the Teacher spoke thus. The sixth.

7.

Commentary on the Discourse on "Not Yours"

37. In the seventh, "not yours" - for indeed, when there is a self, there is what is called "what belongs to a self." But self itself does not exist, therefore he said "not yours." "Nor that of others" - "another" means the self of others; if that existed, there would be what is called "of others"; that too does not exist, therefore he said "nor that of others." "This, monks, is old action" - this is not old action itself, but this body is produced by old action, therefore it is said thus by way of conventional expression of condition. "Conditioned" and so on is said in conformity with the former gender, by way of the conventional expression of action itself; but here the meaning is - "Conditioned" should be seen as made by conditions. "Fashioned by volition" should be seen as having volition as its basis, having volition as its root. "That is to be experienced" should be seen as the basis for what is to be experienced. The seventh.

8.

Commentary on the Discourse on Volition

38. In the eighth, "whatever, monks, one intends" means whatever volition one intends, the meaning is "sets going." "Whatever one plans" means whatever planning one plans, the meaning is just "sets going." "Whatever one has underlying tendencies towards" means whatever underlying tendency one underlies, the meaning is just "sets going." And here, "intends" includes the three-plane wholesome and unwholesome volitions; "plans" includes the craving and wrong view plannings in the eight consciousnesses accompanied by greed; "underlies" includes the underlying tendency taken by way of conascence and by way of decisive support of the twelve volitions. "This becomes an object" means this collection of phenomena beginning with volition becomes a condition. For here "object" is meant as "condition." "For the presence of consciousness" means for the purpose of the presence of kamma-consciousness. "When there is an object" means when that condition exists. "There is a support for consciousness" means there is a support for that kamma-consciousness. "When that consciousness is established" means when that kamma-consciousness is established. "Has grown" means when, having impelled the action, a root has been produced through the ability to drag in conception. "The production of rebirth" means the production that is termed rebirth.

"If, monks, one does not intend" - by this, the moment of non-occurrence of the three-plane volition is stated. "Does not plan" - by this, the moment of non-occurrence of the craving and wrong view plannings. "But has underlying tendencies" - by this, in the three-plane resultants, in the limited functional states, and in materiality, the underlying tendency is taken by way of the not-yet-abandoned aspect. "This becomes an object" means when the underlying tendency exists, since the arising of kamma-consciousness is not obstructed, this collection of underlying tendencies is indeed a condition.

In the passage beginning with "does not intend," in the first term the three-plane wholesome and unwholesome volitions have stopped; in the second term, craving and wrong views in the eight consciousnesses; in the third term, whatever underlying tendency that has underlain in the phenomena of the aforementioned kind by way of the not-yet-abandoned aspect - that has stopped.

But here, for the purpose of non-confusion, this set of four should also be known: one intends, plans, and has underlying tendencies; one intends, does not plan, but has underlying tendencies; one does not intend, does not plan, but has underlying tendencies; one does not intend, does not plan, and does not have underlying tendencies. Therein, in the first method, the delimitation of phenomena is shown. In the second method, "intends" includes the three-plane wholesome volitions and the four unwholesome volitions. "Does not plan" means craving and wrong views in the eight consciousnesses have stopped. "Underlies" means the underlying tendency is taken by way of decisive support in the three-plane wholesome, and by way of both conascence and decisive support in the four unwholesome volitions. In the third method, "does not intend" means the three-plane wholesome and unwholesome have stopped; "does not plan" means craving and wrong views in the eight consciousnesses have stopped; "underlies" means, having excluded what has come in the discourse, the decisive support is taken by way of the not-yet-abandoned aspect in the three-plane wholesome, unwholesome, resultant, functional, and material phenomena. The fourth method is similar to the preceding one.

"Unestablished in that" means when it is unestablished in that. "Has not grown" means when, having impelled the action, a root has not been produced through the ability to drag in conception. But what is spoken of here? It is proper to say it is the function of the path of arahantship, or the accomplishment of the function of one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, or the nine supramundane phenomena. And here, between consciousness and the future rebirth there is one connection, between feeling and craving there is one, and between becoming and birth there is one. The eighth.

9.

Commentary on the Second Discourse on Volition

39. In the ninth, between consciousness and mentality-materiality there is one connection, between feeling and craving there is one, and between becoming and birth there is one. The ninth.

10.

Commentary on the Third Discourse on Volition

40. In the tenth, "inclination" means craving. For that is called "inclination" in the sense of bending towards enticing objects such as visible form and so on. "There is coming and going" means in the coming there is a going; when there has arrived and become present kamma, or the sign of kamma, or the sign of destination, there is a going of consciousness by way of conception. "Passing away and rebirth" means thus, when there is a going of consciousness to the arrived domain of conception, the passing away reckoned as departing from here is death, and what is reckoned as rebirth there is rebirth - this is called passing away and rebirth. Thus in this discourse, between inclination and coming and going, only one connection has been spoken of. The tenth.

The Chapter on Kaḷāra the Khattiya is fourth.

5.

The Chapter on Householders

1.

Commentary on the Discourse on Five Perils of Enmity

41. In the first discourse of the Householder Chapter, "when" means whenever. "Fears and enmities" means the volitions of fear and enmity. "With the factors of stream-entry" - the factor of stream-entry is twofold: that which in the preliminary stage leads to the attainment of stream-entry, which has come down thus: "associating with good persons, hearing the Good Teaching, wise attention, practice in accordance with the Teaching"; and the factor of one who has attained the virtues and stands having reached stream-entry, which is also called "the factor of a stream-enterer" - this is a designation for unwavering confidence in the Buddha and so on. This is what is intended here. "Noble" means faultless and beyond censure. "True method" means both the knowledge that stands having known the dependently arisen, and also dependent origination itself. As he said - "The true method is called dependent origination, and the noble eightfold path is also the true method." "With wisdom" means with insight wisdom that has arisen again and again. "Is well seen" means well seen by the power of vision, having arisen again and again.

Regarding "hell is eliminated" and so on: because of not arising there in the future, hell is eliminated for me - thus he is one for whom hell is eliminated. This same method applies everywhere. "Stream-enterer" means one who has entered the stream of the path. "No longer subject to fall into lower realms" means not having the intrinsic nature of falling into the nether world. "Fixed in destiny" means fixed by the fixed course of the right path reckoned as the first path. "Heading for the highest enlightenment" means the highest enlightenment reckoned as the upper three paths is the further destination for me - thus I am one heading for the highest enlightenment; the meaning is one who will inevitably fully awaken to that highest enlightenment.

"On account of killing living beings" means because of the action of killing living beings. "Fear and enmity" are one in meaning. And enmity is indeed of two kinds: external and internal. For one person's father has been killed by another; he thought "It seems my father was killed by this one, I too shall kill that very one" and goes about carrying a sharpened knife. Whatever volition of enmity has arisen within that one, this is called external enmity. But whatever volition arises in the other "It seems this one goes about intending to kill me, I myself shall kill him first" - this is called internal enmity. This, for now, both pertain to the present life only. But whatever volition arises in a guardian of hell who, having seen him arisen in hell, takes up a blazing iron club thinking "I shall strike this one" - this is his external enmity pertaining to the future life. And whatever volition arises in him "This one comes intending to strike me who am faultless, I myself shall strike him first" - this is his internal enmity pertaining to the future life. But as for this external enmity, it is called "personal enmity" in the commentary. "Suffering and displeasure" are one in meaning only. And just as here, so in the remaining terms also, the arising of enmity should be understood by the method beginning with "By this one my goods were taken, adultery was committed with my wives, having spoken falsely my welfare was destroyed, through intoxication with liquor this and that was done." "With unwavering confidence" means with unshakeable confidence that has been attained. "Pleasing to the noble ones" means with the five moral precepts. For those are pleasing and dear to the noble ones. Even having gone to another existence, the noble ones do not abandon them; therefore they are called "pleasing to the noble ones." The remainder here, whatever should be said, all that has been stated in the Visuddhimagga in the description of recollections. The first.

2.

Commentary on the Second Discourse on Five Perils of Enmity

42. In the second, the only distinction is merely the fact that it was spoken to the monks. The second.

3.

Commentary on the Discourse on Suffering

43. In the third, "of suffering" means of the suffering of the round of rebirths. "Origin" - there are two origins: momentary arising and conditioned arising. Even seeing the conditioned arising, a monk sees the momentary arising; even seeing the momentary arising, he sees the conditioned arising. "Passing away" too is twofold: absolute passing away and passing away by breaking up. Even seeing the absolute passing away, one sees the passing away by breaking up; even seeing the passing away by breaking up, one sees the absolute passing away. "I will teach" means: I will teach what is called the arising and breaking up, which is the origin and passing away of the suffering of the round of rebirths; listen to that - this is the meaning. "Dependent on" means having made a condition by way of support and by way of object. "The meeting of the three is contact" means contact by the meeting of the three. "This, monks, is the origin of suffering" means this is called the production of the suffering of the round of rebirths. "Passing away" means breaking up. For thus the suffering of the round of rebirths is broken up, without reconnection. The third.

4.

Commentary on the World Discourse

44. In the fourth, "of the world" means of the world of formations. This here is the distinction. The fourth.

5.

Commentary on the Discourse at Ñātika

45. In the fifth, "at Ñātika" means in the village of two relatives. "In the brick house" means in a great mansion made of bricks. "Exposition of the Teaching" means a cause of the Teaching. "Within earshot" means a place within earshot; the meaning is that having approached which place it is possible to hear the sound of the Blessed One, he was standing there. He, it is said, having come for the purpose of sweeping the precincts of the perfumed chamber, having abandoned his own work, stood listening to the sound of the Blessed One's Teaching. "Saw" means at that time, it is said, as the Blessed One was attending from the very beginning to the mode of dependent conditions, reflecting "this arises by this condition, this by this," as far as the highest point of existence it became one open space; the Teacher, having abandoned mental attention, rehearsing verbally, having concluded the teaching according to the connection, reflecting "Did anyone hear this exposition of the Teaching?" he saw that monk. Therefore it was said "The Blessed One saw."

"Assosi no" means "assosi nu" (did you hear?). Or alternatively, "assosi no" means "did you hear while we were speaking?" In the passage beginning with "Learn" and so on, one who, having heard, while remaining silent makes it familiar, is called "learning." One who, having connected word by word, makes it practised by speech, is called "mastering thoroughly." One who, in both ways, makes it familiar and established on a firm basis, is called "remembering." "Beneficial" means based upon a cause. "Fundamental to the holy life" means what has become the foundation, the beginning of the holy life of the path. Thus in all three of these discourses, only the round of rebirths and the end of the round of rebirths are spoken of. The fifth.

6.

Commentary on the Discourse on a Certain Brahmin

46. In the sixth, "a certain one" means a certain brahmin unknown by name. The sixth.

7.

Commentary on the Jāṇussoṇi Discourse

47. In the seventh, "Jāṇussoṇi" means the great royal chaplain who received this name by virtue of his rank, possessing wealth of eighty million. The seventh.

8.

Commentary on the Lokāyatika Discourse

48. In the eighth, "worldly philosopher" means one who has practised and become acquainted with worldly knowledge, a disputatious science. "This is the first worldly knowledge" means the first worldly knowledge. "Worldly knowledge" means extended in the world itself, extended in the world of foolish worldlings, a wrong view of limited nature that is to be considered as great and profound. "Unity" means of one intrinsic nature; he asks whether it is of permanent intrinsic nature only. "Plurality" means of a different intrinsic nature from the former intrinsic nature; he asks with reference to annihilation, that having first been in the state of gods, human beings and so on, afterwards it does not exist. Thus here, "all exists" and "all is a unity" - these two also are eternalist views; "all does not exist" and "all is a plurality" - these two are annihilationist views - this should be known. The eighth.

9.

Commentary on the Noble Disciple Discourse

49. In the ninth, "what now" is a showing of the manner of the arising of doubt. "Samudayati" means arises. The ninth.

10.

Commentary on the Second Noble Disciple Discourse

50. In the tenth, both methods are stated together. Only this is the diversity from the former; the remainder is just the same. The tenth.

The Chapter on Householders is fifth.

6.

The Chapter on Suffering

1.

Commentary on the Investigation Discourse

51. In the first discourse of the Dukkha Vagga, "investigating" means examining. "Ageing and death" - if one asks: why was ageing and death alone taken up, having said it is "manifold, of various kinds"? Because when that is taken, all suffering is taken. For just as when a man is seized by the topknot, that man is indeed seized, so when ageing and death is taken, all suffering is indeed taken. Therefore, having shown all suffering like a man standing after bathing, by saying "this manifold, various suffering that arises in the world," he took up ageing and death as if seizing him by the topknot.

"Suitable for leading to the cessation of ageing and death" means the meaning is: leading, having become similar to the cessation of ageing and death by way of suitability, through being free from defilements, through purity. "And he is thus practising" means he is practising in the way that is called "thus practising." "Living in conformity with the Teaching" means he practises and fulfils the practice-teaching that conforms to the Nibbāna-teaching - this is the meaning. "Practising for the destruction of suffering" means practising for the purpose of the cessation of the suffering of ageing and death, making morality the starting point. "For the cessation of activities" means for the purpose of the cessation of the suffering of activities. To this extent, the teaching has been spoken up to arahantship.

Now, having shown the reviewing of the fruition of arahantship and the constant abiding, the teaching should have been concluded; without doing so, why does he take up "gone to ignorance"? For the purpose of showing the suffering of the round of rebirths that has been transcended by one who has eliminated the mental corruptions. Moreover, it should be understood that when the end of the round of rebirths is being spoken of, having again undertaken the round of rebirths, there is here a being capable of awakening, and by way of that being's disposition too, this is taken up. Therein, "gone to ignorance" means gone to ignorance, approached, possessed of it. "Male person" means a person who is indeed a man. By both terms he speaks conventional talk. For the Buddhas have two kinds of talk: conventional talk and ultimate reality talk. Therein, that which proceeds as "a being, a man, a person, an individual, Tissa, Nāga" is called conventional talk. That which proceeds as "aggregates, elements, sense bases" is called ultimate reality talk. Even when speaking about ultimate reality, they speak without letting go of convention. Whether they speak conventional or ultimate reality, they speak only what is true. For that very reason it was said -

"If a meritorious activity" means the meritorious volitional activity consisting of thirteen types of volition. "Generates" means does. "Consciousness fares on to the meritorious" means action-consciousness is approached by, associated with, action-merit; resultant consciousness by resultant merit. "If a demeritorious activity" means he generates the demeritorious volitional activity consisting of twelve types of volition. "If an imperturbable activity" means the imperturbable volitional activity consisting of four types of volition. "Consciousness fares on to the imperturbable" means action-consciousness is approached by action-imperturbability, resultant consciousness by resultant imperturbability. And here, because the threefold volitional activity of action is taken, the twelve-termed mode of dependent conditions is indeed taken. To this extent, the round of rebirths has been shown.

Now, showing the end of the round of rebirths, he said beginning with "When, monks." Therein, "ignorance" means not knowing regarding the four truths. "True knowledge" means the knowledge of the path of arahantship. And here, first ignorance is abandoned and then true knowledge arises. But just as on a night with fourfold darkness, by the lighting of a lamp the darkness is abandoned, so the abandoning of ignorance through the arising of true knowledge should be understood. "Does not cling to anything in the world" means in the world he does not grasp, does not fondle any phenomenon. "Not clinging, he is not agitated" means not clinging, not grasping, he is not agitated either by the agitation of craving or by the agitation of fear; the meaning is he does not crave and does not fear. "Personally" means he himself, by himself, attains final nibbāna, not through the power of another.

"If he feels a pleasant feeling" - why did he begin this? Having shown the reviewing knowledge of one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, he began to show the constant abiding. "Not clung to" means not grasped by swallowing and bringing to completion through craving. Then why was unpleasant feeling mentioned - is there indeed one who delights in that too? Yes, there is. For one who delights in pleasure is said to delight in suffering, because of longing for pleasure upon encountering suffering, and because of the suffering due to the change of pleasure. "Bounded by the body" means limited by the body; the meaning is five-door feeling that proceeds as long as the five-door body proceeds. "Bounded by life" means limited by life. The meaning is mind-door feeling that proceeds as long as life proceeds.

Therein, five-door feeling, having arisen later, ceases first; mind-door feeling, having arisen first, ceases later. For that is established in the materiality of the sense-organ at the moment of conception. The five-door feeling, proceeding during the occurrence by way of the five doors, in the first stage of life at the time of twenty years, is exceeding and powerful by way of defilement, anger, and infatuation; at the time of fifty years it is stable; declining from the time of sixty years, at the time of eighty or ninety years it is feeble. For at that time, beings, even when others say "We sat together, we lay down together for a long time," say "We do not perceive." Even regarding exceeding objects such as visible form and so on, they say "We do not see, we do not hear," "We do not know whether it is a pleasant smell or a foul smell, whether it is sweet or unpleasant, whether it is hard or soft." Thus their five-door feeling is destroyed; only mind-door feeling proceeds. That too, gradually declining, at the time of death proceeds in dependence on just the tip of the heart. As long as this proceeds, so long a being is said to be alive. When it does not proceed, then he is said to be dead, ceased.

This meaning should be illustrated by means of a reservoir -

Just as a man might make a reservoir equipped with five water channels, when the sky first rained, water having entered through the five water channels would fill the hollows inside the reservoir; with the sky raining again and again, having filled the water channels and having spread over an extent of a league and a half, the water would stand overflowing here and there; then, when the drain sluices were opened and work was being done in the fields, the water going out, at the time of the ripening of the crops the water having declined, it would come to the point where one must say "Let us catch fish"; then within a few days the water would remain only in the hollows. But as long as that water is in the hollows, so long it goes by the reckoning "There is water in the great reservoir." But when it is cut off there, then it is said "There is no water in the reservoir." This should be understood in the same way.

For just as the time of filling the pits when the sky first rains and water enters through the five channels is like the time when mind-door feeling first becomes established in the materiality of the sense-organ at the moment of conception; just as the time of filling the five channels when the sky rains again and again is like the time of the occurrence of five-door feeling during the course of existence; just as the submergence to the extent of a league and a half is like the exceeding and powerful state of that feeling at the time of twenty years in the first stage of life by way of defilement and so on; just as the time of the full reservoir standing as long as water does not go out from the reservoir is like the time of its stability at the time of fifty years; just as the time of water going out when the drainage sluices are opened and work is being done is like the decline of that from the time of sixty years onwards; just as the time of a small amount of water remaining in the water channels when the water has fallen is like the time of feebleness of five-door feeling at the time of eighty or ninety years; just as the time of water remaining only in the pits is like the time of the occurrence of mind-door feeling in dependence on the tip of the heart-organ; just as the time when it can be said "there is water in the reservoir" even when there is only a small amount of water in the pits, so as long as that feeling continues, it is said "the being is alive." But just as when the water in the pits is cut off, it is said "there is no water in the reservoir," so when mind-door feeling is not occurring, it is said "the being is dead." With reference to this feeling it was said "feeling a feeling bounded by life."

"Upon the body's collapse" means by the collapse of the body. "Beyond the exhaustion of life" means beyond the dissolution of life. "Right here" means without going elsewhere by way of conception, right here. "Will become cool" means they will become cool, free from the writhing struggle and disturbance of occurrence, having the nature of non-occurrence. "Bodily remains" means the element-relics. "Will be left over" means will remain left over.

"From a potter's kiln" means from the potter's place for firing vessels. "Might set down" means might place. "Potsherds" means the pot-fragments bound together as one with the rim. "Would remain" means would stand. "Just so" - here this is the correlation of the simile: For the three existences should be regarded as like the blazing potter's kiln; the practitioner of meditation as like the potter; the knowledge of the path of arahantship as like the stick for removing the potter's vessels from the kiln; the unconditioned ground of Nibbāna as like the level piece of ground; just as the time of dragging the hot pot with the stick and placing the pot on the level piece of ground, so should be regarded the time when one who has begun insight practice, seeing with insight the material septad and the immaterial septad, when the meditation subject has become well-practised, clear, and presenting itself, having obtained such suitability of climate and so on, seated on a single seat, having developed insight, having reached the highest fruition, arahantship, having lifted his individual existence out of the four realms of misery, stands on the unconditioned ground of Nibbāna by way of fruition attainment. But one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, like the hot pot, does not attain final Nibbāna on the very day of attaining arahantship; but striving to maintain the tradition of the Dispensation, having remained for fifty or sixty years, through the attainment of the final consciousness, from the breaking up of the clung-to aggregates, he attains final Nibbāna through the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging. Then, just as the potsherds of the pot, only the not-clung-to bodily remains will be left over. "He understands: 'the bodily remains will be left over'" - but this was said for the purpose of putting a question to one who has eliminated the mental corruptions.

"Would consciousness be discerned" means would rebirth-consciousness be discerned. "Good, good" - he gladdens the elders' answer. "Thus it is" means that which is the non-discernment of rebirth-consciousness when the threefold volitional activity is absent, and so on - thus indeed it is. "Resolve upon it" means obtain the decision called ascertainment. "This itself is the end of suffering" means this itself is the end of the suffering of the round of rebirths, this is the delimitation, that is to say, Nibbāna. The first.

2.

Commentary on the Clinging Discourse

52. In the second, "in phenomena subject to clinging" means in the phenomena of the three planes, which are conditions for the four kinds of clinging. "Observing gratification" means for one who observes gratification. "There" means in that mass of fire. "With that nutriment" means with that as condition. "With that fuel" is a synonym for that very thing. "Just so" - here the three existences are like the mass of fire; the round of rebirths in the three planes is this very thing; the foolish worldling dependent on the round of rebirths is like the man tending the fire; the performing of wholesome and unwholesome actions through the six doors by the power of craving and so on by the worldling who observes gratification is like the throwing in of dry grass, cow-dung and so on. Just as the growth of the mass of fire by throwing them in again and again when the grass, cow-dung and so on are exhausted, so is the production of suffering in the round of rebirths again and again by the foolish worldling's accumulation of the aforesaid actions, having risen and exerted himself.

"Would not from time to time throw in dry grass" - for someone wishing his welfare might say thus: "My dear, why, having risen and exerted yourself, having tied bundles and filled a basket with dry grass and wood, throwing in dry cow-dung, do you kindle this fire? Is there indeed any profit for you arising from this?" "This has come down in our lineage, my dear; but arising from this there is only loss for me, whence any profit? For I, tending this fire, am unable even to bathe, or to eat, or to lie down." "If so, my dear, what use is this pointless fire-burning to you? Come, put down here these grasses and so on that have been brought; they will burn by themselves. But in such and such a place there is a pond with cool water; having bathed there, having adorned yourself with garlands, perfumes and ointments, well-dressed and well-robed, with slippers, having entered the city, having ascended the excellent mansion, having opened the window, shining upon the great street, sit down, having become fully focused and endowed with happiness. For you seated there, through the exhaustion of the grasses and so on, this fire will by itself go to the state of non-designation." He would do so. And likewise, for him seated there, that fire would go to the state of non-designation through the exhaustion of fuel. With reference to this, "would not from time to time" and so on was said.

"Just so" - but here this is the correlation of the simile: The round of rebirths in the three planes should be seen as like the great mass of fire burning with forty cartloads of wood; the practitioner of meditation dependent on the round of rebirths is like the man tending the fire; the Perfectly Self-awakened One is like the man wishing his welfare; the time when the Tathāgata spoke the meditation subject regarding the phenomena of the three planes to him, saying "Come, monk, be wearied of the phenomena of the three planes; thus you will be released from the suffering of the round of rebirths," is like the exhortation given by that man to him; the time when the practitioner, having accepted the exhortation of the Fortunate One, having entered an empty house, having established insight regarding the phenomena of the three planes, gradually having obtained suitable nutriment and so on as appropriate, seated on a single seat, became established in the highest fruition, is like the time of that man having practised in accordance with the instruction and seated in the mansion; the time when the practitioner, having been well-bathed in the pond of the noble path with the water of path-knowledge, having washed clean the stain of mental defilements, having put on the cloth of moral shame and moral fear, having been anointed with the ointment of morality, having adorned his individual existence with the adornment of arahantship, having bedecked himself with the garland of flowers of liberation, having put on the slippers of the bases for spiritual power, having entered the city of Nibbāna, having ascended the mansion of the Teaching, shining upon the great street of the establishments of mindfulness, having attained the fruition attainment with Nibbāna as object, is seated - is like the time when, because of the state of having a body well-washed and adorned with bathing, ointments and so on, he is seated there endowed with the happiness of full focus. Just as the time of the mass of fire going to the state of non-designation through the exhaustion of grasses and so on for that man seated there, so should be seen the great appeasement of the round of rebirths for one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, who, having remained as long as life lasts, through the breaking up of the clung-to aggregates, has attained final Nibbāna through the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging. The second.

3.

Commentary on the Mental Fetter Discourse

53. In the third, "in phenomena subject to mental fetters" means in the conditions for the ten mental fetters. "Would burn" means would blaze. "Would pour in oil and would supply the wick" means having taken an oil vessel and a large wick-bowl for the purpose of tending the lamp, standing constantly nearby, when the oil is exhausted he would pour in oil, and when the wick is exhausted he would supply the wick. The remainder here, together with the correlation of the simile, should be understood by the former method. The third.

4.

Commentary on the Second Mental Fetter Discourse

54. In the fourth, the simile was given first and afterwards the meaning was stated. The remainder is exactly the same. The fourth.

5.

Commentary on the Great Tree Discourse

55. In the fifth, "bring nutriment upwards" means they raise the essence of earth and the essence of water upwards. Because of the nutritive essence being raised up, in a tree a hundred cubits in height, at the tips of the sprouts, the moisture remains as if becoming drop by drop. Now here is the comparison of the simile - For the round of rebirths in the three planes is like the great tree, the sense bases are like the roots, the ascending of action through the six doors is like the ascending of nutritive essence through the roots, and the enduring for a long time by way of the progressive increase of the round of rebirths for a foolish worldling dependent on the round of rebirths who accumulates action through the six doors is like the great tree's remaining for the duration of a cosmic cycle because of the nutritive essence having ascended.

"Spade and basket" means a spade and a basket-vessel. "He might cut into fragments" means he might cut making small and large fragments. Now here is the comparison of the simile - Here too, the round of rebirths in the three planes is like the great tree, the practitioner of meditation is like the man wishing to destroy the tree, knowledge is like the spade, concentration is like the basket, knowledge is like the axe for cutting the tree, the wisdom of the practitioner who, having taken the meditation subject in the presence of a teacher, is attending to it is like the time of cutting at the root of the tree, the attention in brief to the four primary elements is like the time of cutting into fragments, the detailed attention to the forty-two portions is like the splitting, the discernment of mentality-materiality by way of these - derivative materiality and consciousness having the aggregate of materiality as object - is like the time of making into splinters, the search for the conditions of that very mentality-materiality is like the uprooting of the roots, the attainment of the highest fruition for one seated in a single cross-legged posture practising the ascetic duty when, having gradually developed insight, having obtained a certain suitable condition, the meditation subject becomes clear and presents itself, is like the time of drying in wind and heat and burning with fire, the time of remaining as long as life lasts for one who does not attain final Nibbāna on the very day of attaining arahantship is like the making into ashes, and the appeasement of the round of rebirths for one who has attained final Nibbāna through the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging by the breaking up of the clung-to aggregates should be understood as like the winnowing in a strong wind and the carrying away by a river. The fifth.

6.

Commentary on the Second Great Tree Discourse

56. In the sixth too, the simile was given first and afterwards the meaning was stated; only this is the diversity. The sixth.

7.

Commentary on the Young Tree Discourse

57-59. In the seventh, "young" means with unborn fruit. "Might clean" means he should clean. "Might give soil" means having removed the hard, harsh soil, he should put in sweet soil mixed with soft cow-dung powder. "Growth" means having attained growth, reaching flowers it would bear flowers, reaching fruit it would bear fruit. Now here is the comparison of the simile - For the round of rebirths in the three planes is like the young tree, the worldling dependent on the round of rebirths is like the man tending the tree, the accumulation of wholesome and unwholesome actions through the three doors is like the roots, fruit, continuity and so on, and the successive continuation of the round of rebirths for the worldling who accumulates action through the three doors is like the tree's attaining growth. The end of the round of rebirths should be understood by the method already stated. The eighth and ninth are clear in meaning. The seventh and so on.

10.

Commentary on the Source Discourse

60. In the tenth, "was dwelling among the Kurus": he dwells in the province that has obtained the conventional expression "Kurus" thus by way of the plural. "A market town of the Kurus named Kammāsadhamma" means a market town of the Kurus so named, the meaning being making that his village as food resort. "Venerable": this is a term of endearment, a term of respect. "Ānanda" is that elder's name. "Sat down to one side" means avoiding the six faults of sitting, at a place facing the right kneecap, having entered within the six-coloured rays of the Buddha, as if plunging into clear lac dye, as if putting on a golden cloth, as if entering the midst of a red woollen blanket canopy, the Venerable Ānanda, the treasurer of the Teaching, sat down. Therefore it was said "he sat down to one side."

But at what time and for what reason did this venerable one approach the Blessed One? In the evening time, for the reason of asking a question about the mode of dependent conditions. On that day, it is said, this venerable one, for the purpose of supporting families, as if depositing a bag of a thousand at each house door, having walked for almsfood in Kammāsadhamma, having returned from his alms round, having shown his duty to the Teacher, when the Teacher had entered the perfumed chamber, having paid homage to the Teacher, having gone to his own day-quarters, having shown his duty to his pupils, when they had departed, having swept the day-quarters, having laid out a leather mat, having cooled his hands and feet with water from a water vessel, having folded his legs crosswise, seated, he entered the fruition attainment of stream-entry. Then, having emerged from the attainment at the determined time, he brought down knowledge into the mode of dependent conditions. He, beginning from "with ignorance as condition, activities" to the end, from the end to the beginning, from both ends to the middle, and from the middle reaching both ends, contemplated the twelve-termed mode of dependent conditions three times. As he was thus contemplating, the mode of dependent conditions, having become clear, appeared to him as if utterly manifest. Then he thought - "This mode of dependent conditions has been spoken of by all the Buddhas as both deep and deep in its appearance, yet for me, a disciple established in limited knowledge, it appears as manifest, clear, and obvious. Does it appear as manifest only to me, or to others as well? I shall report the reason for its appearing thus to the Teacher" - having risen from his seated place, having shaken out and taken up his leather mat, he approached the Blessed One in the evening time. Therefore it was said - "Approaching in the evening time for the reason of asking a question about the mode of dependent conditions."

Regarding "how deep": here the word "how" is used in the sense of exceeding measure. Deep beyond measure, the meaning is exceedingly deep. "Deep in appearance" means being deep itself, it appears so, the meaning is it is seen as such. For one thing is shallow yet having the appearance of depth, like stale water of dark colour due to the juice of rotten leaves. For that, even though only knee-deep, appears as if the height of a hundred men. One thing is deep yet having the appearance of shallowness, like clear water with the lustre of gems. For that, even though the height of a hundred men, appears as if only knee-deep. One thing is shallow and having the appearance of shallowness, like water in bowls and so on. One thing is deep and having the appearance of depth, like water in the great ocean at the base of Sineru. Thus water itself obtains four names. But in dependent origination this does not exist. For this obtains only one name, namely "both deep and deep in appearance." "Although being of such a nature, and yet to me it seems as if utterly clear - this is wonderful, Venerable Sir, marvellous, Venerable Sir" - thus, making known his own astonishment, having asked the question, he sat in silence.

The Blessed One, having heard his words, thought "Ānanda speaks of a question within the domain of a Buddha as being utterly clear to himself, as if stretching out his hand to grasp the highest point of existence, as if striving to split Sineru and extract its pith, as if wishing to cross the great ocean without a boat, as if striving to turn over the earth and take its essence. Come, I shall tell him of its profound nature" - and spoke beginning with "Do not say so."

Therein, regarding "do not say so" (mā heva): the syllable "ha" is merely a particle. The meaning is "do not speak thus." And this statement "do not say so" the Blessed One speaks both when extolling the Venerable Ānanda and when reproving him. Therein, "when extolling" means: Ānanda, you are of great wisdom and clear knowledge; therefore even the deep dependent origination appears to you as if clear. But for others it should not be regarded as clear; it is indeed deep and deep in appearance.

Therein, they give four similes. It is said that for a great wrestler who had been nourished with fine food for six months, who had completed his training, who had become familiar with the wrestler's stone at the time of a festive gathering, while going to the battlefield, they showed him a wrestler's stone along the way. He said "What is this?" "A wrestler's stone." "Bring it then." When they said "We are unable to lift it," having gone himself and having said "Where is the heavy part of this?" having lifted two stones with both hands and having tossed them like play-balls, he went on. Therein, even though the wrestler's stone is light for the wrestler, it should not be said to be light for others too. For just as a wrestler nourished with fine food for six months, so is the Venerable Ānanda endowed with resolution for a hundred thousand cosmic cycles. Just as the wrestler's stone is light due to the wrestler's great strength, so dependent origination should be said to be clear due to the Elder's great wisdom; it should not be said to be clear for others.

And in the great ocean, the great fish named timi is two hundred yojanas, the timiṅgala is three hundred yojanas, the timirapiṅgala is five hundred yojanas; the ānanda, the timinanda, the ajjhāroha, and the mahātimi - these four are a thousand yojanas each. Therein, they explain by means of the timirapiṅgala alone. When it moves its right ear, it is said, the water stirs in an area of five hundred yojanas; likewise the left ear, likewise the tail, likewise the head. But when it has shaken both ears, struck with its tail, tossed its head to and fro, and begun to play, in an area of seven or eight hundred yojanas the water boils as if placed in a vessel and set upon an oven. In an area of merely a hundred yojanas the water is unable to cover its back. He might speak thus - "They say this great ocean is deep - where is its depth? We do not obtain even enough water to cover our back." Therein, for the timirapiṅgala, endowed with such a body, the great ocean is shallow; but it should not be said that it is shallow for other small fish. Just so, for the Elder, endowed with knowledge, dependent origination is clear; but it should not be said that it is clear for others too. And the king of supaṇṇas is one hundred and fifty yojanas. His right wing is fifty yojanas, likewise the left wing; the tail-feather cluster is sixty yojanas, the neck is thirty yojanas, the beak is nine yojanas, the feet are twelve yojanas. When he begins to display the supaṇṇa-wind, an area of seven or eight hundred yojanas is not sufficient. He might speak thus - "They say this space is infinite - where is its infinitude? We do not obtain even space enough to spread the wind of our wings." Therein, for the king of supaṇṇas, endowed with such a body, space is limited; but it should not be said that it is limited for other small birds. Just so, for the Elder, endowed with knowledge, dependent origination is clear; but it should not be said that it is clear for others too.

Now Rāhu, the lord of titans, from the soles of his feet to the tips of his hair, is four thousand eight hundred yojanas. The span between his two arms is twelve hundred yojanas; in thickness six hundred yojanas; the palms of his hands and soles of his feet are three hundred yojanas each; likewise the mouth; each finger-joint is fifty yojanas; likewise the space between the eyebrows; the forehead is three hundred yojanas; the head is nine hundred yojanas. When he has descended into the great ocean, the deep water reaches only up to his knees. He might speak thus - "They say this great ocean is deep. Where is its depth? We do not obtain even enough water to cover our knees." Therein, for Rāhu, endowed with such a body, the great ocean is shallow; but it should not be said that it is shallow for others. Just so, for the Elder, endowed with knowledge, dependent origination is clear; but it should not be said that it is clear for others too. With reference to this meaning, the Blessed One said "Do not say so, Ānanda, do not say so, Ānanda."

For the Elder, indeed, through four reasons, the deep dependent origination appeared as clear. Which four? Through the achievement of past decisive support, through dwelling at the ford, through being a stream-enterer, and through being one of great learning.

It is said that a hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, a Teacher named Padumuttara arose in the world. His city was named Haṃsavatī, his father was a king named Ānanda, his mother was a queen named Sumedhā, and the Bodhisatta was named Prince Uttara. He, on the day of his son's birth, having gone forth in the great renunciation, having gone forth into homelessness, devoted to striving, gradually having attained omniscience, having uttered the inspired utterance "Through many births in the round of rebirths," having spent a week on the seat of enlightenment, thinking "I shall place my foot upon the earth," he stretched forth his foot. Then, splitting the earth, a great lotus arose. Its outer petals were ninety cubits, the filaments were thirty cubits, the pericarp was twelve cubits, and the pollen was the measure of nine water-pots.

The Teacher, however, was fifty-eight cubits in height; the span between his two arms was eighteen cubits, his forehead was five cubits, and his hands and feet were eleven cubits. When with his eleven-cubit foot he merely stepped upon the twelve-cubit pericarp, the pollen, the measure of nine water-pots, having risen up and having ascended to a height of fifty-eight cubits, showered down upon him as if strewn with red arsenic powder. From that point on, the Blessed One became known as Padumuttara. His two chief disciples were Devila and Sujāta, Amitā and Asamā were the two chief female disciples, and his attendant was named Sumana. The Blessed One Padumuttara, looking after his father, attended by a hundred thousand monks, was dwelling in the royal city of Haṃsavatī.

Now his younger brother was named Prince Sumana. The king gave him wealth at a place two thousand yojanas from Haṃsavatī. He would sometimes come and see his father and the Teacher. Then one day the borderland was in revolt. Sumana sent a message to the king. The king sent back the message: "Why were you placed there by me, dear son?" He, having quelled the bandits, sent word to the king: "The country is at peace, Sire." The king, pleased, said: "Let my son come quickly." He had about a thousand ministers. He consulted with them on the way - "My father is pleased; if he gives me a boon, what shall I take?" Then some said to him: "Take an elephant, take a horse, take a province, take the seven treasures." Others said: "You are sons of the lord of the earth; wealth is not hard for you to obtain; even what is obtained, all that must be left behind when departing; only merit alone is to be taken when departing; therefore, when the king is granting you a boon, take the boon of attending upon the Blessed One Padumuttara for three months." He said: "You are my good friends; this thought was not mine, but it was produced by you; thus shall I do," and having gone and having paid homage to his father, and the father having embraced him and having kissed him on the head, when it was said "I grant you a boon, son," he said: "I wish, great king, to make my life not barren by attending upon the Blessed One for three months with the four requisites; grant me this boon." "That is not possible, dear son; choose another boon." "Sire, for warriors there are not two words; give me this very thing; I have no need of anything else." "Dear son, the mind of Buddhas is difficult to know; if the Blessed One does not wish it, even if given by me, what will come of it?" "Very well, Sire, I shall ascertain the mind of the Blessed One," and went to the monastery.

Now at that time, having finished the meal duty, the Blessed One had entered the perfumed chamber. He went to the presence of the monks seated together in the circular pavilion. They said to him - "Prince, why have you come?" To see the Blessed One; show me the Blessed One. "We, prince, do not get to see the Teacher at whatever moment we wish." But who, venerable sir, does get to? The Elder Sumana, prince. He said "Where, venerable sir, is the elder?" Having asked where the elder's sitting place was, having gone and having paid homage - "I wish, venerable sir, to see the Blessed One; show me the Blessed One," he said. The elder, saying "Come, prince," taking him and placing him in the precincts of the perfumed chamber, ascended the perfumed chamber. Then the Blessed One said to him "Sumana, why have you come?" The prince, venerable sir, has come to see the Blessed One. If so, monk, prepare a seat. The elder prepared a seat. The Blessed One sat down on the prepared seat. The prince, having paid homage to the Blessed One, exchanged friendly greetings. "When did you come, prince?" Venerable sir, when you had entered the perfumed chamber, the monks, saying "We do not get to see the Blessed One at whatever moment we wish," sent me to the elder's presence. But the elder showed me with just a single word. The elder, venerable sir, methinks, is a favourite in your Dispensation. Yes, prince, this monk is a favourite in my Dispensation. Venerable sir, by doing what does one become a favourite in the Buddhas' Dispensation? By giving gifts, by taking upon oneself morality, by performing the Observance practice, prince. Blessed One, I too wish to become a favourite in the Buddha's Dispensation like the elder; consent to the rains residence for me for three months. The Blessed One, having looked to see "Is there indeed a purpose in going?" and having seen that there is, said "Tathāgatas, prince, delight in empty dwellings." The prince, having said "It is understood, Blessed One, it is understood, Fortunate One" - "I, venerable sir, shall go ahead and have a monastery built; when I send word, come together with a hundred thousand monks," and having obtained the promise, having gone to his father's presence, having said "The promise has been given to me, Sire, by the Blessed One; when I send word, you should send the Blessed One," having paid homage to his father, having departed, having had a monastery built at every yojana along the way, he travelled a distance of two thousand yojanas. Having gone and searching for a monastery site in his own city, having seen the pleasure grove of a householder named Sobhana, having bought it for a hundred thousand, and having spent a hundred thousand, he had a monastery built. There, having had the perfumed chamber for the Blessed One and huts, caves, and pavilions for the remaining monks for the purpose of night-quarters and day-quarters built, having completed an encircling wall and the gateway, he sent word to his father's presence: "My task is finished; send the Teacher."

The king, having fed the Blessed One, said "Blessed One, Sumana's task is finished; he awaits your coming." The Blessed One, with a retinue of a hundred thousand monks, dwelling in monasteries at every yojana, went forth. The prince, having heard "The Teacher is coming," having gone out to meet him for a yojana, venerating him with scents, garlands, and so on, having ushered him into the monastery -

He presented the monastery. He, having given a gift on the day of entering the rains retreat, having summoned his own children and wife and ministers, said - "The Teacher has come to our presence from afar, and Buddhas are those who revere the Teaching, not those who value material gains. Therefore I, having put on two cloths for these three months, having taken upon myself the ten precepts, shall dwell right here; you should give gifts for three months to the hundred thousand who have eliminated the mental corruptions in this very manner."

He, dwelling in a place similar to the dwelling place of the Elder Sumana, having seen all the duty that the elder performed for the Blessed One, having thought "In this place this elder is the absolute favourite; it is fitting to aspire to a position like his," having entered the village when the invitation ceremony to admonish was approaching, having given a great gift for seven days, on the seventh day having placed the three robes at the feet of the hundred thousand monks, having paid homage to the Blessed One, "Venerable sir, whatever merit has been made by me beginning from having had monasteries built at intervals of a yojana along the road, that was done not aspiring for the success of Sakka, nor for the success of Māra and Brahmā, but aspiring for the state of being an attendant of a Buddha. Therefore may I too, Blessed One, in the future, like the Elder Sumana, be an attendant of a Buddha" - having fallen down with the fivefold prostration, having paid homage, he lay prostrate. The Blessed One, looking to see "Great is the aspiration of this son of good family; will it succeed or not?" - having known "In the future, in the hundred thousandth cosmic cycle from now, a Buddha named Gotama will arise; he will be his very attendant" -

He said. The prince, having heard, thinking "Buddhas are those whose words are without contradiction," from the very second day, having taken that Blessed One's bowl and robes, he was as if following behind him step by step. He, having given gifts for a hundred thousand years during that Buddha's arising, having been reborn in heaven, even in the time of the Buddha Kassapa, having given his upper garment for the purpose of holding the bowl of the elder who was walking for almsfood, he made an offering. Having been reborn again in heaven and having passed away from there, having become the king of Bārāṇasī, having had hermitages built for eight Individually Enlightened Ones, having set up jewel stands, he performed attendance with the four requisites for ten thousand years. These are the well-known instances.

But while giving gifts for a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, having been reborn together with our Bodhisatta in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, having taken conception in the house of the Sakyan Amitodana, having gradually made the renunciation, having attained perfect enlightenment, having come to Kapilavatthu on his first visit, when the Blessed One was departing from there, when royal princes were going forth for the purpose of the Blessed One's retinue, having gone forth together with Bhaddiya and others, having gone forth in the presence of the Blessed One, before long, having heard a talk on the Teaching in the presence of the Venerable Puṇṇa Mantāṇiputta, he became established in the fruition of stream-entry. Thus this venerable one was endowed with the accomplishment of prior decisive support; by that very accomplishment of prior decisive support, even the deep dependent origination appeared to him as if manifest.

"Dwelling at the fording place" means learning, hearing, questioning, and retaining in the presence of teachers. That was exceedingly pure for the elder. Therefore for him too, even the deep appeared as if manifest. And for stream-enterers, the mode of dependent conditions appears as utterly manifest; and this venerable one was a stream-enterer. And for the very learned, just as a bed and chair in a room of four cubits when a lamp is burning, the definition of mentality-materiality becomes obvious; and this venerable one was the foremost of the very learned. Thus by the state of great learning too, even the deep mode of dependent conditions appeared to him as if manifest. Dependent origination is deep by four kinds of depth. That depth of it has been explained in detail in the Visuddhimagga. All of that appeared to the Elder as if utterly clear. Therefore the Blessed One, extolling the Venerable Ānanda, spoke beginning with "Do not say so." For this is the intention here: Ānanda, you are of great wisdom, of clear knowledge; therefore, even though deep, dependent origination appears to you as if clear. Therefore "Does it appear utterly clear only to me, or to others as well?" - do not speak thus.

But what was said "reproving" - therein the intention is this - Ānanda, do not speak thus: "and yet to me it seems as if utterly clear." For if it seems to you as if utterly clear, why did you not become a stream-enterer by your own natural capacity, but standing upon the method given by me, penetrated the path of stream-entry? Ānanda, it is Nibbāna itself that is deep; but if the mode of dependent conditions has become clear to you, then why do you not, having uprooted these four mental defilements - the gross mental fetter of sensual lust, the mental fetter of aversion, the gross underlying tendency to sensual lust, and the underlying tendency to aversion - realise the fruition of once-returning? Why do you not, having uprooted those same four mental defilements having a residuum, realise the fruition of non-returning? Why do you not, having uprooted these eight mental defilements - the five mental fetters beginning with lust for material form, the underlying tendency to conceit, the underlying tendency to lust for existence, and the underlying tendency to ignorance - realise arahantship? And why do you not penetrate the knowledge of the perfections of a disciple like Sāriputta and Moggallāna, who fulfilled their perfections over one incalculable period exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles? And why do you not penetrate the knowledge of individual enlightenment like the Individually Enlightened Ones, who fulfilled their perfections over two incalculable periods exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles? Or if it appears to you as utterly clear in every way, then why do you not realise the knowledge of omniscience like the Buddhas, who fulfilled their perfections over four, eight, or sixteen incalculable periods exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles? Are you without desire for these specific attainments? See how far you have failed! You, a disciple established in limited knowledge, regarding the exceedingly deep mode of dependent conditions, you say "it appears clear to me." This statement of yours is contrary to the declaration of the Buddhas. It is not fitting that such a monk should speak contrary to the declaration of the Buddhas. Is it not the case, Ānanda, that for me, even while striving to penetrate this mode of dependent conditions, four incalculable periods exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles have passed? And moreover, for the purpose of penetrating the mode of dependent conditions, there is no gift that was not given by me, there is no perfection that was not fulfilled. And while scattering the forces of Māra as if effortlessly, thinking "Today I shall penetrate the mode of dependent conditions," this great earth did not tremble even by two finger-breadths; likewise while attaining the recollection of past lives in the first watch, and while accomplishing the divine eye in the middle watch. But in the last watch, at the time approaching the break of dawn, at the very moment of seeing "Ignorance is a condition for activities in nine ways," the ten-thousandfold world system, releasing hundreds and thousands of resounding cries like a bronze plate struck with an iron rod, trembled like a drop of water on a lotus leaf blown by the wind. Thus deep is this dependent origination, Ānanda, and deep in its appearance. Through not understanding this teaching, Ānanda, etc. does not pass beyond.

"Of this teaching" means of this teaching of conditions. "Through not understanding" means not awakening to by way of full understanding through known comprehension. "Through not penetrating" means not penetrating by way of full understanding through scrutiny and abandoning. "Become like a tangled ball of thread" means become entangled like thread. Just as thread of weavers that has been badly placed and gnawed by mice becomes entangled here and there, and it is difficult to bring together end with end or beginning with beginning, thinking "this is the end, this is the beginning"; just so beings, having stumbled in this mode of dependent conditions, become entangled and confused, and are unable to straighten out the mode of dependent conditions. Therein, the thread, by standing in the position of individual effort, might be possible to straighten out; but except for the two Bodhisattas, no other being is able to straighten out the mode of dependent conditions by their own nature. But just as tangled thread, when given rice-gruel and beaten with a comb, becomes knotted here and there, forming into balls and bound with knots, just so these beings, having stumbled among the conditions, being unable to straighten out the conditions, become formed into balls and bound with knots by way of the sixty-two wrong views. For whoever are dependent upon wrong views, all are simply unable to straighten out the conditions.

"Like a matted ball of string" - a kulāgaṇṭhika is called the gruel-thread of a weaver. Kulā is a name for a bird; some say it is also called kulāvaka. For just as both of those are entangled and it is difficult to bring together end with end or beginning with beginning - this should be construed by the former method itself.

"Like muñja grass and pabbaja reeds" means become like muñja grass and like pabbaja grass, of such a kind. For just as those grasses, having been pounded and made into rope, when in a worn-out state, having taken it up wherever it has fallen, it is difficult to bring together end with end or beginning with beginning of those grasses, thinking "this is the end, this is the beginning"; that too, by standing in the position of individual effort, might be possible to straighten out; but except for the two Bodhisattas, no other being is able to straighten out the mode of dependent conditions by their own nature; thus this generation, being unable to straighten out the conditions, having become knotted by way of wrong views, does not pass beyond the realm of misery, the unfortunate realm, the nether world, the round of rebirths.

Therein, "realm of misery" means hell, the animal realm, the sphere of ghosts, and the host of titans. For all of those, because of the absence of income reckoned as growth, they are called "realm of misery"; likewise, "unfortunate realm" because of being the destination of suffering; "nether world" because of having fallen from the accumulation of happiness. The other, however -

It does not pass beyond all of that, does not go beyond it; rather, from death to conception, from conception to death - thus, again and again taking up death and conception, in the three existences, in the four modes of generation, in the five destinations, in the seven stations of consciousness, in the nine abodes of beings, like a boat tossed by the wind in the great ocean, and like an ox yoked to a machine, it simply wanders about. Thus the Blessed One said all of this while reproving the Venerable Ānanda. The remainder here is the same as the method already stated. The tenth.

The Chapter on Suffering is sixth.

7.

The Great Chapter

1.

Commentary on the Uninstructed Discourse

61. In the first discourse of the Great Chapter, "ignorant" means devoid of learning, interrogation, and judgment regarding the aggregates, elements, sense bases, the mode of dependent conditions, the establishments of mindfulness, and so on. "Worldling" means a worldling by reasons such as generating manifold defilements of various kinds and so on. For this was said: "They generate manifold defilements, thus they are worldlings" - all should be expanded. Furthermore, he is a worldling because of being included among people who have passed beyond the path of counting, who are turned away from the noble teaching, whose conduct is of low qualities; or this manifold one has gone to a separate reckoning, disconnected from noble ones endowed with virtues such as morality and learning - thus he is a worldling. Thus by these two terms "an ignorant worldling," those which -

Two kinds of worldlings were declared; among them, the blind worldling is taken. "In this" indicates the body that is present and evident. "Made of the four primary elements" means in the body of the four primary elements, produced by the four primary elements, made of the four primary elements - this is the meaning. "Might become disenchanted" means might become dissatisfied. "Might become dispassionate" means might not find pleasure in. "Might become liberated" means might become desirous of being released. "Accumulation" means growth. "Diminution" means decline. "Taking up" means production. "Laying down" means breaking up.

"Therefore" - because these four - growth, decline, production, and breaking up - are discerned, therefore for that reason - this is the meaning. Thus the Blessed One, having made materiality in the body made of the four primary elements unsuitable for grasping, makes the immaterial suitable for grasping. Why? For those monks' grasping of materiality was powerful and exceeding; therefore, having shown the graspable nature of their grasping of materiality, driving them out, he spoke thus for the purpose of establishing them in the immaterial.

"Mind" and so on - all are merely names for the mind sense base. For it is called "mind" (citta) because of being the basis of consciousness, because of being the range of consciousness, and because of the consciousness-nature of associated mental states; it is called "mentality" (mano) in the meaning of thinking; it is called "consciousness" (viññāṇa) in the meaning of cognition. "Not able" means not capable. "Clung to" means grasped by swallowing and bringing to completion through craving. "Appropriated" means grasped as "this is mine" through the selfish attachment of craving. "Adhered to" means grasped by adhering through wrong view. "This is mine" is the grasping of craving; by that, the one hundred and eight thoughts of craving are grasped. "This I am" is the grasping of conceit; by that, the nine conceits are grasped. "This is my self" is the grasping of wrong view; by that, the sixty-two wrong views are grasped. "Therefore" - because it has been thus grasped for a long time, therefore he is not able to become disenchanted.

"It would be better, monks" - why did he say this? For first, by him, matter was made inappropriate to grasp, and the immaterial appropriate; then, having known "the grasping of those monks, having departed from matter, has gone to the immaterial," he began this teaching in order to drive that out. Therein, "should approach as self" means should grasp as self. "And even longer" means even beyond a hundred years. But why did the Blessed One say thus? Is there indeed matter lasting more than a hundred years? Does not matter occurring in the first stage of life not reach the middle stage of life, that occurring in the middle stage of life not reach the last stage of life, that occurring before the meal not reach after the meal, that occurring after the meal not reach the first watch, that occurring in the first watch not reach the middle watch, that occurring in the middle watch not reach the last watch? Likewise, that occurring in walking does not reach standing, that occurring in standing does not reach sitting, that occurring in sitting does not reach lying down. Even in a single posture, that occurring in the lifting of the foot does not reach the carrying forward, that occurring in the carrying forward does not reach the swinging across, that occurring in the swinging across does not reach the lowering, that occurring in the lowering does not reach the placing down, that occurring in the placing down does not reach the pressing - right there in each case, limit by limit, section by section, like sesame seeds thrown onto a heated pan, crackling, the activities break up? This is true. But just as the flame born from a burning lamp, not going beyond each particular portion of the wick, breaks up right there in each case, and yet by way of the connection of succession it is called "a lamp burning the whole night," so too here, by way of succession, this body too has been shown as if thus long-lasting.

"By night and by day" means in the night and in the day. For this is the genitive case used in the locative sense. "One thing arises, another ceases" means that which arises and ceases at night, quite another arises and ceases by day - this is the meaning. But the meaning should not be taken thus: "one thing arises, and another that has not arisen ceases." "By night and by day" - this is said by way of succession, having taken a small succession from the former succession; but there is no such thing as a single consciousness being able to remain for one night or for one day. For in a single finger-snap moment, many hundreds of thousands of tens of millions of consciousnesses arise. And this too was said in the Milindapañha:

"A hundred cartloads of paddy, great king, and half a cartload more, seven measures of paddy and two tumbas - in a single finger-snap moment, for the occurring consciousness, so many grains of paddy, being placed as a mark, would come to utter elimination and exhaustion."

"Forest wilds" means in a great forest. "Having released that, seizes another, having released that, seizes another" - by this it is shown that he does not, not obtaining a branch to seize, descend to the ground. Rather, while roaming in that great forest, he goes about seizing this and that branch - this is the meaning shown.

"Just so" - here this is the correlation of the simile: For the forest of objects should be understood as like the great forest in the wilderness. The consciousness arising in the forest of objects is like the monkey roaming in that forest. The greediness for the object is like the seizing of a branch. Just as that monkey roaming in the forest, having abandoned this and that branch, seizes this and that branch, so too this consciousness roaming in the forest of objects sometimes arises having taken a visual object, sometimes one among sound and so on, sometimes a past one, sometimes a future or present one, likewise sometimes an internal one, sometimes an external one. And just as it should not be said that that monkey roaming in the forest, not obtaining a branch, having descended, sat on the ground - rather, having seized a single leafy branch, it sits down - just so it should not be said that consciousness roaming in the forest of objects has arisen without obtaining a single object to cling to; rather, it should be understood that it arises having seized an object of a single kind. And by this much, by the Blessed One, having drawn out from matter, the grasping was established in the immaterial; having drawn out from the immaterial, in matter.

Now, wishing to drive that out from both, he began the teaching: "Therein, monks, a learned noble disciple." But this meaning should be illustrated by the simile of one bitten by a venomous snake: It is said that a certain man was bitten by a venomous snake; then a skilled physician, having come saying "I shall remove his poison," having caused vomiting, having recited the spell "below a garuḷa, above a serpent," raised the poison upwards. He, having known that it had risen as far as the region of the eyes, thinking "Beyond this I shall not allow it to ascend further; I shall place it right at the place of the bite," having recited the spell "above a garuḷa, below a serpent," having fumigated the ears, having struck with a stick, having brought the poison down, placed it right at the place of the bite. Having known that it remained there, having crushed the poison with an application of medicine, having bathed him, having said "May you be happy," he departed wherever he wished.

Therein, just as the establishment of poison in the body of one bitten by a venomous snake, so is the time of excessive grasping at materiality for these monks; just as the skilled physician is the Tathāgata; just as the time of having recited the spell and raised the poison upwards, so is the time when the Tathāgata, having drawn out the grasping from materiality for those monks, established it in the immaterial; just as not allowing the poison that had risen as far as the region of the eyes to ascend further, and again bringing it down by the power of the spell and placing it at the very place of the bite, so is the time when the Teacher, having drawn out the grasping from the immaterial for those monks, established it in materiality. Just as the crushing of the poison standing at the place of the bite with an application of medicine, so should be understood the time when this teaching was begun for the purpose of drawing out the grasping from both. Therein, by "being disenchanted, he becomes dispassionate," the path is spoken of; "through dispassion, he becomes liberated" is the fruit; by "when liberated" and so on is the reviewing. The first.

2.

Commentary on the Second Discourse on the Uninstructed

62. In the second, "experienced as pleasant" means a condition for pleasant feeling. "Contact" means eye-contact and so on. But is it not that eye-contact is not a condition for pleasant feeling? It is not by way of conascence condition, but by way of decisive support condition it is a condition for impulsion feeling - with reference to that, this was said. In the case of ear-contact and so on too, the same method applies. "Arising from that" means of that kind, suitable to that, conforming to that contact - this is the meaning. "Experienced as unpleasant" and so on should be understood by the method already stated. "From the friction and combination" means by friction and by combination, the meaning is by the friction and aggregation together. "Heat" means the condition of warmth. "Fire is generated" should not be taken as meaning that sparks come out; rather, this is a synonym for the condition of warmth itself. Therein, "of two sticks" means of two fire-sticks. Therein, the lower fire-stick is like the sense-base, the upper fire-stick is like the object, the friction is like contact, and the heat element is like feeling. The second.

3.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Simile of Son's Flesh

63. In the third, "Monks, there are these four nutriments" and so on is the same as the method already stated. But since its laying down arises from an occasion, therefore, having shown that, I shall make the gradual explanation of its terms here. But on which occasion was this laid down? On account of material gain and honour. It is said that great material gain and honour arose for the Blessed One, as is fitting for one who had fulfilled the accumulation of the perfection of giving over four incalculable periods. Just as a twin great cloud having arisen in all directions produces a great flood, so all the perfections, as if combined together thinking "We shall give result in one individual existence," produced a great flood of material gain and honour. From here and there, warriors, brahmins, and others, with hands bearing food, drink, vehicles, cloth, garlands, scents, ointments, and so on, having come - "Where is the Buddha? Where is the Blessed One? Where is the god of gods, the lord of men, the lion among men?" They sought the Blessed One. Even having brought requisites with hundreds of carts, not finding space, for a distance of a league all around, they stood with cart-shaft touching cart-shaft and followed along, like the brahmins of Andhakavinda and others. All this should be understood according to the method that has come in the chapter and in those various discourses.

And just as for the Blessed One, so too for the community of monks. And this was said -

"Now at that time the Blessed One was honoured, respected, revered, venerated, and esteemed, an obtainer of the requisites of robes, almsfood, lodging, and medicine for the sick. The community of monks too was honoured, etc. requisites."

Likewise, "As far as, Cunda, any monastic community or group has now arisen in the world, I do not, Cunda, perceive any other single community that has attained such heights of material gain and fame, just as, Cunda, the community of monks."

This material gain and honour that had arisen for the Blessed One and the Community, having become one, was immeasurable, like the water of two great rivers. Then the Teacher, having gone to a private place, thought - "Great material gain and honour was of such a kind even for the Buddhas of the past, and will be of such a kind for those of the future too. Are monks, endowed with mindfulness and full awareness that discerns food, being impartial and free from desire and lust, able to consume food, or are they not able?"

He saw certain sons of good family who had recently gone forth consuming food without reviewing it. Having seen him, this occurred to him: "By me, while fulfilling the perfections over four incalculable periods exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, they were not fulfilled for the sake of robes and so on, but were fulfilled for the sake of arahantship, the highest fruit. These monks too, going forth in my presence, have not gone forth for the sake of robes and so on, but have gone forth for the very sake of arahantship. They are now making what is unessential into the essential, and what is unbeneficial into the beneficial." Thus religious emotion arose in him. Then he thought - "If it had been possible to lay down a fifth expulsion, the consumption of food without reviewing should have been made a fifth expulsion and laid down. But it is not possible to do so, for this is a matter of constant use by beings. But when spoken of in such a way, they will regard it as like a fifth expulsion. Thus I shall establish a mirror of the Teaching, a restraint, a boundary, which, by reflecting upon again and again, monks in the future will review the four requisites before consuming them." On this occasion he laid down this Discourse on the Simile of the Son's Flesh. Therein, "Monks, there are these four nutriments" and so on is of the same meaning as stated above.

Having expanded the four nutriments, now in order to show the danger in them, he said beginning with "And how, monks, should edible food be seen?" Therein, "wife and husband" means wife and husband. "A small provision" means a trifling amount of provisions, being any one among parcels of boiled rice, flour-balls, sweet-meats, and so on. "A wilderness path" means a path that has become a wilderness, or a path in the wilderness. "Wilderness" is fivefold: a wilderness of thieves, a wilderness of fierce beasts, a wilderness of non-human spirits, a waterless wilderness, and a wilderness with little food. Among these, where there is danger from thieves, that is a wilderness of thieves. Where there are fierce beasts such as lions, tigers, and so on, that is a wilderness of fierce beasts. Where there is danger by the power of non-human spirits such as powerful-faced demonesses and so on, that is a wilderness of non-human spirits. Where there is no water either for drinking or for bathing, that is a waterless wilderness. Where there is nothing to be chewed or eaten, not even so much as tubers and roots and so on at the very least, that is called a wilderness with little food. But where all five kinds of danger are present, that is a wilderness indeed. But that which can be crossed over in one day, two days, three days, and so on, that is not intended here. But here a waterless wilderness with little food of a hundred yojanas is intended. A path in such a wilderness. "Would set out" means they would set out, troubled by the fear of famine, the fear of disease, and the fear of kings, thinking "Having crossed over this wilderness, we shall live happily in the country of a righteous king, free from danger."

"Only son" means an only son with a frail body, fit to be pitied, carried by being lifted up. "Dried meat and meat strips" means dried meat taken from the thick, fleshy parts, and meat on skewers taken from the parts dependent on bones and dependent on sinews - this is the meaning. "Would beat" means they would strike. "Where are you, only son" - this is their manner of lamentation.

Now here, this is the explanation of meaning in brief, treating it as a factual account, from the beginning - It is said that a wife and husband, having taken their son, set out on a wilderness path of a hundred yojanas with a small amount of provisions. Having gone fifty yojanas, their provisions were finished; they, afflicted by hunger and thirst, sat down in sparse shade. Then the man said to his wife - "Dear one, for fifty yojanas all around from here there is no village or market town. Therefore, whatever much work such as ploughing, cow-keeping, and so on that should be done by a man, that is now not possible for me to do. Come, having killed me, having eaten half the flesh, having made the other half provisions, cross over the wilderness together with our son." Then she too said to him - "Husband, whatever much work such as spinning thread and so on that should be done by a woman, that I am now not able to do. Come, having killed me, having eaten half the flesh, having made the other half provisions, cross over the wilderness together with our son." Then he too said to her - "Dear one, by the death of a woman, the death of two becomes apparent. For the helpless boy is not able to live without his mother. But if we live, we could obtain another child. Come now, having killed our little son, having taken the flesh, let us cross over the wilderness." Then the mother said to the son - "Dear, go to your father's presence." He went. Then his father, having said "By me, thinking 'I will nourish my little son,' no small suffering has been undergone through farming, cow-keeping, and so on; I am not able to kill my son; you yourself kill your son," said "Dear, go to your mother's presence." He went. Then his mother too said "By me, desiring a son, no small suffering has been undergone even through the ox-vow, the dog-vow, entreating deities, and so on; what then to say of carrying him in the womb? I am not able to kill my son," having said thus, she said "Dear, go just to your father's presence." Thus he died while going between the two. They, having seen him and having lamented, took the flesh in the manner stated before and departed eating.

For them, that food of their son's flesh, because of its repulsiveness for nine reasons, is indeed not for amusement, not for intoxication, not for adornment, not for beautification, but only for the purpose of crossing over the wilderness. If one asks, repulsive for which nine reasons? Because it is flesh of one's own kind, because it is flesh of a relative, because it is flesh of a son, because it is flesh of a beloved son, because it is flesh of a young one, because it is raw flesh, because it is flesh without reflective attention, because it is unsalted, and because it is unsmoked. For thus indeed, eating that son's flesh which was repulsive for nine reasons, they did not eat filled with lust and with greedy minds, but they ate established in a state of neutrality, in consumption free from desire and lust. They did not remove the parts attached to bones, sinews, and skin and eat only the thick, choice flesh; rather, they ate only whatever flesh came to hand. They did not eat as much as they liked, filling up to the throat; rather, they ate little by little, only enough for sustenance for one day. They did not eat being miserly towards each other; rather, they ate with a mind purified, free from the stain of stinginess. They did not eat deluded, thinking "We are eating some other thing, deer meat or one of the kinds such as peacock meat"; rather, they ate knowing full well that it was the flesh of their beloved son. They did not eat having made an aspiration "Oh, may we eat such son's flesh again!"; rather, they ate having gone beyond aspiration. They did not make a store, thinking "Having eaten this much in the wilderness, we shall cross over the remaining wilderness and eat it prepared with salt, sour flavourings, and so on"; rather, at the end of the wilderness, thinking "Before the public sees it," they either buried it in the ground or burnt it with fire. They did not generate conceit or arrogance, thinking "No one else is able to eat such son's flesh as we do"; rather, they ate with conceit cast down and arrogance cast down. They did not eat having scorned it, thinking "What is the use of this unsalted, unsoured, unsmoked, foul-smelling thing?"; rather, they ate having gone beyond scorn. They did not despise each other, saying "Your share, my share, your son, my son." Rather, they ate being in unity and being joyful. Seeing this kind of consumption free from desire and lust and so on on their part, the Teacher, causing the community of monks also to accept that reason, said beginning with "What do you think, monks, would they eat that food for amusement?" Therein, "for amusement" and so on were explained in detail in the Visuddhimagga. "Of the wilderness" means of the remaining wilderness not yet crossed over.

"Just so" means the meaning is that it should be seen as similar to the flesh of a beloved son by way of the nine kinds of loathsomeness. Of which nine? Of the loathsomeness of going and so on. Even reviewing the loathsomeness of going, one comprehends edible food; even reviewing the loathsomeness of seeking; even reviewing the loathsomeness of consumption, depositing, dwelling place, digestion, undigested state, smearing, and outflow. But those loathsomeness of going and so on were explained in detail in the Visuddhimagga in the description of the loathsomeness of food. Thus, by way of these nine kinds of loathsomeness, having made the simile of the son's flesh, food should be consumed.

Just as those wife and husband, eating the repulsive flesh of their beloved son, did not eat filled with lust and with greedy minds, but ate established in a state of neutrality, in consumption free from desire and lust, so it should be consumed having made the consumption free from desire and lust. And just as they did not remove the parts attached to bones, sinews, and skin and eat only the thick, choice flesh, but ate only whatever came to hand, so, without pushing away with the back of the hand dry food, weak curries, and so on, without showing a limit like a quail or like a cock, without selecting from here and there only choice food mixed with ghee, meat, and so on and not eating it, like a lion, it should be consumed successively.

And just as they did not eat as much as they liked, filling up to the throat, but ate little by little, only enough for sustenance for each day, just so, without eating as much as one likes to stuff the belly, like one of the brahmins such as Āharahatthaka and so on, having left room for four or five morsels, like the General of the Teaching, it should be consumed. He, it is said, remaining for forty-five years, having said "Not even for one day did I take food causing a sour belch after the meal," roaring the lion's roar, spoke this verse:

And just as they did not eat being miserly towards each other, but ate with a mind purified, free from the stain of stinginess, just so, having obtained almsfood, without being miserly, thinking "I shall give everything to one who takes everything, half to one who takes half; if there is a remainder after it has been taken, I shall consume it myself" - it should be consumed by one established in the principles of cordiality. And just as they did not eat deluded, thinking "We are eating some other thing, deer meat or one of the kinds such as peacock meat," but ate knowing full well that it was the flesh of their beloved son, just so, having obtained almsfood, without generating the confusion of self-perception, thinking "I eat, I consume," thinking "Edible food does not know 'I nourish the body made of the four primary elements,' nor does the body know 'Edible food nourishes me'" - thus, having abandoned confusion, it should be consumed. And also by way of mindfulness and full awareness, it should be consumed by one who is unconfused.

And just as they did not eat having made an aspiration "Oh, may we eat such flesh of our son again," but rather having transcended aspiration, they ate, just so, having obtained sumptuous food, without making an aspiration "Oh, may I obtain such again tomorrow and on the following day too," or else having obtained coarse food, without making an aspiration or mourning "Today I have not obtained sumptuous food as yesterday" - by one free from craving -

Remembering this exhortation, one should consume thinking "I shall sustain myself with just the present."

And just as they did not make storage thinking "Having eaten this much in the wilderness, we shall cross over the remaining wilderness and eat it prepared with salt, sour flavourings and so on," but rather at the end of the wilderness, thinking "Previously the public might see," they either buried it in the ground or burnt it with fire, just so -

Remembering this exhortation, whatever one obtains among the four requisites, from each taking just enough for one's own sustenance, having given up the remainder to one's fellows in the holy life, avoiding storage, one should consume. And just as they did not generate conceit or arrogance thinking "No one else obtains such flesh of a son to eat like us," but rather having put down conceit and having put down arrogance, they ate, just so, having obtained sumptuous food, conceit or arrogance should not be generated thinking "I am an obtainer of robes, almsfood and so on." Having reviewed "This going forth is not for the sake of robes and so on, but this going forth is for the sake of arahantship," one should consume with conceit and arrogance put down indeed.

And just as they did not eat having scorned it thinking "What is the use of this unsalted, unsoured, unseasoned, foul-smelling thing," but rather having transcended scorn, they ate, just so, having obtained almsfood, without scorning the almsfood thus "What is the use of this coarse, flavourless thing resembling food for horses and oxen - throw it into the dogs' trough," or without scorning the donor thus "Who will eat this - give it to crows, dogs and so on" -

Remembering this exhortation, one should consume. And just as they did not despise each other thinking "Your share, my share, your son, my son," but rather being united, being joyful, they ate, just so, having obtained almsfood, just as a certain one despises virtuous fellows in the holy life saying "Who will give to the likes of you, stumbling at thresholds without reason, wandering about - even a mother who has given birth does not think anything should be given to you, but we obtain superior robes and so on wherever we go" - with reference to which it was said -

"He, overcome by material gain, honour and fame, with mind consumed, despises other well-behaved monks. That indeed, monks, is for that foolish man's harm and suffering for a long time."

Thus, without despising anyone, being united together with all one's fellows in the holy life, being joyful, one should consume.

"Fully understood" means fully understood by these three full understandings: full understanding as the known, full understanding as judgement, and full understanding as abandoning. How? Here a monk understands: "What is called edible food, this, by way of its basis, is the group of matter with nutritive essence as eighth. Where is the group of matter with nutritive essence as eighth struck against? At the tongue-sensitivity. What is the tongue-sensitivity dependent upon? Dependent upon the four primary elements. Thus the group with nutritive essence as eighth, the tongue-sensitivity, and the primary elements which are its conditions - these phenomena are called the aggregate of matter; the phenomena arisen for one who comprehends that, having contact as the fifth, are the four immaterial aggregates. Thus all these five aggregates are, in brief, merely mentality-materiality" - he understands. He, having defined those phenomena by their own function and characteristic, seeking their condition, sees dependent origination in forward and reverse order. To this extent, by way of edible food, because of having seen mentality-materiality with its conditions as it really is, edible food is fully understood by full understanding as the known. He contemplates that very mentality-materiality with its conditions by applying the three characteristics - impermanent, suffering, non-self - by means of the seven observations. To this extent, it is fully understood by full understanding as judgement, which is reckoned as the exploration-knowledge of penetrating the three characteristics. By the drawing away of desire and lust regarding that very mentality-materiality, by one who fully understands through the path of non-returning, it is fully understood by full understanding as abandoning.

"Lust for the five strands of sensual pleasure" means lust originating from the five strands of sensual pleasure is fully understood. Here, however, there are three full understandings: single full understanding, complete full understanding, and root full understanding. What is single full understanding? Whatever monk fully understands the craving for a single flavour at the tongue-door, by that, lust for the five strands of sensual pleasure is fully understood. Why? Because of that very craving arising there. For that very craving, when arisen at the eye-door, is called lust for material form; when arisen at the ear-door and so on, it is lust for sound and so on. Thus, just as when a single thief who kills on five roads is caught on one road and his head is cut off, all five roads become secure, so when craving for flavour at the tongue-door is fully understood, lust for the five strands of sensual pleasure is fully understood. This is called single full understanding.

What is complete full understanding? For in the almsfood placed in the bowl alone, lust for the five strands of sensual pleasure is found. How? First, for one looking at its pure colour, there is lust for material form; when hot ghee is poured on it there, a sizzling sound arises; or for one eating such solid food, a crunching sound arises; for one relishing that, there is lust for sound. For one relishing the odour of cumin and other spices, there is lust for odour; by way of pleasant flavour, there is lust for flavour. For one relishing soft food as having a pleasant touch, there is lust for tangible objects. Thus, when this food is comprehended with mindfulness and full awareness and consumed with consumption free from desire and lust, all that is fully understood. This is called complete full understanding.

What is root full understanding? For edible food is the root of lust for the five strands of sensual pleasure. Why? Because of its arising when that exists. During the danger of Brāhmaṇatissa, it is said, for twelve years there was no such thing as a mind of lustful gazing among wives and husbands. Why? Because of the scarcity of food. But when the danger had subsided, the island of Tambapaṇṇi, a hundred yojanas in extent, was as one festivity with the birth celebrations of children. Thus, when food, which is the root, is fully understood, lust for the five strands of sensual pleasure is fully understood. This is called root full understanding.

"There is no mental fetter" means it does not exist because of being abandoned together with that lust, since they share the same function of abandoning. Thus this teaching is spoken up to the path of non-returning. "But let them not stop with just this much" - by way of these very matter and so on, having developed insight into the five aggregates, it is proper to teach up to arahantship. The first nutriment.

In the second, "skinless" means with the hide stripped from the entire body, from the hooves up to the base of the horns, having the colour of a heap of kiṃsuka flowers. But why was the simile of the skinless cow taken rather than another simile such as an elephant, horse, or ox? For the purpose of illustrating the state of being unable to endure. For a woman is unable to endure and bear arisen painful feeling; just so, to show that contact as nutriment is weak and feeble, he brought a similar simile. "A wall" means any one among stone walls and so on. Creatures dwelling on a wall are spiders, house lizards, mice, and so on. "Dwelling on a tree" means caterpillars, insects, and so on. "Dwelling in water" means fish, crocodiles, and so on. "Dwelling in the open air" means gadflies, mosquitoes, crows, hawks, and so on. "Would eat" means would tear off and eat. She, seeing in each and every place the fear of being eaten by creatures rooted in dependence on that particular place, desires neither honour and respect for herself, nor back-rubbing, body-massaging, or hot water. Just so, a monk, seeing the fear of being eaten by the insects of defilements rooted in contact as nutriment, has no need for contact belonging to the three planes of existence.

"When contact as nutriment, monks, is fully understood" means fully understood with three full understandings. Here too there are three full understandings. Therein, "contact is the aggregate of mental activities, feeling associated with it is the aggregate of feeling, perception is the aggregate of perception, consciousness is the aggregate of consciousness, their sense-bases and objects are the aggregate of matter" - thus the seeing of mentality-materiality with its conditions as it really is, is full understanding by knowing. Having applied the three characteristics right there, the scrutiny beginning with impermanence by means of the seven observations is full understanding as judgement. But the path of arahantship, which is the dragging out of desire and lust regarding that very mentality-materiality, is full understanding by abandoning. "The three feelings" means thus, when contact as nutriment is fully understood with three full understandings, the three feelings are fully understood as well, because they are rooted in it and associated with it. Thus by way of contact as nutriment, the teaching has been spoken up to arahantship. The second nutriment.

In the third, "charcoal pit" means a pit of charcoals. "Pit" (kāsu) is said both of a heap and of a hole.

Here a heap is called "pit" (kāsu).

Here it means a hole. Here too, this very one is intended. "More than a man's height deep" means exceeding a man's height, measuring five ratana. "Without flame, without smoke" - by this he shows its state of great fever. For when there is flame or smoke, wind arises, and the fever is not great; in their absence, because of the absence of wind, the fever is great. "Far away" means it would be far indeed.

"Just so" - here this is the correlation of the simile: For the round of rebirths in the three planes should be seen as like the charcoal pit. The foolish worldling dependent on the round of rebirths is like the man wishing to live. Wholesome and unwholesome action is like the two strong men. The time when they, having seized that man by both arms, drag him towards the charcoal pit, is like the time of the worldling's accumulation of action. For action, while being accumulated, is said to drag along conception. The suffering of the round of rebirths having action as its source should be understood as like the suffering having the charcoal pit as its source.

"Fully understood" means fully understood with three full understandings. But the application of full understanding here should be understood by the method already stated regarding contact. "The three cravings" means these are fully understood: sensual craving, craving for existence, and craving for non-existence. Why? Because mental volition has craving as its root. For when the cause has not been abandoned, the fruit is not abandoned. Thus by way of mental volition as nutriment too, the teaching has been spoken up to arahantship. The third nutriment.

In the fourth, "criminal" means one of evil conduct, a doer of offences. "How is that man" - he asks: that man, of what sort is he, does he sustain himself or does he not sustain himself? "He is still alive, Sire" means just as before, even now he is alive in the same way.

"Just so" - here too this is the correlation of the simile: For the king should be seen as like action; the criminal man is like the foolish worldling dependent on the round of rebirths; the three hundred spears are like rebirth-linking consciousness; the time when the king commanded regarding the criminal man "strike him with three hundred spears" is like the time when the king of action, having seized the worldling dependent on the round of rebirths, casts him into rebirth-linking. Therein, although rebirth-linking consciousness is like the three hundred spears, there is no suffering in the spears themselves, but the suffering is rooted in the wounds struck by the spears. Just so, there is no suffering in rebirth-linking itself, but when rebirth-linking has been given, the resultant suffering in the course of existence is like the suffering rooted in the wounds struck by spears.

"Fully understood" means fully understood by the three full understandings themselves. Here too the application of full understanding should be understood in the same way as stated regarding contact as nutriment. "Mentality-materiality" means mentality-materiality with consciousness as condition. For when consciousness is fully understood, that is simply fully understood, because it is rooted in that and because it arises together with that. Thus, by way of consciousness as nutriment also, the teaching has been spoken up to arahantship. The fourth nutriment. The third.

4.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Presence of Lust

64. In the fourth, "lust" and so on are names for greed itself. For it is called "lust" by way of dyeing, "delight" by way of rejoicing, and "craving" by way of thirsting. "Consciousness is established there and has grown" means having impelled the action, it is both established and grown through the ability to drag in conception. "Where" is a locative referring to the round of rebirths in the three planes, or everywhere this locative refers to each preceding term. "There is growth of activities there" - this was said with reference to activities that are the cause of the future round of rebirths, for one standing in this resultant round of rebirths. "Where there is the production of rebirth in the future" means in whatever state there is the production of rebirth in the future.

"Just so" - here this is the correlation of the simile: For action together with its requisite materials is like the washermen and painters, and the round of rebirths in the three planes is like the boards, walls, and cloth garments. Just as washermen and painters produce a picture on pure boards and so on, just so action together with its requisite materials produces a form in the existences. Therein, just as a picture produced by an unskilled painter is ugly, ill-formed, and disagreeable, just so a certain one performing action does so with consciousness dissociated from knowledge; that action, producing materiality, without giving the achievement of the eye and so on, produces materiality that is discoloured, ill-formed, and disagreeable even to one's mother and father. But just as a picture produced by a skilled painter is handsome, well-formed, and agreeable, just so a certain one performing action does so with consciousness associated with knowledge; that action, producing materiality, having given the achievement of the eye and so on, produces materiality that is of beautiful colour, well-formed, as if adorned and prepared.

And here, having summarised nutriment together with consciousness, there is one connection between nutriment and mentality-materiality; having summarised the resultant process with mentality-materiality, there is one connection between mentality-materiality and activities; and between activities and future existence there is one connection - thus it should be understood.

"A pinnacle building" means a house made having taken a single pinnacle. "A pinnacle hall" means a hall made having taken two pinnacles. "Just so" - here the action of one who has eliminated the mental corruptions should be understood as similar to a sun's ray. But the sun's ray exists; it has become called unestablished only due to the absence of a support. The action of one who has eliminated the mental corruptions is unestablished due to its very nonexistence. For his body and so on exist, but action done by them is not called wholesome-unwholesome; remaining as mere functional activity, it is resultless. Thus his action has become called unestablished due to its very nonexistence. The fourth.

5.

Commentary on the Discourse on the City

65. In the fifth, "when mentality-materiality exists, consciousness exists" - here it might be said "when activities exist, consciousness exists" and "when ignorance exists, activities exist," yet neither of those two was said. Why? Because ignorance and activities belong to the third existence; this insight does not connect with them. Because the Great Man had applied himself by way of the present five-aggregate constituent existence.

But is it not that without ignorance and activities being seen, it is not possible to become a Buddha? True, it is not possible; but by him they were seen by way of existence, clinging, and craving alone. Therefore, just as a man pursuing an iguana, having seen it entered into a burrow, having descended, having dug at the place where it entered, having seized the iguana, would depart, he would not dig the further part - why? Because of the nonexistence of anything there. Thus the Great Man too, like a man pursuing an iguana, seated on the seat of enlightenment, beginning from ageing and death, seeking "this is the condition for this, this is the condition for this," having seen the condition for mental and material phenomena, seeking the condition for that too, saw only consciousness. Then, thinking "this is the extent of the range of exploration by way of five-aggregate constituent existence," he turned back the insight; beyond, like the undug place of an empty burrow, the pair of ignorance and activities exists, but since that had already been grasped below by insight, it does not become separately subject to exploration - thus he did not grasp it.

"Turns back" means returns. But which consciousness here turns back? Both rebirth-linking consciousness and insight consciousness. Therein, rebirth-linking consciousness turns back from the condition, and insight consciousness from the object. Both do not go beyond mentality-materiality, do not go further than mentality-materiality. In "to this extent one may be born" and so on, when consciousness is the condition for mentality-materiality, and when mentality-materiality is the condition for consciousness, when both mutuality conditions are present, by this much one may be born or be reborn. For beyond this what else could be born or be reborn? Is it not this very thing that is born and is reborn?

Having thus shown five terms together with successive death and rebirth-linking, then again conveying the meaning stated by "to this extent," having said "that is to say, with mentality-materiality as condition, consciousness; with consciousness as condition, mentality-materiality," thereafter, in order to show by way of the mode of forward-order dependent conditions, ageing and death in the future rooted in mentality-materiality with consciousness as condition, he said beginning with "with mentality-materiality as condition, the six sense bases."

"Road" is a synonym for path itself. "Having ramparts" means endowed with the rampart structure, which has received the conventional expression "rising up" because of rising up from the water. "Delightful" means delightful due to the achievement of various goods all around the four gates and inside. "Have it built" means having sent a great multitude of people, have them settle there. "Might have it built" means might have it settled. And in having it built, first having sent eighteen crores of people and having asked "Is it full?" when it was said "Not yet full," he would send another five families. Having asked again, when it was said "Not yet full," he would send another fifty-five families. Having asked again, when it was said "Not yet full," he would send another thirty families. Having asked again, when it was said "Not yet full," he would send another thousand families. Having asked again, when it was said "Not yet full," he would send another eleven myriads of families. Having asked again, when it was said "Not yet full," he would send another eighty-four thousand families. When again asked "Is it full?" "Great king, what do you say? The city is great and unconfined; by this method, having sent families, it is not possible to fill it. Rather, having had a drum circulated, 'Our city is endowed with this and this achievement; those who wish to dwell there, let them go as they please; they will receive this and this privilege' - have the praise of the city and the gaining of privileges for the people proclaimed" - thus he would say. He would do so. Then people, having heard the virtues of the city and the gaining of privileges, having assembled from all directions, would fill the city. That city at a later time would be successful and prosperous. With reference to that, it was said beginning with "that city at a later time would be successful and prosperous."

Therein, "successful" means prosperous, having plenty of food. "Prosperous" means flourishing with all achievements. "Belonging to the public" means to be known by many, or for the welfare of many people. "Bahujana" is also a reading. "Crowded with people" means crowded with people, continuously filled. "Having attained growth and expansion" means having attained growth and having attained expansion, having reached the foremost state and the extensive state; the meaning is that it became the chief city in the ten-thousand world-systems.

"Just so" - here this is the correlation of the simile: For the Great Man fulfilling the perfections beginning from the feet of Dīpaṅkara should be seen as like the man roaming in the forest wilds; just as that man's seeing of the path followed by people of former times, so is the Great Being's seeing of the eightfold insight path in the preliminary stage while gradually seated on the seat of enlightenment; just as the man's seeing of the highway at a later stage while following that footpath, so is the Great Being's seeing of the supramundane path while insight was being practised at the higher level; just as the man's seeing of the city ahead while going by that very path, so is the Tathāgata's seeing of the city of Nibbāna. But here the outer city was seen by one person and made into a human habitation by another; the city of Nibbāna the Teacher himself saw and himself made his habitation. Just as the time of that man's seeing of the four gates is like the time of the Tathāgata's seeing of the four paths; just as the time of his entering the city through the four gates is like the time of the Tathāgata's entering Nibbāna through the four paths; just as the time of his defining the goods inside the city is like the time of the Tathāgata's defining more than fifty wholesome mental states by means of reviewing knowledge. Just as the time of searching for families for the purpose of making the city inhabited is like the time of the Teacher's surveying beings amenable to instruction after emerging from the fruition attainment; just as the time of the king who was requested by that man seeing one great householder is like the time of the Blessed One who was requested by the Great Brahmā seeing the Elder Aññāsikoṇḍañña; just as the time of the king having summoned the great householder and sent him saying "Take up residence in the city" is like the time of the Blessed One having gone the eighteen-yojana road on one afternoon, having entered Isipatana at Bārāṇasī on the full-moon day of Āsāḷha, having made the elder a bodily witness, and taught the Teaching; just as the time of the great householder having taken eighteen crores of men and inhabited the city is like the time of the elder becoming established in the fruition of stream-entry together with eighteen crores of brahmā gods when the wheel of the Teaching was set in motion by the Tathāgata; thus the city of Nibbāna was first inhabited. Then, just as having asked "Is the city full?" and when told "Not yet," beginning with five families up to the sending of eighty-four thousand families, so is the time of the Tathāgata, beginning from the fifth day, having taught the Anattalakkhaṇa Sutta and other discourses, beginning with the group of five, the fifty-five sons of good family headed by Yasa, the thirty of the Bhaddavaggiya group, the thousand former matted-hair ascetics, the eleven myriads of men headed by Bimbisāra, and the eighty-four thousand at the thanksgiving for those outside the walls - having brought down this many people into the noble path and sent them to the city of Nibbāna. Then, just as when the city was not being filled by that method, having had the drum circulated, the proclamation of the city's excellence and the proclamation of the benefits to be gained by the families, so is the proclamation by the Dhamma preachers, sitting here and there on the eight days of the month, of the excellence of Nibbāna and the benefit of crossing over the wilderness of birth and so on for those who have attained Nibbāna. Then, just as the coming together of people to the city having come from all directions, so should be seen the coming together to Nibbāna of immeasurable sons of good family who, having heard the talk on the Teaching here and there, having gone forth from here and there, beginning with the going forth, have undertaken the conforming practice.

"Ancient path" means the noble eightfold path. For this noble path is called "the unarisen path" in the Pavāraṇa Sutta in the sense of not occurring, and "the ancient path" in this discourse in the sense of not being trodden. "Holy life" means the entire Dispensation included in the threefold training. "Successful" means prosperous, having plenty of food, by means of the enjoyment of meditative absorption. "Prosperous" means flourishing with the ornaments of direct knowledge. "Widespread" means extended. "Known to many" means to be cognised by many people. "Well proclaimed among gods and humans" means as far as there is a delimitation by gods and humans in the ten-thousand world-systems, within this interval it is well proclaimed, well taught by the Tathāgata. The fifth.

6.

Commentary on the Discourse on Exploration

66. In the sixth, "he addressed" - why did he address them? Because a subtle teaching of the Teaching, struck by the three characteristics, presented itself to him. In that province, it is said, the people were with root and wise. The foods there, it is said, are smooth and nourishing; the wisdom of the people who consume them grows, and they are able to penetrate a profound talk on the Teaching struck by the three characteristics. For that very reason the Blessed One spoke there itself in the Dīgha and Majjhima the Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna, the Mahānidāna, the Āneñjasappāya, in the Saṃyutta the Cūḷanidāna and other discourses, and other such profound discourses. "Sammasatha no" means "sammasatha nu" (do you meditate?). "Inner meditation" means the inner exploration of conditions. "That monk did not satisfy the Blessed One's mind" means that, not having answered in the way the Blessed One wished him to answer by way of the mode of dependent conditions, but answering by way of the thirty-two aspects, he was not able to grasp the disposition.

"He said this" means the teaching had not reached its conclusion according to the sequence of connection; for the purpose of the teaching reaching its conclusion according to the sequence of connection, he said this. "Then, Ānanda, listen" - this is an unbroken phrase in the word of the Buddha in the three Canons. For elsewhere such a statement does not exist. "Having clinging as its source" means having the clinging of the aggregates as its source. Here the fivefold group of aggregates is intended by "clinging." "Arises" (uppajjati) means is born. "Settles" (nivisati) means becomes established by way of occurring again and again.

"Whatever in the world has a dear nature and a pleasant nature" (yaṃ kho loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ) means whatever in the world has a dear intrinsic nature and a sweet intrinsic nature. In the passage beginning with "the eye in the world": beings who are attached through selfish attachment to the eye and so on in the world, established in success, imagine their own eye - with its five kinds of sensitive matter bright in accordance with the grasping of signs in mirrors and so on - to be like a jewelled lion-lattice window opened in a golden mansion; they imagine the ear to be like a silver tube, like a waist-band string; they imagine the nose, which has acquired the conventional expression "high-nosed," to be like a roll of yellow orpiment shaped and placed; they imagine the tongue to be like a layer of red woollen blanket, soft, smooth, and sweet-flavour-giving; they imagine the body to be like a young sal tree, like a golden archway; they imagine the mind to be lofty, incomparable with the mind of others.

"They saw it as permanent" (niccato addakkhuṃ) means they saw it as permanent. The same method applies to the remaining terms as well. "They were not released from suffering" means they were not released even from the entire suffering of the round of rebirths. "They will see" (dakkhissanti) means they will see (passissanti). "Drinking bowl" (āpānīyakaṃsa) is the name for a drinking vessel. But because here they drink water, therefore it is called "āpānīya" (for drinking). "Āpānīya" (for drinking) and that is a "kaṃsa" (bowl) - thus "āpānīyakaṃsa" (drinking bowl). This is the name for a drinking vessel for the cream of liquor. But because of the statement beginning with "endowed with colour," it is the beverage standing in the bowl itself that is thus spoken of. "Overcome by heat" (ghammābhitatta) means scorched by heat. "Afflicted by heat" (ghammapareta) means touched by heat; the meaning is "followed by." "As you drink it, it will be agreeable to you" means that beverage will be pleasing to the one drinking it through its accomplishment of colour and so on, or it will remain pervading the entire body and producing satisfaction. "Without reflecting" (appaṭisaṅkhā) means without having considered.

"Just so" - here this is the correlation of the simile: For the object that has a dear nature and a pleasant nature in the world should be seen as like the drinking bowl; the worldling dependent on the round of rebirths is like the man overcome by heat; the people who invite with the object that has a dear nature and a pleasant nature in the world are like the man who invites with the drinking bowl; the good friend such as the teacher and preceptor and so on is like the man at the drinking hall who reports the achievement and the danger of the drinking bowl. For just as the man whom he has consulted reports the quality and the danger of the drinking bowl, just so the teacher or the preceptor speaks to the monk about the gratification and the escape regarding the five types of sensual pleasure.

Therein, just as when the quality and the danger of the drinking bowl have been reported, that man, with impulse arisen due to the very accomplishment of dear colour and so on, thinking "If death will come, I shall find out later," hastily, without reflecting, having drunk it, undergoes death or suffering like death, just so, a monk - when the teachers and preceptors have spoken thus about the benefit and the danger: "Regarding the five types of sensual pleasure, the gratification is merely the pleasure arisen by way of seeing and so on; the danger, however, pertaining to the present life and the future life, is much and of many kinds; sensual pleasures are of little enjoyment, of much suffering, of much anguish" - even though exhorted thus: "Proceed with the ascetic practice, be one with guarded doors in the sense faculties, knowing moderation in food, devoted to wakefulness" - because of the state of having a mind bound by gratification, thinking "If the danger of the kind described will come, I shall find out later," having disparaged the teachers and preceptors, having abandoned the recitation, interrogation and so on, as well as the duty and practice, speaking worldly talk about material gains, through the desire to enjoy sensual pleasures, he rejects the training and returns to the lower life. Then, fulfilling misconduct, at the time of housebreaking and so on, having been seized as "This is a thief," shown to the king, right here having undergone the cutting off of hands, feet and so on, in the future state he experiences great suffering in the four realms of misery.

"To dispel with water" means to remove with cool water. "With whey" means with merely the cream of curds. "With salted gruel" means with flour-drink mixed with salt. "With sour vinegar" means having put in all kinds of grain, fruit, young shoots and so on, they make what is called sour vinegar; with that.

But here the correlation of the simile is: The practitioner of meditation at the time of being dependent on the round of rebirths should be seen as like the man overcome by heat; just as that man's dispelling of thirst by reflecting and abandoning the drinking bowl and using water and so on, so is the monk's achievement of the fruition of arahantship while standing firm in the exhortation of the teachers and preceptors, comprehending the six doors and so on, and gradually developing insight; for the four paths are like the four beverages beginning with water; just as having drunk one of those and having dispelled the thirst for liquor, the happy man's going wherever he wishes, so should be understood the time of going of one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, having drunk the beverage of the four paths, having dispelled craving, to the direction of Nibbāna never gone to before. The sixth.

7.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Sheaf of Reeds

67. In the seventh, "Now what, friend" - why does he ask? "If thus asked, how indeed would he answer?" For the purpose of knowing the elder's disposition. Moreover, he also asks so that monks in the future would know that in the past the two chief disciples investigated this question. "Just now we" - this the elder said because it was stated that consciousness is the condition for that mentality-materiality, and that very mentality-materiality was stated as the condition for consciousness. "Bundles of reeds" - here, however, without bringing a simile by way of iron bundles and so on, this simile was brought for the purpose of showing the weak and feeble nature of consciousness and mentality-materiality.

"Cessation comes to be" - in this much of the passage, the teaching has been spoken by way of conditionally arisen five-aggregate constituent existence. "On thirty-six grounds" means by thirty-six reasons, by way of three each in each of the twelve terms answered above. And here, the first is the quality of a preacher of the Teaching, the second is the practice, the third is the fruit of practice. Therein, by the first method, the achievement of the teaching was spoken of; by the second, the trainee's plane; by the third, the plane of one beyond training. The seventh.

8.

Commentary on the Discourse at Kosambī

68. In the eighth, "apart from" - for a certain person, having believed another, whatever he says, he takes that as factual. For another, having sat down and reflected, whatever reason is pleasing to him, he takes it as "there is this" by personal preference. One person takes it by oral tradition thus: "From a long time ago there has been such an oral tradition; this is factual." For another who is reflecting, one reason presents itself to him; he takes it as "there is this" by reflection on appearances. For another who is thinking, one view arises, by which, for him pondering that reason, it is acceptable; he takes it as "there is this" by acceptance of a view after pondering it. But the elder monk, having rejected all five of these reasons, asking about the state of having penetrated by knowledge of direct experience, said beginning with "Apart from faith, friend Musila." Therein, "apart from" means having set aside the reasons beginning with faith; the meaning is without those reasons. "The cessation of existence is Nibbāna" means the cessation of the five aggregates is Nibbāna.

"Remained silent" means the elder monk was one who had eliminated the mental corruptions; but without saying either "I am one who has eliminated the mental corruptions" or "I am not," he just remained silent. "The Venerable Nārada said this to the Venerable Paviṭṭha" - why did he say this? It is said that he thought - "The question 'the cessation of existence is Nibbāna' is one that should be known even by trainees; but this elder monk is treating this elder monk as being on the plane of one beyond training. I shall make this state known" - thus he said this.

"Well seen with right wisdom" means well seen with path wisdom together with insight. "Yet I am not a Worthy One" indicates that because of being established on the path of non-returning, he is not a Worthy One. But whatever knowledge he now has that "the cessation of existence is Nibbāna," that is reviewing knowledge distinct from the nineteen reviewing knowledges. "A well" means a drinking-water well twenty or thirty cubits deep. "A water jar" means a jar for drawing up water. "He would have the knowledge 'water'" means for one standing on the bank and looking, such knowledge would arise. "But he would not be able to touch it with his body" means he would not be able to draw out the water and touch it with his body and dwell. For the non-returner's seeing of Nibbāna is like the seeing of water in the well; the non-returner is like the man overcome by heat; the path of arahantship is like the water jar; just as the man overcome by heat sees water in the well. Thus the non-returner knows by reviewing knowledge that "above there exists what is called the time of the fruition of arahantship." But just as that man, due to the absence of a water jar, does not obtain to draw out the water and touch it with his body, so the non-returner, due to the absence of the path of arahantship, does not obtain to sit down having made Nibbāna the object and having attained the fruition attainment of arahantship. The eighth.

9.

Commentary on the Discourse on Involvement

69. In the ninth, "rising" means going upwards at the time of the water's increase. "Great rivers" means great streams such as the Ganges, the Yamunā, and so on. "Causes to rise" means makes go upwards, increases and fills - this is the meaning. "Ignorance rising" means ignorance going upwards, being able to become a condition for activities. "Causes activities to rise" means makes activities go upwards, increases them. Thus the meaning should be understood in all terms. "Receding" means going away, withdrawing. "Ignorance receding" means ignorance going away, withdrawing, not being able to become a condition for activities any further - this is the meaning. "Causes activities to recede" means makes activities go away. This same method applies in all terms. The ninth.

10.

Commentary on the Susīma Discourse

70. In the tenth, "respected" means respected by all gods and humans with the mind, like a stone umbrella. "Revered" means held dear with esteem. "Venerated" means venerated with the offering of the four requisites. "Esteemed" means esteemed by the making of humble conduct. For having seen the Teacher, people descend from elephant backs and so on, give way on the road, remove their cloth from the shoulder, rise from their seats, and pay homage. Thus he is called esteemed by them. "Susīma" means a wise wandering ascetic so named, skilled in the branches of the Vedas. "Come, you" - it is said that this occurred to them: "The ascetic Gotama has not attained the highest gain on account of birth, clan, and so on; rather, he is the foremost poet who, through supreme poetic skill, having composed texts and given them to his disciples, they, having learnt them, speak to their attendants such things as seated talks, thanksgivings, and melodic recitals, and so on; those, being pleased with them, bring offerings. If we were to know a little of what the ascetic Gotama knows, having inserted our own doctrine into it, we too could speak to our attendants, and thereby we would become greater gainers than these. Who indeed, having gone forth in the presence of the ascetic Gotama, would be able to learn quickly?" Having thought thus, having seen that "Susīma is competent," they approached him and said thus.

"He approached the Venerable Ānanda" - why did he approach? For thus it occurred to him: "To whose presence, having gone, shall I be able to obtain this Teaching quickly?" Then he thought - "The ascetic Gotama is venerable, abundant in radiance, devoted to his procedure; it is not possible to approach him at an improper time. Many others too, warriors and so on, approach the ascetic Gotama; at that time too it is not possible to approach. And among his disciples, Sāriputta of great wisdom was established in the foremost position in the characteristic of insight; Mahāmoggallāna was established in the foremost position in the characteristic of concentration; Mahākassapa among the observers of ascetic practices; Anuruddha among those with the divine eye; Puṇṇa, son of Mantāṇī, among the Dhamma preachers; the Elder Upāli was established in the foremost position among the experts in monastic discipline. But this Ānanda is very learned, a bearer of the Triple Canon; and the Teaching spoken by the Teacher here and there, he brings and speaks of it; he was established in the foremost position in five respects, an obtainer of eight boons, endowed with four wonderful and marvellous qualities. Having gone near him, I shall be able to obtain the Teaching quickly." Therefore he approached the Venerable Ānanda.

"He approached the Blessed One" - why did he approach without giving the going forth himself? For thus it occurred to him - "This one, in the time of the sectarians, goes about as a separate one, claiming 'I am a Teacher'; having gone forth, he might even strive for the loss of the Dispensation. But I do not understand his disposition; the Teacher will know." Therefore, having taken him, he approached the Blessed One. "Then, Ānanda, give Susīma the going forth" - it is said that the Teacher thought: "This wandering ascetic goes about in the time of the sectarians, claiming 'I am a separate Teacher'; it is said he says 'I wish to live the holy life of the path here.' Is he pleased with me, or with my disciples, or is he pleased with the Teaching talk of me or of my disciples?" Then, having known the absence of confidence in him in even a single respect, "This one goes forth thinking 'I shall steal the Teaching in my Dispensation.' Thus his coming is impure. But what kind will be the result?" Looking, having known "Although he goes forth thinking 'I shall steal the Teaching,' yet in just a few days, having striven, he will attain arahantship," he said "Then, Ānanda, give Susīma the going forth."

"Final liberating knowledge had been declared" means those monks, it is said, having taken a meditation subject in the presence of the Teacher, dwelling for the three-month rains retreat, striving and endeavouring within that very three-month period, attained arahantship. They, thinking "We shall report the quality attained to the Teacher," having performed the invitation ceremony, having set in order their lodgings, having come to the presence of the Teacher, reported the quality they had attained. With reference to that, this was said. "Final liberating knowledge" is the name for arahantship. "Declared" means reported. "Heard" means he, it is said, with ears inclined, went to the place where those various monks were standing, wishing to hear those various talks. "He approached those monks" - why did he approach? It is said that, having heard that news, this occurred to him: "This so-called final liberating knowledge is, methinks, the supreme, immeasurable, essential closed fist of a teacher in this Dispensation; having asked about it, I shall know it." Therefore he approached.

"Various kinds" means of many kinds. "Kinds of supernormal power" means portions of supernormal power. "Appearing, vanishing" - he asks: are you able to take on appearing and make it vanishing, and to take on vanishing and make it appearing? "Through walls" means through others' walls. The same method applies to the other two terms as well. "Diving in and out" means emerging and diving. "Cross-legged" means by the binding of the cross-legged posture. "You travel" - he asks: are you able to sit down or to go? "A winged bird" means a bird endowed with wings. This is the summary here; but in detail, the method of explanation of this kind of supernormal power, and of the divine ear and so on beyond this, should be understood according to the method stated in the Visuddhimagga.

"Peaceful deliverances" means immaterial deliverances that are peaceful by the tranquillity of factors and by the tranquillity of the object. "Having touched with the body" means having touched with the mental body, having obtained. "We are liberated by wisdom, friend" shows: friend, we are ponderers, dry insight practitioners, liberated by wisdom alone. "Whether you understand or whether you do not understand, friend Susīma" - why did they say thus? Thus indeed it occurred to them: "We shall not be able to speak having grasped this one's disposition, but having asked the one of ten powers, he will become free from uncertainty." "Knowledge of the stability of phenomena" means insight knowledge; that arises first. "Knowledge of Nibbāna" means path knowledge that occurs while insight is being practised; that arises afterwards. Therefore the Blessed One said thus.

Why was "whether you understand or" and so on said? For the purpose of showing the arising of knowledge thus even without concentration. For this is what is meant - Susīma, neither the path nor the fruit is the outcome of concentration, nor the benefit of concentration, nor the accomplishment of concentration; but this is the outcome of insight, the benefit of insight, the accomplishment of insight; therefore, whether you understand or whether you do not understand, first comes knowledge of the stability of phenomena, afterwards knowledge of Nibbāna.

Now, having known his fitness for penetration, teaching the Teaching by way of the three rounds, he said "What do you think, Susīma? Is materiality permanent or impermanent?" and so on. At the conclusion of the teaching by way of the rounds, however, the elder monk attained arahantship. Now, putting the question to him, he said beginning with "Do you see, Susīma, 'Birth is the condition for ageing and death'?" "But do you, Susīma" - why did he begin this? For the purpose of making known the monks who are ponderers, dry insight practitioners. For this is the intention here: Not only you alone are a ponderer, a dry insight practitioner, but these monks too are of just such a nature. The remainder is obvious everywhere. The tenth.

The Great Chapter is seventh.

8.

The Chapter on Ascetics and Brahmins

1.

Commentary on the Discourse on Ageing and Death and Others

71-72. In the Ascetics and Brahmins Chapter, eleven discourses were spoken, making one each by way of one term each among ageing and death and so on; those are of manifest meaning.

The Chapter on Ascetics and Brahmins is eighth.

9.

Consecutive Repetitions

1.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Teacher and Others

73. From here onwards, there are twelve intermediate abbreviation chapters proceeding in the manner beginning with "a teacher should be sought." All of those were spoken according to the disposition of persons accessible to instruction who awaken in such and such ways. Therein, "teacher" means whether it be a Buddha or a disciple, in dependence on whom one obtains path knowledge, this one is called a teacher; he should be sought. "Training is to be observed" means the threefold training is to be done. Among exertion and so on, "exertion" means practice. "Desire" means the desire to act, a wholesome desire. "Enthusiasm" means exceeding energy that endures all. "Unremitting" means non-turning back. "Ardour" means precisely the energy that scorches the mental defilements. "Perseverance" means constant action. "Mindfulness" means mindfulness that comprehends the four truths by way of ageing and death and so on. "Full awareness" means knowledge of just such a kind. "Diligence" means diligence in the development of the truths. The remainder is clear everywhere.

The Intermediate Repetition is ninth.

The commentary on the Nidāna Connected Discourses is concluded.

2.

Connected Discourses on Full Realization

1.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Fingertip

74. In the first discourse of the Abhisamayasaṃyutta, "on his fingernail" means at the tip of the nail, freed from the place of flesh. The fingernail tip of worldly persons can be large, but the Teacher's was subtle, like the tip of a red waterlily petal. But how did the soil remain established here? By the power of determination. For it was established there by the power of determination by the Blessed One who wished to make the meaning known. "A hundredth fraction" means having divided the soil of the great earth into a hundred portions, one portion from that. In the remaining cases too, the same method applies. "One who has fully realised" means of one who stands having fully realised the noble truths by wisdom. "Compared with the former mass of suffering that has been exhausted and consumed" means comparing with the mass of suffering first stated thus: "this indeed is more suffering, that is to say, what has been exhausted" - the meaning is that by knowledge, having placed that near to it, it is being examined. But which here is called the former suffering? That which has been exhausted. But what has been exhausted? That which would arise because of the non-development of the first path. But compared with what? Whatever would arise in the seven individual existences, beginning with the eighth conception in the realm of misery, and anywhere whatsoever - all that should be understood as exhausted. "Seven times" means seven occasions, the meaning is in seven individual existences. "At the utmost" shows that this is the highest measure for him. "Of great benefit" means producing great benefit. The first.

2.

Commentary on the Pond Discourse

75. In the second, "pond" means a reservoir. "In depth" means in deepness. "Filled to the brim" means level with the rim. "So that a crow could drink from it" means it is possible for a crow standing on the bank to drink by merely lowering its beak. The second.

3.

Commentary on the Confluence of Waters Discourse and Others

76-77. In the third, "where these" means these in whatever place of confluence. "Flow together" means having met together, they flow. "Meet" means they come together. "Two or" with "or" means two or three. "Drops of water" means water drops. "Water at the confluence" means water at the place where it is mixed together with other rivers. The fourth is of clear meaning only. The third and fourth.

5.

Commentary on the Earth Discourse and Others

78-84. In the fifth, "of the great earth" means having extracted from the great earth within the world-circle. "The size of jujube stones" means the measure of board-seeds. "Balls" means clay balls. "Would place down" means would place in one spot. In the sixth and so on, the meaning should be understood by the very method already stated. But at the conclusion, "the achievement of heterodox ascetics, brahmins, and wandering ascetics" means the entire achievement of virtues by outsiders does not amount to even a hundredth fraction, a thousandth fraction, or a hundred-thousandth fraction of the virtues achieved by the first path. The fifth and so on.

The commentary on the Abhisamaya Connected Discourses is concluded.

3.

Connected Discourses on Elements

1.

The Chapter on Diversity

1. Commentary on the Diversity of Elements Discourse

85. In the first discourse of the Dhātusaṃyutta, "diversity of elements" is the different intrinsic natures of phenomena that have obtained the name "element" by the intrinsic nature reckoned as the meaning of soullessness and the meaning of emptiness. Regarding "eye-element" and so on: eye-sensitivity is the eye-element, visual object is the material element, consciousness founded on eye-sensitivity is the eye-consciousness element. Ear-sensitivity is the ear-element, sound as object is the sound element, consciousness founded on ear-sensitivity is the ear-consciousness element. Nose-sensitivity is the nose element, odour as object is the odour element, consciousness founded on nose-sensitivity is the nose-consciousness element. Tongue-sensitivity is the tongue-element, flavour as object is the flavour element, consciousness founded on tongue-sensitivity is the tongue-consciousness element. Body-sensitivity is the body element, tangible object as object is the touch element, consciousness founded on body-sensitivity is the body-consciousness element. The three mind-elements are the mind-element, the three aggregates beginning with feeling, subtle matter, and Nibbāna are the element of phenomena, and all mind-consciousness is the mind-consciousness element. And here, sixteen elements are of the sensual sphere, and the two at the end are of the four planes. The first.

2.

Commentary on the Diversity of Contact Discourse

86. In the second, "diversity of contact arises" means contact of different intrinsic natures arises. Therein, eye-contact and so on are associated with eye-consciousness and so on, while mind-contact is associated with the first impulsion at the mind-door, therefore. "Dependent on the mind-element" means dependent on the mind-door adverting consciousness, the functional mind-consciousness element, the contact of the first impulsion arises - this is the meaning here. The second.

3.

Commentary on the Not from Diversity of Contact Discourse

87. In the third, "not dependent on mind-contact does the mind-element arise" - the meaning should be understood thus: dependent on the contact associated with the first impulsion at the mind-door, the adverting functional mind-consciousness element does not arise. The third.

4.

Commentary on the Diversity of Feeling Discourse

88. In the fourth, "feeling born of eye-contact" - beginning from the receiving mind-element, all feelings at that door would operate; but for the purpose of ease of production, it is said that it is proper to take only the immediately following receiving-feeling. "Dependent on mind-contact" - the meaning here is: dependent on the adverting-contact at the mind-door, the first impulsion-feeling arises; dependent on the first impulsion-contact, the second impulsion-feeling arises. The fourth.

5.

Commentary on the Second Diversity of Feeling Discourse

89. In the fifth, it was taught by combining together just the methods stated in the third and fourth. Thus, in the four discourses beginning with the second, without taking the mind-element as "mind-element," the mind-door adverting consciousness was taken as "mind-element." All of these were taught according to the disposition of those who awaken when spoken of in such and such ways. The same method applies to the subsequent ones from here as well. The fifth.

6.

Commentary on the Diversity of External Elements Discourse

90. In the sixth, however, five elements are of the sensual sphere, and the element of phenomena is of the four planes. The sixth.

7.

Commentary on the Diversity of Perception Discourse

91. In the seventh, "material element" means a visual object that has fallen within the range, having as its basis a cloth, wrapping, and so on, whether of oneself or of another. "Perception of material form" means perception associated with eye-consciousness. "Thought of material form" means thought associated with the three types of consciousness beginning with receiving. "Desire for material form" means desire in the sense of making desirable with regard to material form. "Fever for material form" means fever in the sense of burning with regard to material form. "Quest for material form" means when fever has arisen, having taken a friend seen in person, the quest for the purpose of obtaining that material form. And here, perception, thought, and desire are obtained in a single impulsion process as well as in different impulsion processes, but fever and quest are obtained only in different impulsion processes. "Thus indeed, monks, diversity of elements" - and here the meaning should be understood by this method: dependent on an element of diverse intrinsic nature such as material form and so on, perception of diverse intrinsic nature such as perception of material form and so on arises. The seventh.

8.

Commentary on the Not from Diversity of Quest Discourse

92. In the eighth, "not dependent on quest for mental phenomena does fever for mental phenomena arise" - thus transmitted, it is merely a difference of prohibition. The eighth.

9.

Commentary on the Diversity of External Contact Discourse and Others

93-94. In the ninth, "perception of material form arises" means perception arises by way of the aforementioned object. "Thought of material form" means thought associated with three types of consciousness by way of that very object. "Contact with material form" means contact touching that very object. "Feeling" means feeling experiencing that very object. Desire and so on are just as the method stated. "Gain of material form" means the object obtained after seeking, together with craving, is stated as "gain of material form." This, for now, is the all-inclusive method stated by way of the arising of all mental states in a single object. Another is mixed with a visiting object - Perception of material form, thought of material form, contact, and feeling - these four mental states, to begin with, occur with a constant object in habitual enjoyment. For a constant object appears as something desirable, lovely, agreeable, and dear, but a visiting object, even being something, stands having agitated.

Herein is this story - It is said that a certain minister's son, surrounded by villagers, standing in the middle of the village, was doing work. And at that time his female lay follower, having gone to the river, having bathed, adorned and prepared, surrounded by a group of nurses, was going home. He, having seen from afar, having generated the perception "She must be a visiting woman," sent a man saying "Go, my good man, find out who she is." He, having gone and having seen her, returned, and when asked "Who is she?" reported according to her inherent nature. Thus a visiting object agitates. The desire arisen regarding that is called desire for material form; the fever arisen having made that very thing the object is called fever for material form; the quest for that, having taken companions, is called quest for material form; the object obtained after seeking, together with craving, is called gain of material form.

But the Elder Cūḷatissa, dwelling at Uruvallī, said - "Although contact and feeling were taken by the Blessed One in the middle of the Pāḷi text, but having rearranged the Pāḷi text, perception arisen by way of the aforementioned object is perception of material form; thought regarding that very object is thought of material form; desire regarding that is desire for material form; fever regarding that is fever for material form; quest regarding that is quest for material form; the object obtained after seeking, together with craving, is gain of material form. But the touching of the thus-obtained object is contact; the experiencing is feeling. 'Contact with material form' and 'feeling born of contact with material form' - this dyad is obtained." Furthermore, they take what is called the obscure object section. For the object is either fenced by screen walls or concealed by grass, leaves, and so on; for one looking at that thinking "I have seen my object only half; I shall see it well," the perception arisen regarding that object is called perception of material form. Thought and so on arisen regarding that very object should be understood as called thought of material form and so on. And here too, perception, thought, contact, feeling, and desire are obtained in a single impulsion process as well as in different impulsion processes, but fever, quest, and gain are obtained only in different impulsion processes. The tenth is clear in itself. The ninth and tenth.

The Chapter on Diversity is first.

2.

The Second Chapter

1.

Commentary on the Seven Elements Discourse

95. In the first discourse of the second chapter, "the element of radiance" means the element of light. "Of light too, having done the preliminary work on the light circular meditation object, of the arisen meditative absorption too" - this is the name for the meditative absorption together with its object. "The element of beauty" means just the meditative absorption together with its object, by virtue of the meditative absorption arisen on the beauty circular meditation object. The plane of infinite space itself is the element of the plane of infinite space. The cessation of perception and feeling itself is the element of the cessation of perception and feeling. Thus the Blessed One concluded the teaching giving opportunity to a monk skilled in connection who, having sat down there, wished to ask a question.

"Dependent on darkness" - for darkness is defined by light, and light too by darkness. For by darkness it becomes obvious. Therefore he said "it is discerned dependent on darkness." "Dependent on foulness" - here too the same method applies. For foulness is defined by beauty, and beauty by foulness; when there is foulness, beauty is discerned, therefore he spoke thus. "Dependent on materiality" means dependent on the fine-material-sphere attainment. For when there is the fine-material-sphere attainment, there is what is called the attainment of the plane of infinite space, or the transcendence of materiality, therefore he spoke thus. In the element of the plane of infinite consciousness and so on too, the same method applies. "Dependent on cessation" means dependent on the non-continuance through reflection of the four aggregates. For dependent on the cessation of the aggregates, what is called the attainment of cessation is discerned, not dependent on the continuance of the aggregates, therefore he spoke thus. And here, the cessation of the four aggregates itself should be understood as the attainment of cessation.

"How are the attainments to be attained" means how are the attainments, having become what kind of attainments, to be attained? "To be attained as attainments with perception" means they are to be attained having become attainments with perception by name, due to the presence of perception. "To be attained as an attainment with a residue of activities" means it is to be attained having become an attainment with a residue of activities by name, due to the remaining of subtle activities. "To be attained as the attainment of cessation" - the meaning is that cessation itself being the attainment of cessation, it is to be attained having become the attainment of cessation by name. The first.

2.

Commentary on the Discourse on Source

96. In the second, "with a source" - this is a neuter form of the abstract noun; the meaning is that it arises having a source, having a condition. "Dependent on the sensual element, monks" - here sensual thought too is the sensual element, as well as sensual-sphere phenomena, and in particular all unwholesome states too. As he said -

"Therein, what is the sensual element? Reasoning connected with sensuality, applied thought, thought, absorption, full absorption, directing of mind, wrong thought - this is called the sensual element. From below, making the Avīci hell the limit, from above, including the gods who control what is created by others, whatever in this interval are the aggregates, elements, and sense bases that frequent here and are included here - materiality, feeling, perception, activities, consciousness - this is called the sensual element. All unwholesome mental states too are the sensual element."

Here there are two discussions: the all-inclusive and the unmixed. How? Because by the taking up of the sensual element, the element of anger and the violence element are also taken up - this is the all-inclusive. But because those two elements have come separately, the remaining mental states are the sensual element - this is the unmixed discussion. This one should be taken here. Dependent on this sensual element by way of object or by way of association, what is called perception of sensuality arises. "Dependent on perception of sensuality" - but dependent on perception of sensuality by way of association or by way of decisive support, what is called thought of sensuality arises. By this method the meaning should be understood in all terms. "On three grounds" means for three reasons. "Proceeds wrongly" means he proceeds by a practice that is not in accordance with reality, a practice not leading to liberation.

"The element of anger, monks" - here thought of anger too is the element of anger, as well as anger itself. As he said -

"Therein, what is the element of anger? Reasoning connected with anger, applied thought, etc. This is called the element of anger. Regarding the ten grounds of resentment, resentment of the mind, opposition, irritation, fury, etc. Displeasure of the mind - this is called the element of anger."

Dependent on this element of anger by way of conascence condition and so on, what is called perception of anger arises. The remainder should be understood by the former method.

"The violence element, monks" - here thought of violence too is the violence element, as well as violence itself. As he said -

"Therein, what is the violence element? Reasoning connected with violence, applied thought, etc. This is called the violence element. Here a certain one harasses beings with the hand or with a clod or with a stick or with a knife or with a rope or with some other thing. Whatever such harassing, vexing, hurting, injuring, angering, injuring others - this is called the violence element."

Dependent on this violence element by way of conascence condition and so on, there arises what is called perception of violence. The remainder here too should be understood by the former method.

"Grass thicket" means in a forest thick with grass. "Calamity and disaster" means decline and destruction. "Just so" - here the dry grass thicket should be seen as like the object, the unwholesome perceptions as like the grass torch, and these beings as like the creatures dependent on grass and wood. Just as when one does not quickly strive to extinguish a grass torch placed in a dry grass thicket, those creatures reach calamity and disaster. Just so, whatever ascetics or brahmins do not abandon an arisen unwholesome perception by suppression, substitution of opposites, and eradication abandonings, they dwell in suffering.

"Gone to unrighteousness" means unwholesome perception accompanied by the unrighteousness of lust and so on. "Does not quickly abandon" means does not quickly abandon by way of suppression and so on. "Does not dispel" means does not drive out. "Does not put an end to" means not leaving even so much as a fragment remaining, does not make it gone to its end. "Does not bring to obliteration" means does not make it undergo obliteration. Thus in all terms the "na" - particle should be brought in. "To be expected" means should be expected, should be desired.

"The renunciation element, monks" - here the thought of renunciation too is the renunciation element, and also all wholesome mental states. As he said -

"Therein, what is the renunciation element? Reasoning connected with renunciation, applied thought, etc. right thought - this is called the renunciation element."

Here too the discussion is twofold. For by the inclusion of the renunciation element, the other two elements also come to be included, because they are included among wholesome mental states - this is the all-inclusive. But since those elements are to be explained separately, setting those aside, the remaining all wholesome mental states are the renunciation element - this is the unmixed. Dependent on this renunciation element by way of conascence and other conditions, there arises what is called perception of renunciation. Dependent on perception and so on, thought and so on arise as appropriate.

"The non-anger element, monks" - here the thought of non-anger too is the non-anger element, and also non-anger itself. As he said -

"Therein, what is the non-anger element? Reasoning connected with non-anger, etc. This is called the non-anger element. Whatever friendliness towards beings, friendly feeling, the state of being friendly, liberation of mind through friendliness - this is called the non-anger element."

Dependent on this non-anger element, there arises what is called perception of non-anger, in the manner already stated.

In "the non-violence element, monks," here too both thought of non-violence is the non-violence element and compassion as well. As he said -

"Therein, what is the non-violence element? Reasoning connected with non-violence, etc. This is called the non-violence element. Whatever compassion towards beings, compassionate feeling, the state of being compassionate, liberation of mind through compassion - this is called the non-violence element."

Dependent on this non-violence element, there arises what is called perception of non-violence, in the manner already stated. The remainder should be understood in accordance with what was stated everywhere. The second.

3.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Brick House

97. In the third, from "an element, monks" henceforth, he explains that "element" means disposition. "Perception arises" means dependent on disposition, perception arises, view arises, applied thought arises. Here too, thinking "Kaccāna will ask a question," for the purpose of giving him opportunity, he concluded the teaching with just that much. "Among those who are not perfectly Self-awakened Ones" means among the six teachers. "Perfectly Self-awakened Ones" means "we are perfectly Self-awakened Ones." "Dependent on what is it discerned" means when what exists does it come to be? He asks about the view that has arisen in the teachers. "Among those who are not perfectly Self-awakened Ones, these are perfectly Self-awakened Ones" - he asks also about the view that has thus arisen in the disciples of the sectarian teachers.

Now, because dependent on the ignorance element that view of theirs exists, and the ignorance element is indeed a great element, therefore, explaining the arising of that view dependent on a great element, he said beginning with "this is indeed a great." "Dependent on an inferior element, Kaccāna" means dependent on an inferior disposition. "Aspiration" means the fixing of consciousness. That, however, arises for one who desires the state of being a woman or the state of being an animal such as a monkey and so on. "An inferior person" means for whomever these inferior states arise, that entire person too is called inferior. "Inferior speech" means whatever speech of his, that too is inferior. "He tells what is inferior" means even when telling, he tells only what is inferior; even when teaching, he teaches only what is inferior - all the terms should be connected thus. "Rebirth" means there are two kinds of rebirth: acquisition and production. Production should be understood by way of inferior family and so on; acquisition by way of the inferior triad at the moment of arising of consciousness. How? For his production is inferior because of being born in the five low families; middling because of being born in merchant and worker families; superior because of being born in warrior and brahmin families. But the acquisition is inferior from the acquisition of the twelve unwholesome arisings of consciousness; middling from the acquisition of phenomena of the three planes; superior from the acquisition of the nine supramundane phenomena. But in this instance, only production is intended. The third.

4.

Commentary on the Discourse on Those of Inferior Disposition

98. In the fourth, "flow together" means they come together. "Meet" means they assemble together, they are uninterrupted. "Of inferior disposition" means of inferior intention. "Of good disposition" means of good intention. The fourth.

5.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Walking Path

99. In the fifth, "passatha no" means "passatha nu" (do you see?). "All those" means the Elder Sāriputta was established by the Blessed One in the foremost position among those of great wisdom, thus: "This is the foremost, monks, of my disciples who are monks of great wisdom, namely Sāriputta." Thus, thinking "We shall ask him about the difference of aggregates, the difference of elements, the difference of sense bases, the difference of the establishments of mindfulness and the qualities conducive to enlightenment, and profound questions pertaining to the three characteristics," only those of great wisdom surround him. He too speaks to them on whatever is asked, as if spreading out the earth, as if pulling up sand from the foot of Sineru, as if splitting the world-circle mountain, as if lifting up Sineru, as if expanding space, and as if raising up the moon and sun. Therefore it was said: "All those monks, monks, are of great wisdom."

Mahāmoggallāna too was established by the Blessed One in the foremost position among those possessing supernormal power, thus: "This is the foremost, monks, of my disciples who are monks possessing supernormal power, namely Mahāmoggallāna." Thus, thinking "We shall ask him about the preliminary work, the benefit, the determination, and the miraculous transformation," only those possessing supernormal power surround him. He too speaks to them on whatever is asked in the manner already stated. Therefore it was said: "All those monks, monks, are of great supernormal power."

Mahākassapa too was established by the Blessed One in the foremost position among those who advocate ascetic practices, thus: "This is the foremost, monks, of my disciples who are monks who advocate ascetic practices, namely Mahākassapa." Thus, thinking "We shall ask him about the observance of the ascetic practices, the benefit, the combination, the determination, and the classification," only those who advocate ascetic practices surround him. He too likewise answers them on whatever is asked. Therefore it was said: "All those monks, monks, are ones who advocate ascetic practices."

The Elder Anuruddha too was established by the Blessed One in the foremost position among those possessing the divine eye, thus: "This is the foremost, monks, of my disciples who are monks possessing the divine eye, namely Anuruddha." Thus, thinking "We shall ask him about the preliminary work for the divine eye, the benefit, and the impurities," only those possessing the divine eye surround him. He too likewise speaks to them on whatever is asked. Therefore it was said: "All those monks, monks, possess the divine eye."

The Elder Puṇṇa too was established by the Blessed One in the foremost position among those who preach the Teaching, thus: "This is the foremost, monks, of my disciples who are monks who preach the Teaching, namely Puṇṇa Mantāṇiputta." Thus, thinking "We shall ask him about the various aspects of the Teaching talk, such as the condensed, the detailed, the profound, the plain, and the varied," only those who preach the Teaching surround him. He too tells them the various methods of Teaching talk thus: "Friend, a preacher of the Teaching should first describe the assembly, in the middle make known emptiness, and at the end reach the pinnacle by way of the four truths." Therefore it was said: "All those monks, monks, are preachers of the Teaching."

The Elder Upāli too was established by the Blessed One in the foremost position among the experts in monastic discipline, thus: "This is the foremost, monks, of my disciples who are monks who are experts in monastic discipline, namely Upāli." Thus, thinking "We shall ask him about heavy and light, curable and incurable, offence and non-offence," only those who are experts in monastic discipline surround him. He too likewise speaks to them on whatever is asked. Therefore it was said: "All those monks, monks, are experts in monastic discipline."

The Elder Ānanda too was established by the Blessed One in the foremost position among the very learned, thus: "This is the foremost, monks, of my disciples who are monks who are very learned, namely Ānanda." Thus, thinking "We shall ask him about the tenfold understanding of phrasing, the occasion for the arising of the meaning, the connection, and the former and latter," only the very learned surround him. He too speaks to them about everything thus: "This should be said thus, this should be understood thus." Therefore it was said: "All those monks, monks, are very learned."

But Devadatta had evil desires, was overcome by desire; therefore those having evil desires surround him, thinking "We shall ask him about the care of winning over families, various kinds of hypocrisy." He too tells them each respective procedure. Therefore it was said "All those monks have evil desires."

But why did they walk up and down nearby? For the purpose of taking up protection, thinking "Devadatta, having a corrupted mind towards the Teacher, might even attempt to do harm." Then why did Devadatta walk up and down? For the purpose of concealing his own committed fault, thinking "This one is innocent; if he were a doer, he would not come here." But is Devadatta able to do harm to the Blessed One, or is there a function of safeguarding for the Blessed One? There is not. Therefore it was said "This is impossible, Ānanda, there is no chance that a Tathāgata should attain final nibbāna by the attack of another." But the monks had come out of respect for the Teacher. For that very reason the Blessed One, having said thus, had them dismissed, saying "Dismiss the Community of monks, Ānanda." The fifth.

6.

Commentary on the Discourse with Verses

100. In the sixth, "excrement flows together and meets with excrement" means even though situated across oceans, across countries, across world-systems, not undergoing diversity in colour, in odour, or in flavour, it flows together and meets; it is exactly alike, without distinction. The same method applies in the remaining ones too. But this undesirable simile was brought for the purpose of showing the similar nature of the disposition of those of inferior disposition, while the distinguished simile of milk and so on is for the purpose of showing the similar nature of the disposition of those of good disposition.

"From bonding" means through the affection of craving based on the bonding of seeing, hearing, and so on. "Craving is born" means the craving of defilements has arisen. "By aloofness from society it is cut off" means for one not engaging in standing together, sitting together, and so on, it is cut off by aloofness from society, by not seeing. "One living well" means one living a purified life. "One should live together" means one should dwell in cohabitation. The sixth.

7.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Comparison of the Faithless

101. In the seventh, regarding "the faithless with the faithless" and so on, persons devoid of faith in the Buddha, or the Teaching, or the Community, sapless, desireless, standing on the near shore of the ocean, are alike, uninterrupted with the faithless standing even on the far shore, by that faithlessness. Likewise, the shameless, persons gone beyond the limits, shameless persons, with the shameless; those without moral fear, not fearing the doing of evil, with those without moral fear; those of little learning, deprived of learning, with those of little learning; the lazy, persons of sloth, with the lazy; the unmindful, like jackals going after meat put down by crows who have abandoned their food, with the unmindful; the unwise, without wisdom due to the absence of wisdom that discriminates aggregates and so on, with just such unwise ones; those accomplished in faith, engaged in duties such as paying homage at shrines and so on, with those with faith; those with shame, persons who feel shame, with those with shame; those with moral fear, those afraid of evil, with those with moral fear; the very learned, remembering what has been learnt, bearers of scripture, guardians of the sacred texts, protectors of the lineage, with the very learned; those putting forth strenuous energy, of fully perfected effort, with those putting forth strenuous energy; those mindful, endowed with mindfulness that encompasses all duties, with those mindful; the wise, even though standing far away, flow together and meet with the wise who have great wisdom, with diamond-like knowledge, through that achievement of wisdom. The seventh.

8-12.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Faithless as Root, Etc.

102-106. The eighth and so on are those very same qualities beginning with faithlessness, taught by way of triads. Therein, in the eighth, five triads rooted in faithlessness and so on are stated by way of the dark side and the bright side; in the ninth, four rooted in shamelessness. In the tenth, three rooted in moral fearlessness; in the eleventh, two rooted in of little learning; in the twelfth, one triad rooted in laziness is stated - thus in all five discourses there are fifteen triads. Some also say these are fifteen discourses. This is called the triad abbreviation. The eighth and so on.

The second chapter.

3.

The Chapter on Courses of Action

1-2.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Unconcentrated, Etc.

107-108. In the discourses beyond this, the first is stated by means of the pentad beginning with the faithless, likewise the second. But in the first, the term "unconcentrated" is fourth, in the second, the term "immoral." When stated thus, these were indeed spoken in accordance with the disposition of persons capable of awakening. Here, "unconcentrated" means devoid of access and absorption concentration. "Immoral" means without morality. The first and second.

3-5.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Five Training Rules, Etc.

109-111. The third was spoken according to the disposition of those who awaken by way of the five courses of action, the fourth by way of the seven courses of action, the fifth by way of the ten courses of action. Therein, in the third, "those who indulge in spirits, liquor and intoxicants that cause negligence" means the intoxicant reckoned as spirits and liquor; the volition of negligence by which they drink it, that is called "the negligence of spirits, liquor and intoxicants"; "standing in that" means those who indulge in spirits, liquor and intoxicants that cause negligence. This is the meaning here for now of the term not shared in common.

In the fifth, "those who strike down living beings" means killers of living beings; the meaning is slayers of life. "Those who take what is not given" means takers of what is not given; the meaning is one who steals from another. "Those who conduct themselves wrongly through the defilement of sensual desire in objective sensual pleasures" means those who engage in sexual misconduct. "Those who speak falsehood" means liars; the meaning is those who speak hollow, false speech that destroys the welfare of others. "Divisive speech is theirs" thus they are speakers of divisive speech. "Harsh speech that cuts the vital spots is theirs" thus they are speakers of harsh speech. "Those who prattle frivolous, meaningless words" means speakers of idle chatter. "Those who covet" means covetous; the meaning is those habitually greedy for others' goods. "Corrupted, putrid is the mind of these" thus they have minds of ill-will. "Wrong, evil, censured by the wise is the view of these" thus they hold wrong view; the meaning is endowed with the view included in the courses of action, having as its basis "there is no gift" and so on, not leading to liberation, included in the wrong course. "Right, beautiful, praised by the wise is the view of these" thus they hold right view; the meaning is endowed with the view of the ownership of action included in the courses of action, having as its basis "there is a gift" and so on, and with the path view included in the right course. This is merely the word-by-word explanation here for now of the terms that are not clear.

Now, the tenfold meaning on the dark side of those is: killing living beings, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, lying, divisive speech, harsh speech, idle chatter, covetousness, anger, and wrong view. Therein, the striking down of a living being is the killing of living beings; it means the murder of a living being, the slaughter of a living being. "Living being" here means, in conventional terms, a being; in the ultimate sense, the life faculty. The killing of living beings is the murderous volition, in one who perceives a living being as a living being, that arises through an effort to cut off the life faculty, occurring through one or another of the doors of body and speech. That, among living beings devoid of virtues such as animals and so on, is of little fault in the case of a small living being, and of great fault in the case of a large-bodied one. Why? Because of the greatness of the effort; and even when the effort is equal, because of the greatness of the object. Among those endowed with virtues, such as human beings and so on, it is of little fault in the case of one of few virtues, and of great fault in the case of one of great virtues. But when body and virtues are equal, it should be understood as of little fault when the mental defilements and the effort are mild, and of great fault when they are intense.

There are five requisite factors of it - a living being, the perception of it as a living being, a murderous mind, the effort, and death thereby. There are six modes of action: by one's own hand, by command, by throwing, by a fixed device, by magical knowledge, and by supernormal power. But when this matter is elaborated upon, there is excessive prolixity; therefore we shall not elaborate upon it, nor upon other matters of such a kind. But those who are interested should examine the Samantapāsādikā, the commentary on the Vinaya, and learn from it.

The taking of what is not given is taking what is not given; it means appropriating what belongs to another, theft, robbery. Therein, "not given" means belonging to another, where another, exercising ownership as he wishes, is not deserving of punishment and is blameless. In the case of one who perceives as belonging to another that which belongs to another, the volition of theft, aroused by the effort of taking it, is taking what is not given. That is of little blame when the property of another is inferior, and of great blame when it is superior. Why? Because of the superiority of the object. When the objects are equal, it is of great blame in respect of the property belonging to those of superior virtue; with reference to each one of superior virtue, it is of little blame in respect of the property belonging to one of inferior virtue in each case.

There are five requisite factors of it - belonging to another, perception of it as belonging to another, intention to steal, effort, and carrying away by that means. The six modes of action are those beginning with by one's own hand. And these indeed operate as appropriate by way of these modes of carrying away: carrying away by theft, carrying away by force, carrying away by concealment, carrying away by scheming, and carrying away by lot-drawing; this is the summary here, but the detail has been stated in the Samantapāsādikā.

"Sexual misconduct" - here, "in sensual pleasures" means in sexual conduct. "Misconduct" means utterly blameworthy, low conduct. But by characteristic, sexual misconduct is the volition that transgresses an improper object, occurring through the body-door with the intention of sexual intercourse. Therein, an improper object for men, to begin with, is: protected by the mother, protected by the father, protected by both mother and father, protected by the brother, protected by the sister, protected by relatives, protected by the clan, protected by co-religionists, with protection, under penalty - these are the ten beginning with protected by the mother; bought with money, kept for passion, kept woman, one who receives clothes, one who provides water, one who takes off the pad, a slave wife, a worker wife, flag-brought, wife for the moment - these ten beginning with bought with money make twenty women. But for women, other men are the improper object of the twelve women: the two with protection and under penalty, and the ten beginning with bought with money. This is called the improper object. And this misconduct is of little fault when the improper object is devoid of virtues such as morality and so on, and of great fault when endowed with virtues such as morality and so on. There are four requisite factors of it - an improper object, the intention for intercourse with that one, the effort of intercourse, and the endurance of the practice of the path by a non-path. There is one mode of action, which is only by one's own hand.

"Falsely" means the verbal action or bodily action that destroys the welfare of one with the intention to deceive; or, with the intention to deceive, the volition that gives rise to the bodily and verbal action of deceiving another is false speech. Another method - "falsely" means a subject matter that is not factual, that is untrue. "Speech" means the communicating of that as factual, as true. But by characteristic, false speech is the volition that gives rise to the intimation as true, of one who wishes to communicate to another an untrue subject matter as true. That is of little fault when the welfare it destroys is small, and of great fault when it is great. Furthermore, for householders, that which occurs by the method beginning with "it does not exist" through unwillingness to give what is one's own property is of little blame; that which is spoken for the purpose of destroying welfare after having become a witness is of great blame. For those gone forth, having obtained even a little oil or ghee, that which occurs by the method of exaggeration with the intention of amusement, such as "today in the village oil flows like a river, methinks," is of little blame; but for those who speak by the method beginning with claiming to have seen what has not been seen, it is of great blame. There are four requisite factors of it - an untrue subject matter, a mind intent on deceiving, the appropriate effort, and the other's cognition of that meaning. There is one mode of action, which is only by one's own hand. That should be understood as the act of deceiving another by body, or by something connected to the body, or by speech. If by that act the other person knows that meaning, one is bound by the action of false speech at the very moment of the volition that gives rise to the act.

In the passages beginning with "divisive speech": the speech by which, to the one to whom he speaks that speech, he creates in that person's heart a sense of one's own dearness and a sense of the other's emptiness - that is divisive speech. But that by which one makes both oneself and another harsh, speech which is itself harsh, neither pleasant to the ear nor going to the heart - this is harsh speech. But that by which one prattles frivolously what is pointless - that is idle chatter. The volition that is their root also obtains the designation of divisive speech and so on. And it is that very volition which is intended here.

Therein, the volition of one with a defiled mind, which is instigated by bodily and verbal action, for the purpose of dividing others or for the desire to be dear to oneself, is divisive speech. That is of little fault due to the lesser virtue of the one whose division it causes, and of great fault due to the great virtue of that one. There are four requisite factors of it - another person to be divided; either the aim of division, thinking "thus they will become separated, they will become estranged"; or the desire to be dear, thinking "thus I shall become dear, trustworthy"; the corresponding effort; and the other's cognition of that meaning.

The volition that is exclusively harsh, instigated by bodily and verbal action that wounds the vital spots of another, is harsh speech. For the purpose of making this manifest, here is a story - It is said that a certain boy, not heeding his mother's words, goes to the forest. His mother, being unable to make him turn back, reviled him saying "May a fierce buffalo pursue you!" Then indeed a buffalo arose for him in the forest in just that way. The boy made an act of truth, saying "May what my mother spoke with her mouth not come to be; may what she thought with her mind come to be." The buffalo stood right there as if bound. Thus even an action that wounds the vital spots, due to the gentleness of mind, is not harsh speech. For parents sometimes say to their little children thus - "May thieves cut you to pieces!" yet they do not wish even a waterlily petal to fall upon them. And teachers and preceptors sometimes say to their dependants thus - "Why do these shameless ones without moral fear conduct themselves so? Expel them!" Yet they wish for them the achievement of scriptural learning and realisation. And just as due to the gentleness of mind it is not harsh speech, so too due to the gentleness of words it is not non-harsh speech. For indeed, for one who wishes to have someone killed, the words "Make this one lie down comfortably" are not non-harsh speech. Rather, due to the harshness of mind, that is indeed harsh speech. That, with reference to whomever it is directed, is of little fault due to the lesser virtue of that one, and of great fault due to the great virtue of that one. There are three requisite factors of it - another person to be reviled, an angered mind, and the reviling.

Idle chatter is the unwholesome volition that conveys what is unbeneficial, originating from bodily and verbal action. That is of little fault when the practice is slight, and of great fault when the practice is great. There are two requisite factors of it - the aim of pointless talk such as the war of the Bhāratas, the abduction of Sītā, and so on; and the telling of such talk.

"It covets" - thus covetousness. The meaning is that it proceeds by being directed towards another's goods and by inclination towards that. That has the characteristic of coveting another's goods thus: "Oh, indeed, may this be mine!" It is of little fault and of great fault, like taking what is not given. There are two requisite factors of it: another's goods, and the diverting to oneself. For even when greed has arisen with another's goods as its object, there is not yet a completion of the course of action, as long as one does not divert it to oneself thus: "Oh, indeed, may this be mine!"

"It destroys welfare and happiness" - thus anger. That has the characteristic of mental corruption for the destruction of another. It is of little fault and of great fault, like harsh speech. There are two requisite factors of it: another being, and the thought of his destruction. For even when wrath has arisen with another being as its object, there is not yet a completion of the course of action, as long as one does not think of his destruction thus: "Oh, may this one be annihilated, may he perish!"

"One sees wrongly through the absence of grasping things as they really are" - thus wrong view. That has the characteristic of distorted seeing, by the method beginning with "there is not what is given." It is of little fault and of great fault, like idle chatter. Furthermore, the undetermined is of little fault, the determined is of great fault. There are two requisite factors of it - the distortion of the manner in which the subject matter is grasped, and its presenting itself in that very way in which one grasps it.

But the judgment of these ten unwholesome courses of action should be known in five ways: by way of mental states, by way of portions, by way of object, by way of feeling, and by way of root. Therein, "by way of mental states" means among these, in succession, seven are of the nature of volition only; the three beginning with covetousness are associated with volition. "By way of portion" means the seven in succession, and wrong view - these eight are only courses of action, not roots; covetousness and anger are both courses of action and roots. For covetousness, having reached the root, is greed, an unwholesome root; anger is hate, an unwholesome root.

"By way of object" means killing living beings, because it has the life faculty as object, has activities as object; taking what is not given has either a being as object or activities as object; sexual misconduct, by way of tangible object, has only activities as object; some say it has a being as object. Lying has either a being as object or activities as object; likewise divisive speech. Harsh speech has only a being as object. Idle chatter, by way of what is seen, heard, sensed, and cognised, has either a being as object or activities as object; likewise covetousness. Anger has only a being as object. Wrong view, by way of phenomena of the three planes, has activities as object.

As regards feeling: killing living beings has unpleasant feeling. For although indeed kings, having seen a thief, even while laughing say "Go, execute him," the decisive volition is only associated with unpleasant feeling. Taking what is not given has three feelings; sexual misconduct has two feelings, by way of pleasant and neutral; but in the decisive consciousness, neutral feeling does not occur. Lying has three feelings; likewise divisive speech; harsh speech has unpleasant feeling; idle chatter has three feelings; covetousness has two feelings, by way of pleasant and neutral; likewise wrong view. Anger has unpleasant feeling.

As regards root: killing living beings has two roots, by way of hate and delusion; taking what is not given, by way of hate and delusion or by way of greed and delusion; sexual misconduct, by way of greed and delusion. Lying, by way of hate and delusion or by way of greed and delusion; likewise divisive speech and idle chatter. Harsh speech, by way of hate and delusion; covetousness has one root, by way of delusion; likewise anger. Wrong view has two roots, by way of greed and delusion.

In the passage beginning with "abstaining from killing living beings," killing living beings and so on have the meaning already stated. But the abstinence by which they are called "abstaining," that, by division, is threefold: abstinence by encountering the occasion, abstinence by undertaking, and abstinence by cutting off. Therein, for those who have not undertaken the training rules, having reviewed one's own birth, age, great learning and so on, thinking "It is inappropriate for us to do such a thing," the abstinence that arises in those who do not transgress the subject matter encountered should be known as abstinence by encountering the occasion, as in the case of the lay follower Cakkana in the island of Sīhaḷa. It is said that when he was still young, a disease arose in his mother. And the physician said: "It is fitting to obtain fresh hare's flesh." Then Cakkana's brother sent Cakkana saying "Go, dear fellow, wander about in the field." He went there. And at that time a hare had come to eat the young crop. Having seen it, running swiftly, it became entangled in a creeper and made the sound "kiri kirī." Cakkana, having gone towards that sound and having seized it, thought: "I shall make medicine for my mother." Then he thought again - "This is not proper for me, that I should deprive another of life for the sake of my mother's life." Then he released it saying "Go, enjoy grass and water together with the hares in the forest." And when asked by his brother "Well, dear fellow, was a hare obtained?" He related that incident. Then his brother abused him. He, having gone to his mother's presence, having spoken the truth and stood firm thus: "Since I was born, I do not know of having intentionally deprived a living being of life," and at that very moment his mother became well.

But for those who have undertaken the training rules, the abstinence that arises in those who do not transgress the case, having given up their own life both in the undertaking of the training rules and beyond that, should be known as abstinence by undertaking, as in the case of the lay follower dwelling at Uttaravaḍḍhamāna Mountain. It is said that he, having taken the training rules in the presence of the Elder Piṅgalabuddharakkhita dwelling at the Ambariya Monastery, was ploughing a field. Then his ox was lost. While searching for it, he climbed Uttaravaḍḍhamāna Mountain, and there a great serpent seized him. He thought - "I shall cut off its head with this sharp hatchet." Then he thought again - "This is not proper for me, that I, having taken a training rule in the presence of a venerable teacher worthy of respect, should break it." Having thought thus up to the third time - "I give up my life, not the training rules," he threw away the sharp-handled hatchet that had been placed on his shoulder into the forest. At that very moment the great fierce serpent released him and went away.

But the abstinence associated with the noble path should be known as abstinence by eradication, from the arising of which, from that point onwards, not even the thought "I shall kill a living being" arises in noble persons.

And just as with the unwholesome, so too the judgment of these wholesome courses of action should be known in five ways: by way of mental states, by way of portions, by way of object, by way of feeling, and by way of root. Therein, "by way of mental states" means among these, in succession, seven are applicable as volitions and also as abstinences; the last three are only associated with volition.

"As regards portion" means in succession the seven are only courses of action, not roots; the last three are both courses of action and roots. For non-covetousness, having reached the root, is non-greed as a wholesome root; non-anger is non-hate as a wholesome root; right view is non-delusion as a wholesome root.

"As regards object" means of killing living beings and so on. The very objects of those are the objects of these. For abstinence exists only in relation to the matter that is to be transgressed. But just as the noble path, having Nibbāna as its object, abandons the mental defilements, so these courses of action, though devoid of the life faculty and so on as objects, should be understood as abandoning the immoralities of killing living beings and so on.

"As regards feeling" means all are either of pleasant feeling or of neutral feeling. For having reached the wholesome, there is no such thing as unpleasant feeling.

"As regards root" means in succession, for one abstaining with consciousness associated with knowledge, the seven have three roots by way of non-greed, non-hate, and non-delusion; for one abstaining with consciousness dissociated from knowledge, they have two roots. Non-covetousness, for one abstaining with consciousness associated with knowledge, has two roots; for one abstaining with consciousness dissociated from knowledge, it has one root. But non-greed does not become a root of itself by itself. The same method applies to non-anger too. Right view has only two roots by way of non-greed and non-hate. The third etc.

6.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Eightfold

112. The sixth was spoken according to the disposition of those who awaken by way of the eight path factors. The sixth.

7.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Tenfold

113. The seventh is by way of the tenfold wrong course and right course. Therein, "those having wrong knowledge" means the meaning is endowed with wrong reviewing. "Those having wrong liberation" means those not leading to liberation, standing having taken it as wholesome liberation. "Those having right knowledge" means right reviewing. "Those having right liberation" means endowed with fruition-liberation leading to liberation. The seventh.

The Chapter on Courses of Action is third.

4.

The Fourth Chapter

1.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Four Elements

114. In the first discourse of the Fourth Chapter, "the solid element" means the element of support. "The liquid element" means the element of binding together. "The heat element" means the element of maturing. "The air element" means the element of expansion. This is the summary here; but in detail, these should be spoken of by way of the twenty portions and so on. The first.

2.

Commentary on the Discourse on Before the Highest Enlightenment

115. In the second, "this is the gratification in the solid element" means this is the gratification dependent on the solid element. That should be understood by way of those who, having raised the body and stretched out the belly, say "Try to insert a finger here," or having stretched out the hand, say "Try to bend this." Regarding "impermanent" and so on: impermanent by way of non-existence after having been, suffering by way of oppression, subject to change by way of the departure of its intrinsic nature. "This is the danger in the solid element" means: in whatever way it is impermanent, suffering, subject to change, this way is the danger in the solid element - this is the meaning. "The removal of desire and lust, the abandoning of desire and lust" - having come to Nibbāna, desire and lust regarding the solid element is both removed and abandoned; therefore Nibbāna is its escape.

"This is the gratification in the liquid element" means this is the gratification dependent on the liquid element. That should be understood by way of those who, having seen another troubled by the liquid element, think: "Why does this one, from the time of lying down, go out towards the urinal place and come back again, and even when doing a trifling amount of work, his cloth reaches the state of being soaked with sweat and needing to be wrung out, and even when speaking merely a thanksgiving, a fan has to be taken; but we, having lain down in the evening, rise up right early, our body is like a pot full of beans, even when doing heavy work not even a mere amount of sweat arises for us, and even when teaching the Dhamma like the sound of a thunderbolt, there is not even the slightest appearance of heat in our body."

"This is the gratification in the heat element" means this is the gratification dependent on the heat element. That should be understood by way of those who, having seen those afflicted by cold, think: "Why do these, having swallowed merely a little rice gruel, food, and solid food, sitting with stiffened bellies, seek a charcoal pan the whole night, and even when mere drops of rain have fallen on the body, having spread over and wrapped themselves with a charcoal pan, they lie down? But we eat even very hard meat or cake, we eat a belly-full of food, and at that very moment all of it dissolves like a lump of foam, and even when a week-long heaping of rain clouds is occurring, there is not even the slightest burning of cold in our body." This should be understood by way of those who proceed thus.

"This is the gratification in the air element" means this is the gratification dependent on the air element. That should be understood by way of those who, having seen others fearful of wind, think: "For these, even when doing a trifling amount of work, even when speaking merely a thanksgiving, the wind pierces their body; even when they have gone a mere league's distance, their hands and feet sink, their back aches; constantly troubled by belly-wind, head-wind, ear-wind and so on, they pass the time making only wind-medicines such as oil and molasses and so on; but for us, even when doing heavy work, even when teaching the Dhamma throughout the three watches of the night, even when going ten yojanas in a single day, there is neither the slightest sinking of hands and feet nor the slightest aching of the back." For these elements, when proceeding thus, do indeed give gratification.

"Directly knew" (abbhaññāsiṃ) means I knew through most excellent knowledge. "The unsurpassed perfect enlightenment" (anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ) means the enlightenment that is devoid of anything higher, the foremost of all, correct and by oneself; or alternatively, the enlightenment that is praiseworthy and beautiful. "Enlightenment" (bodhi) means a tree, a path, the knowledge of omniscience, and also Nibbāna. For in the passages where it says "newly fully enlightened at the foot of the Bodhi tree" and "between the Bodhi tree and Gayā," a tree is called "bodhi." In the passage where it says "enlightenment is called the knowledge of the four paths," it means the path. In the passage where it says "he attains enlightenment, one of excellent, abundant wisdom," it means the knowledge of omniscience. In the passage where it says "having attained enlightenment, the Deathless, the unconditioned," it means Nibbāna. But here, the path of arahantship of the Blessed One is intended.

Is the path of arahantship of the disciples the unsurpassed enlightenment or not? It is not. Why? Because it does not bestow all qualities. For the path of arahantship gives to some only the fruition of arahantship, to some the three true knowledges, to some the six direct knowledges, to some the four analytical knowledges, to some the knowledge of the perfections of a disciple. Even for the Individually Enlightened Ones, it gives only the knowledge of individual enlightenment. But for the Buddhas, it gives the achievement of all qualities, just as a consecration gives a king sovereignty over the entire world. Therefore, the unsurpassed enlightenment does not exist for anyone else whatsoever.

"Has fully awakened to" means "I acknowledged" - "I have fully awakened, I have attained, I stand having penetrated" - thus I acknowledged. "And knowledge and vision arose in me" means reviewing knowledge capable of seeing the attained qualities arose in me. "Unshakable is my liberation" means the knowledge arose thus: "This liberation of the fruition of arahantship of mine is unshakable." Therein, the unshakeability should be understood in two ways: by way of cause and by way of object. For it is unshakable by way of cause because the defilements cut off by the four paths do not return again, and unshakable by way of object because it occurs having made Nibbāna, which is of unshakable nature, as its object. "Last" means final. "There is now no more rebirth" means now there is no such thing as another existence again.

In this discourse, the four truths have been spoken of. How? For in the four elements, the gratification is the truth of origin, the danger is the truth of suffering, the escape is the truth of cessation, and the path that understands cessation is the truth of the path. It is fitting to speak of it even by way of detail. For here, "whatever happiness and pleasure arises dependent on the solid element, this is the gratification in the solid element" - this is the penetration of abandoning, the truth of origin. "That the solid element is impermanent, suffering, subject to change, this is the danger in the solid element" - this is the penetration of full understanding, the truth of suffering. "Whatever is the removal of desire and lust, the abandoning of desire and lust regarding the solid element, this is the escape from the solid element" - this is the penetration of realization, the truth of cessation. Whatever view, thought, speech, action, livelihood, effort, mindfulness, and concentration in these three instances, this is the penetration of development, the truth of the path. The second.

3.

Commentary on the Acariṃ Discourse

116. In the third, "pursued" means I pursued by way of knowledge, by way of experiencing - this is the meaning. "As far as" means however much. The third.

4.

Commentary on the Nocedaṃ Discourse

117. In the fourth, "escaped" and so on should be understood by combining with the negation stated at the beginning, thus: "did not dwell escaped, not unbound, not free, not with a mind rid of barriers." In the second method, "with a mind rid of barriers" means with a mind without barriers. Therein, the limit is twofold: the limit of mental defilements and the limit of the round of rebirths. Therein, for one whose half of the mental defilements have been abandoned and half not abandoned, or else whose half of the round of rebirths has been abandoned and half not abandoned, his mind is rid of barriers with reference to the abandoned mental defilements or the round of rebirths, but is not rid of barriers with reference to the unabandoned mental defilements or the round of rebirths. But here, because both have been abandoned, "with a mind rid of barriers" is said; the meaning is with a mind that stands without making a limit, with a mind that has gone beyond the limit. Thus in all three of these discourses, only the four truths are spoken of. The fourth.

5.

Commentary on the Ekantadukkha Discourse

118. In the fifth, "exclusively painful" means painful absolutely, like the burning sensation for one who has gone beyond and remained standing. "Affected with pain" means affected by pain. "Overwhelmed by pain" means entered into, overcome by pain. "Pleasant" means having become a condition for pleasant feeling. Thus the meaning should be understood everywhere. In this discourse the characteristic of suffering has been spoken of. The fifth.

6-10.

Commentary on the Abhinanda Discourse and Others

119-123. In the sixth and seventh, the end of the round of rebirths; in the three at the end, only the four truths. The sixth and so on.

The fourth chapter.

The commentary on the Dhātu Connected Discourses is concluded.

4.

Connected Discourses on Without Discernible Beginning

1.

The First Chapter

1.

Commentary on the Grass and Wood Discourse

124. In the first discourse of the Anamatagga Saṃyutta, "without discernible beginning" means following the unknowable end; even having followed with knowledge for a hundred years or a thousand years, the end is unknowable, undiscovered; it is not possible to know its end from here or from there. The meaning is that the former and latter limits are undefined. "Wandering in the round of rebirths" means the uninterrupted continuing succession of aggregates and so on. "A first point is not discerned" means the former boundary is not seen. To the extent that its former end is not discerned, to that very extent the latter end also is not discerned; but beings wander in the round of rebirths in the middle itself. "Would go to exhaustion" - this is said because of the smallness of the simile. For in external teachings, the meaning is small, and the simile is great. For when it is said "This bull is like an elephant, this pig is like a bull, this lake is like an ocean," they do not have such a measure. But in the Buddha's teaching, the simile is small, and the meaning is great. For in the Pāḷi, only one Indian subcontinent is taken; but even in a hundred, a thousand, or a hundred thousand Indian subcontinents of such a kind, the grasses and so on would go to exhaustion by that method, but not the mothers of a man's mother. "Suffering has been experienced" means suffering has been undergone by you. "Acute" is a synonym for that very thing. "Disaster" means of many kinds such as disaster of relatives and so on. "Cemetery" means a charnel ground, or the earth itself. For that has been increased by the depositing of bodies by those dying again and again. "It is fitting" means it is proper. The first.

2.

Commentary on the Earth Discourse

125. In the second, "the great earth" means the great earth extending to the limit of the world-circle. "Would put aside" means having broken up that earth and having made balls of the stated measure, one would place them to one side. The second.

3.

Commentary on the Tears Discourse

126. In the third, "crying aloud" means weeping with sound. "Flowed" means having flowed and proceeded. "In the four great oceans" means in the four great oceans demarcated by the rays of Sineru. For the eastern side of Sineru is made of silver, the southern side is made of jewels, the western side is made of crystal, the northern side is made of gold. The silver and jewel rays issuing from the eastern and southern sides, having become one, going across the surface of the great ocean, stand having struck the encircling world-mountain; the jewel and crystal rays issuing from the southern and western sides, the crystal and gold rays issuing from the western and northern sides, the gold and silver rays issuing from the northern and eastern sides, having become one, going across the surface of the great ocean, stand having struck the encircling world-mountain. In between those rays there are four great oceans. With reference to them it was said "in the four great oceans." In "disaster regarding relatives" and so on, "disaster" means scattering; the meaning is destruction. Disaster of relatives is disaster regarding relatives; disaster of wealth is disaster regarding wealth. But illness itself scatters and destroys health - thus it is "disaster"; illness itself is disaster - this is disaster regarding illness. The third.

4.

Commentary on the Milk Discourse

127. In the fourth, "mother's milk" means the milk of a human mother of a single name. For when these beings are reborn among earthworms, ants, and so on, or among fish, turtles, and so on, or among those born from eggs, there is no mother's milk at all; when reborn among goats, cattle, buffaloes, and so on, there is milk, and likewise among human beings. Therein, in the case of goats and so on and also among human beings, not taking into account the time of being reborn in the womb of those with various names such as "Queen Sumanā, Tissā," but only the mother's milk drunk at the time of being reborn in the womb of a mother of a single name "Tissā" - it should be understood that this is more than the water in the four great oceans. The fourth.

5.

Commentary on the Mountain Discourse

128. In the fifth, "But is it possible, venerable sir": that monk, it is said, thought - "The Teacher, because of the extreme length of the round of rebirths without discernible beginning, just keeps saying 'it is not easy, it is not easy,' and does not bring the talk to an end. Is it possible to have a simile made?" Therefore he spoke thus. "With a Kāsian cloth" means with an exceedingly fine cloth made of thread spun by taking three cotton fibres together. But when wiped with that, how much would be worn away? A mustard-seed amount. The fifth.

6.

Commentary on the Mustard Seed Discourse

129. In the sixth, "an iron city" means a city encircled by an iron wall, but it should not be seen as being strewn inside with iron mansions of one storey and so on. The sixth.

7.

Commentary on the Disciple Discourse

130. In the seventh, "they might recollect" means when one has recollected a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, another recollects a different hundred thousand from the place where that one stopped, and yet another recollects yet another - thus all four might recollect four hundred thousand cosmic cycles. The seventh.

8-9.

Commentary on the Ganges Discourse and Others

131-132. In the eighth, "the sand in between" means the sand in between this interval of five hundred yojanas in length. In the ninth, there is nothing to be said. The eighth and ninth.

10.

Commentary on the Puggala Discourse

133. In the tenth, "skeleton" and so on - all three are merely synonyms for "heap." But for these beings, the boneless period is indeed greater than the period with bones. For beings such as earthworms and so on, there are no bones at all, but for beings such as fish, turtles and so on, bones are indeed more abundant; therefore, not taking into account the boneless period and the period with abundant bones, only the period with an even proportion of bones should be taken. "To the north of the Vulture's Peak" means standing on the northern side of the Vulture's Peak. "In the Giribbaja of the Magadhans" means in the Giribbaja of the country of Magadha; the meaning is standing in the enclosure of mountains. The remainder is clear everywhere. The tenth.

The first chapter.

2.

The Second Chapter

1.

Commentary on the Duggata Sutta

134. In the first discourse of the second chapter, "poor" means destitute and miserable. "Deformed" means endowed with badly shaped hands and feet. The first.

2.

Commentary on the Sukhita Sutta

135. In the second, "happy" means endowed with happiness, of great riches, of great wealth. "Well-adorned" means adorned and prepared, seated on the back of an elephant, with a great retinue. The second.

3.

Commentary on the Tiṃsamatta Sutta

136. In the third, "from Pāvā" means dwellers in the region of Pāvā. In "all forest-dwellers" and so on, their state of being forest-dwellers and so on should be understood by way of undertaking ascetic practices. "All still with mental fetters" means all still with bonds; some were stream-enterers, some once-returners, some non-returners. For among them there was neither a worldling nor one who had eliminated the mental corruptions. In "cattle" and so on, among the colours such as white, black and so on, only one colour at a time should be taken. "Highway robbers" means those standing in ambush, thieves who waylay travellers. "Adulterers" means those who engage in the conduct of going to another's wife. The third.

4-9.

Commentary on the Mātu Sutta and Others

137-142. In the fourth and so on, the meaning should be understood by the restriction of gender and by the restriction of world-circle. For men have a time as womankind, and womankind have a time as men - thus here is the restriction of gender. Beings transmigrate from this world-circle to another world-circle, and from another world-circle to this world-circle. Among those, showing only one who has been a mother during the time as womankind in this world-circle, he said "who has not previously been a mother." In "who has not previously been a father" and so on too, the same method applies. The fourth and so on.

10.

Commentary on the Vepullapabbata Sutta

143. In the tenth, "once in the past" - he shows by bringing forth one life history from the past time. "The designation arose" means a description came to be. "They ascend in four days" - this was said with reference to those of middling strength. "Foremost" means the highest. "Best pair" means a beautiful couple. "They ascend in three days" - to this extent, it is said, in the interval between two Buddhas, the earth rose up by one yojana; that mountain became three yojanas in height.

"A little more" means a little beyond a hundred years, ten or twenty years. Again, there is no one called a person who lives a full hundred years; but at the upper limit, they live sixty or eighty years. But without reaching a hundred years, many are those dying at the time of five years, ten years, and so on. And here, the Blessed One Kakusandha arose at the time when the life span was forty thousand years, Koṇāgamana at the time when the life span was thirty thousand years - this appears to be made as a gradual decline, but it should be understood that it did not decline in this way; rather, it declined after having increased and increased. How? First, the Blessed One Kakusandha arose in this very cosmic cycle at the time when the life span was forty thousand years; having divided the life-span measure into five portions and having stood for four, he attained final Nibbāna while the fifth was still existing. That life span, declining, having reached the time of ten years, again increasing, having become incalculable, then declining, stood at the time when the life span was thirty thousand years; then Koṇāgamana arose. When he too had likewise attained final Nibbāna, that life span, having reached the time of ten years, again increasing, having become incalculable, having declined, stood at the time of twenty thousand years; then the Blessed One Kassapa arose. When he too had likewise attained final Nibbāna, that life span, having reached the time of ten years, again increasing, having become incalculable, having declined, reached the time of a hundred years; then our Perfectly Self-awakened One arose. Thus it should be understood as having declined gradually by increasing and increasing and then declining. And therein, among whatever life-span measures that are low the Buddhas arise, for them too that very same life-span measure exists. The tenth.

The second chapter.

The commentary on the Anamatagga Connected Discourses is concluded.

5.

Connected Discourses with Kassapa

1.

Commentary on the Santuṭṭha Sutta

144. In the first discourse of the Kassapa Connected Discourses, "content is this one" means he is content. "With any whatsoever" means not with whichever among coarse, fine, rough, superior, durable, or worn-out ones, but rather the meaning is that among whatever is obtained and so on, he is content with any whatsoever. For regarding robes there are three kinds of contentment - contentment with whatever is obtained, contentment according to one's strength, and contentment according to what is suitable. The same method applies to almsfood and so on too.

This is the detailed exposition of those - Here a monk obtains a robe, whether beautiful or ugly; he sustains himself with just that, does not desire another, and even when obtaining it does not take it. This is his contentment with whatever is obtained regarding robes. But then if he is either naturally weak or overcome by illness and ageing, and becomes wearied when wearing a heavy robe, he, having exchanged it with a fellow monk, even while sustaining himself with a light one, is still content. This is his contentment according to one's strength regarding robes. Another is one who obtains superior requisites; he, having obtained among silk robes and so on a certain costly robe, or many robes - having given them away thinking "Let this be for the elders, for those long gone forth, this is suitable for the very learned, this for the sick, this for those of little gain," and having taken their old robe, or having picked up rags from a rubbish heap and so on, having made a double robe from them and wearing it, is still content. This is his contentment according to what is suitable regarding robes.

Here again a monk obtains almsfood, whether coarse or superior; he sustains himself with just that, does not desire another, and even when obtaining it does not take it. This is his contentment with whatever is obtained regarding almsfood. But whoever obtains almsfood that is opposed to one's own nature or opposed to one's illness, by the use of which there is discomfort for him, he, having given that to a fellow monk, having eaten suitable food from his hand, even while practising the ascetic duty, is still content. This is his contentment according to one's strength regarding almsfood. Another obtains much superior almsfood; he, having given that, just as with the robe, to those long gone forth, the very learned, those of little gain, and the sick, even while eating either their leftovers or mixed food obtained by walking for almsfood, is still content. This is his contentment according to what is suitable regarding almsfood.

Here again a monk obtains a lodging, whether agreeable or disagreeable; by that he produces neither pleasure nor aversion; at the very least, he is satisfied even with a mat of grass, with whatever he has obtained. This is his contentment with whatever is obtained regarding lodging. But whoever obtains a lodging that is opposed to one's own nature or opposed to one's illness, where dwelling there is discomfort for him, he, having given that to a fellow monk, even while dwelling in a suitable lodging belonging to that monk, is still content. This is his contentment according to one's strength regarding lodging. Another, of great merit, obtains many superior lodgings such as rock cells, pavilions, pinnacled buildings, and so on; he, having given those, just as with robes and so on, to those long gone forth, the very learned, those of little gain, and the sick, even while dwelling anywhere at all, is still content. This is his contentment according to what is suitable regarding lodging. Whoever too, having reflected "An excellent lodging is indeed a ground for heedlessness; for one seated there, sloth and torpor descend upon him; and for one overcome by sleep, upon waking, evil thoughts manifest," does not accept such a lodging even when it has been obtained; he, having rejected that, even while dwelling in the open air, at the root of a tree, and so on, is still content. This too is contentment according to what is suitable regarding lodging.

Here again a monk obtains medicine, whether coarse or superior; whatever he obtains, he is satisfied with just that, does not desire another, and even when obtaining it does not take it. This is his contentment with whatever is obtained regarding the requisite for the sick. But one who is in need of oil obtains molasses; he, having given that to a fellow monk, having taken oil from his hand, or having sought something else, even while preparing medicine, is still content. This is his contentment according to one's strength regarding the requisite for the sick. Another, of great merit, obtains much superior medicine such as oil, honey, molasses, and so on; he, having given that, just as with robes, to those long gone forth, the very learned, those of little gain, and the sick, even while sustaining himself with whatever they bring, is still content. But whoever, when in one vessel urine-soaked yellow myrobalan is placed and in another the four sweets, being told "Take, venerable sir, whichever you wish," if his illness is appeased by either of those, then, thinking "Urine-soaked yellow myrobalan has been praised by the Buddha and others," having rejected the four sweets, even while preparing medicine with the urine-soaked yellow myrobalan, is supremely content. This is his contentment according to what is suitable regarding the requisite for the sick. Thus, with reference to these three kinds of contentment, it was said "This Kassapa, monks, is content with any robe whatsoever."

"Speaks in praise" means one is content but does not speak the praise of contentment. One is not content but speaks the praise of contentment. One is neither content nor speaks the praise of contentment. One is both content and speaks the praise of contentment. To show that this one is such, "and speaks in praise of contentment with any robe whatsoever" was said. "Wrong way of earning" means the various kinds of wrong way of earning, classified as the pursuit of going on messenger duty and errand-running. "Not having obtained" means not having got. Just as a certain one, thinking "How shall I obtain a robe?" being together with monks of merit, practising deceit, is frightened and agitated, this one thus not having obtained a robe is not agitated. "Having obtained" means having got righteously and impartially. "Not greedy" means one whose greed of covetousness has departed. "Not infatuated" means not having fallen into infatuation through excessive craving. "Not transgressing" means not overwhelmed by craving, not enveloped. "Seeing the danger" means seeing the danger in the offence of wrong way of earning and in greedy use. "With wisdom of escape" means understanding precisely the escape stated as "only for warding off cold," he uses it - this is the meaning. In the passages beginning with "with any almsfood whatsoever" and so on, the meaning should be understood thus: among whatever is obtained and so on, with whatever almsfood, with whatever lodging, with whatever requisite of medicines for the sick.

"For I shall exhort you, monks, with Kassapa" - here, just as the Elder Mahākassapa is content with the four requisites through three kinds of contentment, exhorting thus "you too should be of such nature," he exhorts with Kassapa. "Or with one who is like Kassapa" - here too, or whoever else is like Kassapa, who would be content like the Elder Mahākassapa with the four requisites through three kinds of contentment, exhorting thus "you too should be of such nature," he exhorts with one like Kassapa. "You should proceed towards that state" means having thought "The speaking by the perfectly Self-awakened One of the practice of detachment and good conduct stated in this discourse on contentment is indeed a burden, and for us too the fulfilment of completing this practice is indeed a burden, but a burden that has come should be taken up," just as spoken by me, you too should proceed towards that state, towards that condition. The first.

2.

Commentary on the Anottappī Sutta

145. In the second, "not ardent" means deprived of that energy which burns up the mental defilements. "Has no moral fear" means fearless, without fear of the arising of mental defilements and of the non-arising of wholesome states. "To highest enlightenment" means for the purpose of fully awakening. "To Nibbāna" means for the realisation of Nibbāna. "Of the unsurpassed freedom from bondage" means of arahantship; for that is both unsurpassed and secure from the four mental bonds.

In the passage beginning with "unarisen" and so on, those who, having formerly obtained a requisite such as robes and so on not previously obtained, or a delightful subject matter from one or another among attendants, co-resident pupils, or pupils, unwisely apprehending that as beautiful and pleasant; or else, unwisely adverting in one way or another to one or another object not previously experienced - evil unwholesome mental states beginning with greed arise. Those should be understood as unarisen. For otherwise, in the round of rebirths without discernible beginning, there are no evil mental states called unarisen. And even regarding a previously experienced subject matter or object, for one in whom, by reason of either natural higher intelligence, or recitation and interrogation, or any one among study of the Scriptures, new construction work, and wise attention, they did not arise before but afterwards suddenly arise through such a condition - these too should be understood as "unarisen ones, if arising, would lead to harm." But those arising again and again regarding those very subject matters and objects are not abandoned; those should be understood as "arisen ones, if not abandoned, would lead to harm." This is the summary here; but in detail, the distinction between arisen and unarisen, and the method of abandoning and non-abandoning - all that has been spoken of in the Visuddhimagga in the description of the purification of knowledge and vision.

"Unarisen wholesome mental states of mine" means blameless mental states reckoned as morality, concentration, path, and fruition, even though not yet attained. "Arisen" means those very same ones that have been attained. "If ceasing, would lead to harm" - it should be understood that those mental states beginning with morality, ceasing by way of decline through non-attainment again, would lead to harm. And here, mundane ones decline; there is no decline of supramundane ones. But this teaching was given by way of the right striving "for the presence of arisen wholesome mental states." Or the second path, not arising quickly, the first path ceasing, would lead to harm - thus the meaning here should be seen. Thus in this discourse, these four right strivings have been spoken of by way of preliminary insight. The second.

3.

Commentary on the Candūpama Sutta

146. In the third, "like the moon" means having been similar to the moon. Is it in roundness? No, but rather just as the moon, springing forth across the expanse of the sky, does not make intimacy or affection or attachment or attachment or longing or prepossession with anyone, and yet it is not that it is not dear and agreeable to the public, so you too, by the non-performance of intimacy and so on with anyone, being dear and agreeable to many people, having been like the moon, approach the four families beginning with the warrior caste families - this is the meaning. Furthermore, just as the moon dispels darkness and pervades with light, so too by the dispelling of the darkness of mental defilements and by the pervading of the light of knowledge, having been like the moon - by these and other such methods the meaning here should be understood.

"Having drawn back the body, having drawn back the mind" means by that very non-performance of intimacy and so on, having drawn back and removed both body and mind - this is the meaning. For whatever monk does not even dwell in the forest, and also thinks sensual thoughts and so on, this one draws back neither the body nor the mind. For whoever indeed dwells in the forest, but thinks sensual thoughts and so on, this one draws back only the body, not the mind. Whoever dwells at the edge of a village, and indeed does not think sensual thoughts and so on, this one draws back only the mind, not the body. But whoever both dwells in the forest and does not think sensual thoughts and so on, this one draws back both. Explaining "having been of such nature, approach families," he said "having drawn back the body, having drawn back the mind."

"Always as newcomers" means always just as newcomers, having been just like visitors - this is the meaning. For a visitor, having entered a house reached in succession, if the housewives, having seen him, feeling compassion thinking "Our sons and brothers have gone away to live abroad and wandered about thus," having caused him to sit down, feed him, as soon as he has eaten, saying "Take your vessel," he rises and departs; he does not make intimacy with them, nor does he arrange duties and tasks. Thus you too, having entered a house reached in succession, having taken whatever faithful people give in the postures, with intimacy cut off, being uninvolved in their duties and tasks, depart - thus it explains.

But for the purpose of making manifest this state of being always a newcomer, the story of the two brothers should be told - It is said that two brothers, having departed from a village near the city of Vasāḷa, went forth; they became known as the Elder Cūḷanāga and the Elder Mahānāga. They, having dwelt at Cittala Mountain for thirty years, having attained arahantship, thinking "We shall see our mother," having come and having dwelt at the monastery near the city of Vasāḷa, on the following day they entered the mother's village for almsfood. Their mother too, having brought out rice gruel with a ladle, poured it into the bowl of one of them. As she was looking at him, affection for her son arose. Then he said to him - "You, dear, are my son Mahānāga." The elder, having said "Ask the elder behind me, lay follower," departed. Having given rice gruel to the elder behind too, she asked "Dear, you are my son Cūḷanāga?" The elder said "Why, lay follower, did you not ask the former elder?" Having said this, he departed. Thus a monk who has cut off intimacy even with his mother is called always a newcomer.

"Not impudent" means not bold, devoid of bodily impudence in eight instances, verbal impudence in four instances, and mental impudence in many instances - this is the meaning. Bodily impudence in eight instances means improper bodily conduct in the Community, in a group, towards individuals, in the refectory, in the sweat room, at the bathing ford, on the almsfood round path, and when entering the inhabited area. That is: Here a certain one sits in the midst of the Community either clutching the knees or having placed foot upon foot - and so on. Likewise in the midst of a group. "In the midst of a group" means at an assembly of the fourfold assembly or at an assembly of a group of discourse specialists and so on. Likewise towards senior persons. But in the refectory, he does not give a seat to the seniors, and prevents the juniors from their seats. Likewise in the sweat room. And here he lights fires and so on without asking permission of the seniors. And at the bathing ford, that which has been said "One should bathe in the order of arrival, without making a measure of 'young' or 'senior'" - disregarding even that, having come afterwards, having descended into the water, he obstructs both the seniors and the juniors. But on the almsfood round path, he goes in front for the purpose of the best seat, the best water, and the best almsfood, striking arm against arm. When entering the inhabited area, he enters before the seniors, and engages in bodily play with the juniors - and so on.

Verbal impudence of four kinds means the uttering of unfitting speech in the Community, in a group, in the presence of an individual, and in the inhabited area. That is: Here a certain one, without asking permission, speaks the Teaching in the midst of the Community. Likewise in the midst of a group of the aforesaid type and in the presence of an individual, when asked a question right there by people, he answers without asking permission from one who is more senior. But in the inhabited area, "O so-named one, what is there? Is it rice gruel, or solid and soft food? What will you give me? What shall we chew today? What shall we eat? What shall we drink?" and so on, he speaks.

Mental impudence of many kinds means the thinking of sensual thoughts and so on with the mind alone, even without committing transgression by body and speech, in those various places. Furthermore, even the evil desire that proceeds thus, while being actually immoral, "May people know me as moral" - that too is mental impudence. Thus he says "approach" having become not impudent through the absence of all these kinds of impudence.

"Decayed well" means an old well. "Mountain precipice" means an uneven precipitous place on a mountain. "River fastness" means a fastness of a river, a place with a cut-off bank. "Having drawn back the body" means: whoever, absorbed in play and so on, looks at such places without drawing back the body, without making it lean to one side, without having it supported by wind, and also without drawing back the mind, without being stirred by seeing the danger that "one who has fallen here suffers the breaking of hands and feet and so on," looks on with fondness - he, having fallen, suffers the harm of breaking of hands and feet and so on. But whoever, desiring water or wishing to look on some other task, having drawn back the body, having made it lean to one side, having had it supported by wind, and also having drawn back the mind, having been stirred by seeing the danger, looks on - he does not fall; having looked according to his liking, happy, he departs wherever he wishes.

"Just so" - here this is the correlation of the simile: For the four families are like the decayed well and so on; the monk is like the man who looks. Just as a man whose body and mind are not drawn back falls there while looking at those, so a monk approaching families with unguarded body and so on is bound among families, and from that suffers harm of various kinds such as the breaking of the foot of morality and so on. But just as a man whose body and mind are drawn back does not fall there, so a monk approaching families with body drawn back and mind drawn back, having become one whose body and mind are drawn back through guarded body, guarded mind, guarded speech, and well-established mindfulness, is not bound among families. Then for him, just as for a man who has not fallen there the feet are not broken, so the foot of morality is not broken. Just as the hands are not broken, so the hand of faith is not broken. Just as the belly is not broken, so the belly of concentration is not broken. Just as the head is not broken, so the head of knowledge is not broken; and just as stumps and thorns and so on do not pierce that one, so the thorns of lust and so on do not pierce this one. Just as he, free from mishap, having looked according to his liking, happy, departs wherever he wishes, so a monk, depending on families, using the requisites of robes and so on, having developed the meditation subject, exploring activities, having attained arahantship, happy with supramundane happiness, goes wherever he wishes to the direction of Nibbāna never gone to before.

Now, whoever of inferior disposition and wrongly practising should say thus: "The perfectly Self-awakened One, saying 'Having abandoned the threefold impudence, approach families like the moon, always as newcomers,' places one in an impossible position, imposes an unbearable burden, makes one do what cannot be done" - having cut off his ground for disputation, showing "It can be done thus, there is such a monk," he said beginning with "Kassapa, monks."

"Waved his hand in the air" means in the blue expanse of the sky, as if producing twin lightning, he moved his hand below, above, and on both sides. And this is an unbroken phrase in the word of the Buddha in the three Canons. "Delighted" means with a gladdened mind, joyful, not with a mind seized by having been cut off by displeasure. "Of Kassapa, monks" - this too was said for the purpose of showing, having cut off the opposing doctrine by the former method, "there is such a monk."

"May they show me a sign of their pleasure" means they would give requisites such as robes and so on. "May they proceed towards that state" means fulfilling morality where morality should come, accomplishing each of those respective things - concentration, insight, path and fruition - where they should come, they would proceed towards that condition. "Sympathy" means the state of protection. "Compassion" means tender-heartedness. Both of these are synonyms for compassion itself. "Kassapa, monks" - this too was said by the former method, having cut short the opponent's argument, for the purpose of showing that there is such a monk. "With Kassapa or" - here, having made the connection by way of the moon simile and so on, the meaning should be understood by the former method. The third.

4.

Commentary on the Kulūpaka Sutta

147. In the fourth, "dependent on families" means one who goes to the houses of families. "May they give to me" means may they give indeed to me. "Is distressed" means is troubled, is oppressed. The remainder here should be understood in accordance with the method already stated. The fourth.

5.

Commentary on the Jiṇṇa Sutta

148. In the fifth, "old" means the elder was aged. "Heavy" means from the time they were obtained from the Teacher's presence, through sewing with thread and applying patches at places that were cut and torn, they had become many layers and had become heavy. "Cast-off garments" means they received this name because they had formerly been worn and then removed by the Blessed One. "Therefore" means because you are both old and have heavy rag-robes. "Given by householders" means he says: having given up the rag-robe wearer's practice, wear robes given by householders. "Invitations" means he says: having given up the almsfood eater's practice, accept invitations such as ticket meals and so on. "Near me" means he says: having given up the forest-dweller's practice, dwell in a lodging at the edge of a village.

But is it not the case that just as a king, having appointed a general to the position of general, while that one is satisfying him through his own work such as attending upon the king and so on, taking away that position and giving it to another, does what is called inappropriate; so too the Teacher, having gone a distance of three leagues for the purpose of going out to meet the Elder Mahākassapa, seated at the foot of the Bahuputtaka tree between Rājagaha and Nāḷanda, having given full ordination with three exhortations, having exchanged his own robe with him, made the elder one with the forest-dweller's practice by birth and the rag-robe wearer's practice by birth; does he, while that one is satisfying the Teacher's mind with the desire to act in that practice, having caused him to give up rag-robes and so on, urging him to accept householders' robes and so on, do what is called inappropriate? He does not. Why? Because of his own disposition. For the Teacher did not wish to have the ascetic practices given up, but just as drums and so on when not struck do not emit sound, so persons of such a nature when not struck do not roar the lion's roar - wishing to make him roar, with the disposition of the lion's roar, he spoke thus. The elder too, in conformity with the Teacher's disposition, roars the lion's roar by the method beginning with "I, venerable sir, have for a long time been a forest-dweller" and so on.

"Pleasant abiding in the present life" means a pleasant abiding in the present life is obtained only by a forest-dweller, not by one dwelling at the edge of a village. For one dwelling at the edge of a village hears the sounds of children, sees unsuitable forms, hears unsuitable sounds; on account of that, discontent arises in him. But a forest-dweller, having gone beyond a league or half a yojana, having plunged into the forest and dwelling there, hears the sounds of leopards, tigers, lions and so on, on account of hearing which non-human delight arises. With reference to which it was said -

Likewise it is obtained only by an almsfood eater, not by one who is not an almsfood eater. For one who is not an almsfood eater walks about at improper times, goes with a hurried walk, exchanges, goes as one who is obstructed, and there is much doubt. But an almsfood eater does not walk about at improper times, does not go with a hurried walk, does not exchange, goes unobstructed, and there is not much doubt.

How? For one who is not an almsfood eater, dwelling in a monastery far from the village, thinking at the early hour before sunrise "I shall get rice gruel or leftover food, or else in the sitting hall something among the designated meals and so on will come my way," cutting through spider webs, raising up sleeping cow-shaped figures, going right early, walks about at improper times. Going with speed like one pursuing a deer in order to reach people just as they are leaving their houses for the purpose of field work and so on, he walks with a hurried walk. Having seen something along the way, he asks "Is such-and-such a male lay follower or such-and-such a female lay follower at home or not at home?" Having heard "Not at home," thinking "Now from where shall I obtain it?" He trembles like one burnt by fire. He himself, wishing to go to the western direction, having obtained a ticket for the eastern direction, having approached another who has obtained a ticket for the western direction, saying "Venerable sir, I shall go to the western direction; you take my ticket, give me your ticket," he exchanges the ticket. Or else, having brought one ticket meal and while eating it, when people say "Give the bowl for another ticket meal too," saying "Venerable sir, give your bowl; I, having put the food into my bowl, shall give you your bowl," having had another give his bowl, when the food is brought, having put it into his own bowl and returning the bowl, he exchanges the bowl. At the monastery kings, viceroys, chief ministers and so on give a great gift, and moreover a ticket has been obtained in a distant village; not going there, he does not obtain a ticket again for a week - so out of fear of loss he goes. Going thus, he goes as one who is obstructed. And regarding that ticket meal and so on for the sake of which he goes, "Will they give it to me or will they not give it? Will they give something superior or coarse? Will it be little or much? Will it be cool or hot?" - thus there is much doubt there.

But the almsfood eater, having risen early in the morning, having performed all kinds of duties, having looked after the body, having entered his dwelling place, having attended to his meditation subject, having observed the time, goes at the time sufficient for the public to give ladle-fuls of almsfood and so on - thus he is not one who walks about at improper times. He goes seeing with insight, having divided each step-turn into six portions - thus he is not one who walks about in haste. Due to his own steadfastness, he does not ask "Is such and such a person at home or not at home?" He does not take ticket meals and so on. Not taking them, what will he exchange? He is not obstructed through the influence of another; attending to his meditation subject, he goes according to his preference; unlike the other, he does not have much doubt. Not obtaining in one village or street, he walks about elsewhere. Not obtaining there either, walking about elsewhere, having collected mixed rice, having consumed it as if it were the Deathless, he goes.

It is obtained only for the wearer of rag-robes, not for the non-wearer of rag-robes. For the non-wearer of rag-robes walks about seeking a rains-residence gift, and does not seek a suitable lodging. But the wearer of rag-robes does not walk about seeking a rains-residence gift; he seeks only a suitable lodging. It is obtained only for the three-robe wearer, not for the other. For the non-three-robe wearer has many goods and many requisites; therefore there is no comfortable abiding for him. And it is obtained only for those of few wishes and so on, not for the others. Therefore it was said - "Seeing my own pleasant abiding in the present life." The fifth.

6.

Commentary on the Ovāda Sutta

149. In the sixth, "I or" - why did he say this? For the purpose of establishing the elder in his own position. Are Sāriputta and Moggallāna not there? There is. But thus it occurred to him: "These will not remain for long, but Kassapa has a lifespan of one hundred and twenty years. He, when I have attained final Nibbāna, having sat down in the Sattapaṇṇi Cave and having carried out the compilation of the Teaching and the monastic discipline, will make my Dispensation endure for a period of five thousand years. I establish him in my own position; thus the monks will think that Kassapa should be listened to." Therefore he spoke thus. "Difficult to admonish" means those who can be spoken to only with difficulty. "With qualities that make one difficult to admonish" means with qualities that produce the state of being difficult to admonish. "Not receiving instruction respectfully" means having heard the instruction, they do not receive it respectfully, they do not proceed in accordance with the advice; it shows that those not proceeding have become what are called wrong-graspers. "Challenging" means surpassing one another in speaking; the meaning is making excessive debate in dependence on their learning of the Scriptures. "Who will speak more" means when speaking the Teaching, who will speak much - is it you, or is it I? "Who will speak more beautifully" - one, speaking much, speaks what is inconsistent and unsweet; another speaks what is consistent and sweet. With reference to that, he said "who will speak more beautifully." But one, though speaking both much and beautifully, does not speak for long and rises quickly; another makes it last a long time. With reference to that, he said "who will speak longer." The sixth.

7.

Commentary on the Second Ovāda Sutta

150. In the seventh, "faith" means faith through conviction. "Energy" means bodily and mental energy. "Wisdom" means wisdom that knows wholesome mental states. "There are no monks who exhort" shows that for this person there are no exhorters, instructors, or good friends - this, venerable sir, is decline. The seventh.

8.

Commentary on the Third Ovāda Sutta

151. In the eighth, "because" (tathā hi pana) is an indeclinable particle establishing the reason for being easy to admonish formerly and being difficult to admonish now. "Therein" (tatra) means among those elder monks. "What is this monk's name" (ko nāmāyaṃ bhikkhu) means what is the name of this monk? Is it the Elder Tissa or the Elder Nāga? "Therein" (tatra) means when such honour was being shown. "Towards that state" (tathattāya) means towards such a condition; the meaning is towards the state of being a forest-dweller and so on. "Fond of his fellow monks in the holy life" (sabrahmacārikāmo) means he desires thus "Let these attend upon me and go about with me," thus he craves, wishes, aspires - thus he is one fond of his fellow monks in the holy life. "Towards that state" (tathattāya) means for the purpose of producing material gain and honour. "By misfortune for those living the holy life" (brahmacārūpaddavena) means that which is called misfortune, namely the excessive desire and lust among fellow practitioners of the holy life regarding the four requisites - troubled by that. "Longing" (abhipatthanā) means excessive aspiration. "By the longing of those living the holy life" (brahmacāriabhipatthanena) means by the state of the four requisites reckoned as the excessive aspiration of the practitioners of the holy life. The eighth.

9.

Commentary on the Jhānābhiñña Sutta

152. In the ninth, "whenever I wish" means whenever I desire. But those which are stated hereafter - the four fine-material-sphere meditative absorptions by the method beginning with "quite secluded from sensual pleasures," the four immaterial attainments by the method beginning with "with the complete transcendence of perceptions of material form," the attainment of cessation thus: "having completely transcended the plane of neither-perception-nor-non-perception, the cessation of perception and feeling," and the five mundane direct knowledges by the method beginning with "the various kinds of supernormal power." Therein, whatever should be said, all that has been explained in detail in the Visuddhimagga together with the word-by-word explanation and the method of meditative development. But regarding the six direct knowledges, "with the elimination of the mental corruptions" means by means of the elimination of the mental corruptions. "Without mental corruptions" means that which has not become a condition for the mental corruptions. "Liberation of mind" means the concentration of the fruition of arahantship. "Liberation by wisdom" means the wisdom of the fruition of arahantship. The ninth.

10.

Commentary on the Upassaya Sutta

153. In the tenth, why does he request going to the nuns' dwelling with "Come, venerable sir"? Not because of material gain and honour, but here there are nuns desirous of a meditation subject; he requests thinking "Having aroused their zeal, I shall have the meditation subject explained." But is he not himself a master of the three Canons and very learned? Is he not able to explain it himself? No, he is able. But he requests thinking "They will consider the talk of a disciple who is the counterpart of the Buddha as worthy of belief." "You have much to do, you have many duties" - was the elder engaged in new construction work and so on, that he said thus to him? No, but when the Teacher had attained final Nibbāna, the four assemblies, having approached the Elder Ānanda, weep and lament: "Venerable sir, whose bowl and robes shall we now take and attend upon, whose residential cell shall we sweep, to whom shall we give water for washing the face?" The elder convinces the assembly: "Impermanent are activities; even upon an aged body the King of Death struck shamelessly. This is the nature of activities; do not grieve, do not lament." This is his having much to do. With reference to that, the elder said thus. "Instructed" means he showed the quality of practice. "Encouraged" means he caused them to undertake. "Inspired" means he instigated. "Gladdened" means he caused them to rejoice by the quality attained.

"Thullatissā" means fat in body, Tissā by name. "The wise sage" means of the wise sage. For a wise person strives and accomplishes all duties by means of knowledge termed as veda; therefore he is called "vedeha." He is both vedeha and a sage - thus "vedehamuni." "Thinks to speak the Teaching" means in the presence of the bearer of the Triple Canon, the treasurer of the Teaching, he himself being a forest-dweller and a wearer of rag-robes, imagines "I am a preacher of the Teaching" and thinks the Teaching should be spoken. "What is this, how is this?" - She speaks disparagingly. "Heard" means he heard by way of another having come and informed him. "Wait, friend" means stand, friend. "Lest the Community investigate you further" means lest the community of monks investigate you on an additional occasion. This is what is meant - "By Ānanda a disciple who is the counterpart of the Buddha was restrained, but one nun was not restrained; there will be intimacy or affection with her" - lest the Community should think thus of you.

Now, explaining his own state of being the counterpart of the Buddha, he said beginning with "What do you think, friend"? "Seven cubits" means the measure of seven hands. "Nāga" means an elephant. "Or seven and a half cubits" means eight cubits less by half a cubit; the meaning is a height of seven cubits and a span from the front feet up to the crown of the head. "With a palm leaf" means with a young palm leaf. "Fell away" means she passed away, not that she died or perished; but having uttered blame against a disciple who is the counterpart of the Buddha, when the Elder Mahākassapa roared the lion's roar with the six direct knowledges, her ochre robes began to chafe her body like thorny branches, like branches of the itch plant; having removed them and putting on white garments, at the very moment of dressing, delight of mind arose in her. The tenth.

11.

Commentary on the Cīvara Sutta

154. In the eleventh, "in the Southern Hills" means the countryside on the southern side of the mountain standing surrounding Rājagaha is called the Southern Hills; the meaning is that he wanders on a journey there. And a journey is of two kinds - the hurried journey and the unhurried journey. Therein, when a certain one, having put on one ochre robe as a lower garment, having wrapped one as an upper garment, having hung the bowl and robes on the shoulder, having taken an umbrella, with sweat streaming from the body, travels seven or eight yojanas in a day; or when Buddhas, having seen some being capable of being enlightened, travel even a hundred yojanas or even a thousand yojanas in a moment - this is called the hurried journey. But the going daily of a league, half a yojana, three leagues, or a yojana - such a distance - while accepting invitations for today and winning over the people, this is called the unhurried journey. This is what is intended here.

But was not the elder for twenty-five years like a shadow, going behind and behind the One of Ten Powers, not even giving occasion for the words "Where is Ānanda?" - at what time then does he get the opportunity to wander on a journey together with the community of monks? In the year of the Teacher's final Nibbāna. It is said that when the Teacher had attained final Nibbāna, the Elder Mahākassapa, having sat down in the midst of the community of monks that had assembled at the Teacher's final Nibbāna, having selected five hundred monks for the purpose of reciting together the Teaching and the monastic discipline, having said "Friends, we, dwelling at Rājagaha for the rains retreat, will recite together the Teaching and the monastic discipline; before the entering of the rains retreat, having cut off your own impediments, gather together at Rājagaha," he himself went to Rājagaha. The Elder Ānanda too, having taken the Blessed One's bowl and robes, convincing the great multitude, having gone to Sāvatthī, departing from there, going towards Rājagaha, wandered on a journey in the Southern Hills. With reference to that, this was said.

"For the most part youngsters" means those who are called ones who returned to the lower life, they were for the most part boys, young, of tender age, monks of one rains or two rains, as well as youngsters not fully ordained. But why did they go forth, and why did they return to the lower life? It is said that their mothers and fathers thought - "The Elder Ānanda is the Teacher's confidant, having requested eight boons he attends upon him, he is able to take the Teacher to whatever place he wishes to go; let us give our children the going forth in his presence; he will come bringing the Teacher, and when he has come we shall be able to make great honour." For this reason, to begin with, their relatives gave them the going forth. But when the Teacher had attained final Nibbāna, that aspiration of theirs was cut off, and then in a single day they turned them out of the Order.

"As long as one likes" means according to preference, according to disposition. "The rule about group meals was laid down" - this refers to "In a group meal, except at the right time, there is an expiation." With reference to this it was said. For therein, even for three persons accepting an improper invitation and receiving together, there is no offence; therefore "group meals" was said.

"For the refutation of obstinate persons" means for the purpose of refuting immoral persons. "For the comfortable abiding of well-behaved monks" means by the very refutation of the obstinate, the Observance and invitation ceremonies proceed for the well-behaved, there is harmonious dwelling; this is their comfortable abiding - for the sake of this comfortable abiding. "Lest those with evil desires, relying on a faction, should break the Community" means just as Devadatta together with his following, having asked among families and eating, relying on those with evil desires, broke the Community, so too lest other evil-desiring ones, having asked among families and eating by binding a group, having increased the group, relying on that faction, should break the Community - thus by this reason it was laid down, this is the meaning. "And out of compassion for families" means when the community of monks, having performed the Observance and invitation ceremonies, dwells in harmonious dwelling, people, having given ticket meals and so on, become destined for heaven; thus out of this compassion for families too it was laid down, this is the meaning.

"You seem to be wandering about destroying the crops" means you wander about as if destroying the crops. "You seem to be wandering about destroying families" means you wander about as if destroying families, as if striking them. "Is breaking up" means is particularly falling apart, is splitting. "Your new ones are falling away, friend" means friend, these of yours, for the most part, mostly junior monks of one rains or two rains, young ones as well as novices, are falling away, are splitting apart. "This youngster does not know the limit" means this youngster does not know his own measure - he said this threatening the elder.

"We are not freed from being called a youngster" means we are not freed from the talk of a youngster. "Because you" - this was said for the purpose of showing the reason for his being spoken to thus. For this is the intention here: Because you wander together with these new monks who are devoid of sense-restraint, therefore, wandering together with youngsters, you deserve to be called a youngster.

"Being formerly of another sect" - this was said because, since for the elder neither a teacher nor a preceptor is apparent in this Dispensation, and he went forth having taken the ochre robes himself, therefore, out of displeasure, attributing to him the status of being formerly of another sect, she said this.

"Hastily" - here, conduct through lust and delusion is also hasty conduct, but this was said by way of conduct through hate. "Without reflection" means without having considered. Now, purifying his own going forth, he said beginning with "Since I, friend." Therein, "having pointed to another teacher" means except for the Blessed One, I do not know of pointing to another thus: "He is my Teacher." Regarding "the household life is confinement" and so on: even if a wife and husband live in a house sixty cubits wide or even a hundred yojanas apart, still for them the household life is indeed confinement in the sense of having possessions and having impediments. "A path of dust" - in the Great Commentary it is said to mean a place for the arising of the dust of lust and so on. It is also proper to say "a path of coming." "The open air" means like the open air in the sense of non-attachment. For one gone forth, even while dwelling in pinnacled buildings, jewelled mansions, heavenly palaces and the like, with doors and windows shut, in concealed places, does not stick, does not cling, is not bound. Therefore it was said "going forth is the open air." Furthermore, the household life is confinement because of the absence of opportunity for doing what is wholesome. A path of dust, because it is a place for the gathering of dust - the dust of mental defilements - like an unguarded refuse heap. Going forth is the open air because of the existence of opportunity for doing what is wholesome as one pleases.

"It is not easy" etc. "I should go forth" - here this is the meaning in brief: That this holy life of the threefold training is completely perfect because it must be kept unbroken even for a single day and brought to the final moment of consciousness; and it should be lived completely pure because it must be kept unstained by the stain of mental defilements even for a single day and brought to the final moment of consciousness; polished like a conch shell, resembling a polished conch shell, comparable to a washed conch shell. This is not easy for one dwelling in a house, for one living in the midst of a house, completely perfect, etc. to live. "What if I were to shave off my hair and beard, and having put on and dressed in ochre robes - which are suitable garments for those living the holy life because of being dyed with astringent dye - having gone out from the house, I should go forth into homelessness." And here, since the work of ploughing, trading, and so on which is beneficial for the house is called "household life," and since that does not exist in the going forth, therefore the going forth should be understood as "homelessness" - that homelessness. "I should go forth" means I should undertake.

"Of rags" means of old rags. For even a new cloth of thirteen cubits is called a "rag" from the time the selvages are cut. Thus, with reference to a double robe made by cutting very costly cloths, it was said "a double robe of rags." "Travelling on the highway" - beginning from half a yojana, a road is called a "highway"; having set out on that highway - the meaning is having set out on a long road.

Now, in order to make manifest the meaning of how he went forth and how he set out on the highway, a progressive discourse should be told beginning from the resolution: In the past, it is said, at the summit of a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, a Teacher named Padumuttara arose. While he was dwelling in the secure deer-park near the city of Haṃsavatī, a householder named Vedeha, possessing wealth of eighty million, having eaten excellent food right early, having determined the Observance factors, having taken scents, flowers and so on, having gone to the monastery, having venerated and paid homage to the Teacher, sat down to one side. At that moment, the Teacher established the Elder Mahānisabha, the third disciple, in the foremost position, saying "This is the foremost, monks, of my disciples who are monks who advocate ascetic practices, namely Nisabha." The lay follower, having heard that, pleased, at the conclusion of the Dhamma talk, when the great assembly had risen and gone, having paid homage to the Teacher, said "Venerable sir, please accept almsfood from me tomorrow." "The community of monks is large, lay follower." "How many is the Blessed One?" "One hundred and sixty-eight thousand monks." "Venerable sir, without leaving behind even a single novice in the monastery, please accept the almsfood." The Teacher accepted. The lay follower, having learned of the Teacher's acceptance, having gone home, having prepared a great gift, on the following day announced the time to the Teacher. The Teacher, having taken his bowl and robe, surrounded by the community of monks, having gone to the lay follower's house, seated on the prepared seat, at the conclusion of the water of dedication, receiving rice gruel, meals and so on, made the participation in the meal. The lay follower too sat down near the Teacher.

In the meantime, the Elder Mahānisabha, walking for almsfood, entered that very street. The lay follower, having seen him, having risen and gone, having paid homage to the elder, said "Give us your bowl, venerable sir." The elder gave the bowl. "Venerable sir, enter right here; the Teacher too is seated in the house." "It will not be proper, lay follower." The lay follower, having taken the elder's bowl, having filled it with almsfood, having brought it out, gave it to him. Then, having followed after the elder and having returned, having sat down near the Teacher, he said thus - "Venerable sir, the Elder Mahānisabha, even when told 'The Teacher is seated in the house,' did not wish to enter. Is there indeed a virtue in him exceeding your virtues?" And for Buddhas there is no such thing as stinginess regarding praise. Then the Teacher said thus - "Lay follower, we sit in the house waiting for almsfood; that monk does not sit thus looking out for almsfood. We dwell in a lodging near a village; he dwells only in the forest. We dwell under shelter; he dwells only in the open air. Thus this and this is his virtue" - he spoke as if filling the great ocean. The lay follower, like a lamp already burning that has been sprinkled with oil, having become even more devoted, thought - "What need have I of any other achievement? In the future, in the presence of a Buddha, I shall make an aspiration for the state of being foremost among those who advocate ascetic practices."

He again invited the Teacher and, by that very same procedure, having given gifts for seven days, on the seventh day having given the three robes to one hundred and sixty-eight thousand monks, having lain down at the feet of the Teacher, said thus - "Whatever friendly bodily action, friendly verbal action, friendly mental action of mine there has been while giving gifts for seven days, venerable sir - by this I do not aspire for any other heavenly achievement or the achievement of Sakka, Māra, or Brahmā; but may this action of mine be a condition for the state of being foremost among the bearers of the thirteen ascetic practices, for the purpose of attaining the position next to that attained by the Elder Mahānisabha, in the presence of a Buddha in the future." The Teacher, looking to see "A great position has been aspired to by this one; will it succeed indeed?" having seen that it would succeed, said - "An agreeable position has been aspired to by you. In the future, at the summit of a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, a Buddha named Gotama will arise; you will be his third disciple, the Elder Mahākassapa by name." Having heard that, the lay follower, thinking "For Buddhas there is no such thing as two words," regarded that achievement as if it were to be attained the very next day. He, having kept morality for as long as life lasted, having deceased there, was reborn in heaven.

From then on, experiencing achievement among gods and humans, ninety-one cosmic cycles from now, when the perfectly Self-awakened One Vipassī was dwelling in dependence on the city of Bandhumatī in the deer-park called Khema, having fallen away from the heavenly world, he was reborn in a certain impoverished brahmin family. And at that time there was a great commotion: "The Blessed One Vipassī teaches the Teaching every seventh year." Throughout the whole of Jambudīpa, deities announced "The Teacher will teach the Teaching," and the brahmin heard that message. And he had one cloth for an inner robe, likewise the brahmin woman; but the outer robe for both of them was just one. Throughout the whole city he was known as "the one-cloth brahmin." When there was an assembly of brahmins for some business, having left the brahmin woman at home, he himself went; when there was an assembly of brahmin women, he himself stayed at home, and the brahmin woman, having put on that cloth, went. But on that day the brahmin said to the brahmin woman - "Dear madam, will you listen to the hearing of the Teaching at night or by day?" "We who are born as womankind are not able to listen at night; I shall listen by day" - having left the brahmin at home, having put on the cloth, having gone by day together with the female lay followers, having paid homage to the Teacher, having sat down to one side, having heard the Teaching, she came back together with the female lay followers. Then the brahmin, having left the brahmin woman at home, having put on the cloth, went to the monastery.

And at that time the Teacher, seated on the decorated pulpit in the midst of the assembly, having taken a decorated fan, as if bringing down the celestial river, as if making Sineru the churning-stick and churning the ocean, gave a talk on the Teaching. For the brahmin, seated at the edge of the assembly, listening to the Teaching, already in the first watch of the night, fivefold rapture arose, filling his entire body. He, having folded up the cloth he was wearing, thought "I shall give it to the One of Ten Powers." Then stinginess arose in him, showing a thousand dangers, and he thought "Both the brahmin woman and I have only one cloth between us, there is no other outer garment whatsoever, and without wearing one it is not possible to go about outside" - thus in every way he was unwilling to give. Then, when the first watch had passed, in the middle watch too rapture arose in the same way, and having thought in the same way, he was unwilling to give in the same way. Then, when the middle watch had passed, in the last watch too rapture arose in the same way, and he, thinking "Let there be crossing over or let there be death, I shall find out later," having folded up the cloth, placed it at the feet of the Teacher. Then, having bent his left hand, having clapped three times with his right hand, he roared three times "I have won! I have won!"

And at that time King Bandhuma, seated behind the pulpit within the curtain, was listening to the Teaching. For a king, the sound "I have won" is disagreeable. He sent a man saying "Go, ask him what he is saying." He, having gone, when asked by him, said - "Others, having mounted elephant vehicles and so on, having taken swords and shields and so on, conquer the enemy army - that is not wonderful. But I, like one splitting the head of an untamed bull coming from behind with a mallet and putting it to flight, having crushed the mind of stinginess, gave the cloth I was wearing to the One of Ten Powers. That stinginess of mine has been conquered." The man, having gone, reported that incident to the king. The king said - "We, my good man, did not know what was suitable for the One of Ten Powers, but the brahmin knew" - and sent even a pair of garments. Having seen that, the brahmin thought - "This one, while I was sitting silently, at first without giving anything, gave when I was speaking of the Teacher's virtues. What use is there for me of what has arisen dependent on the Teacher's virtues?" - and he gave that pair of garments too to the One of Ten Powers alone. The king asked "What has the brahmin done?" Having asked, and having heard "That pair of garments too was given by him to the Tathāgata alone," he sent another two pairs of garments. He gave those too. The king sent another four, and thus up to thirty-two pairs of garments. Then the brahmin, thinking "This is becoming like an increasing acquisition," having taken two pairs of garments - one for his own use and one for the brahmin woman's use - gave thirty pairs to the Tathāgata alone. And from then on he became an intimate of the Teacher.

Then one day, in the cold season, the king, having seen him listening to the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having given him his own red woollen blanket worth a hundred thousand that he was wearing, said - "From now on, having put this on, listen to the Teaching." He thought "What use is this woollen blanket to me, brought upon this foul body?" Having thought thus, he made it into a canopy over the Tathāgata's bed inside the perfumed chamber and went away. Then one day the king, having gone to the monastery right early, sat down in the presence of the Teacher inside the perfumed chamber. And at that time the six-coloured rays of the Buddha were striking against the woollen blanket, and the woollen blanket shone exceedingly. The king, looking upwards, having recognised it, said - "Venerable sir, this is our woollen blanket, given by us to the one-cloth brahmin." "By you, great king, the brahmin was venerated; by the brahmin, I was venerated." The king, having become confident thinking "The brahmin knew what was fitting, not we," having made everything that was of benefit to people into groups of eight each, having given a gift called "the complete eightfold," established him in the position of royal chaplain. He too, thinking "Eight times eight is sixty-four," having had sixty-four ticket meals arranged, having given gifts for as long as he lived, having guarded morality, having passed away from there, was reborn in heaven.

Again, having passed away from there, in this cosmic cycle he was reborn in a householder's home in Bārāṇasī in the interval between two Buddhas, namely the Blessed One Koṇāgamana and Kassapa, the One of Ten Powers. He, following growth, living the household life, one day was walking about in the forest on a walk. And at that time an Individually Enlightened One, doing robe-making work on the riverbank, when the favourable wind was insufficient, began to fold it up and put it aside. He, having seen this, said "Why, venerable sir, are you folding it up and putting it aside?" He said. The favourable wind is insufficient. Having given a cloth saying "Do it with this, venerable sir," he made the aspiration "In whatever place I am reborn, may there be no decline for me through anything." And at his house, while his wife was quarrelling with his sister, an Individually Enlightened One entered for almsfood.

Then his sister, having given almsfood to the Individually Enlightened One, with reference to his wife, made the aspiration "May one avoid such a fool by a hundred yojanas." She, standing at the house-gate, having heard that, saying "Let him not eat the food given by this one," having taken the bowl, having thrown away the almsfood, having filled it with mud, gave it. The other one, having seen this, said "Foolish one, abuse me or strike me. But it is not proper to throw away the food from the bowl of such a one who has fulfilled his perfections over two incalculable aeons and to give mud." Then reflection arose in his wife. She, saying "Wait, venerable sir," having thrown away the mud, having washed the bowl, having rubbed it with scented powder, having filled it with the excellent four sweets, having placed it shining with ghee of the colour of the interior of a lotus poured over the top in the hands of the Individually Enlightened One, made the aspiration "Just as this almsfood has become radiant, so may my body become radiant." The Individually Enlightened One, having given thanks, plunged into the sky. That husband and wife too, having done wholesome deeds as long as life lasted, having been reborn in heaven, again having passed away from there, the lay follower was reborn as the son of a millionaire of eighty crores' wealth in Bārāṇasī, and the other was reborn as the daughter of just such a millionaire.

When he had come of age, they brought that very millionaire's daughter for him. Through the power of that action, the result of what was formerly not given, as soon as she had entered her husband's family, at the threshold, her entire body became foul-smelling like an opened toilet. The millionaire's son, having asked "Whose is this odour?" and having heard "The millionaire's daughter's," saying "Take her away, take her away," sent her to her family home in the very same manner she had been brought. She, having been sent back in this very manner at seven places, thought - "I have been sent back at seven places. What is the use of my life?" Having had her own ornamental goods broken up, she had a golden brick made, a ratana in length, a span in width, and four finger-breadths in height. Then, having taken a lump of yellow orpiment and red arsenic, and taking eight bundles of waterlilies, she went to the place where the shrine of Kassapa, the One of Ten Powers, was being built. And at that moment, one who was completing a row of bricks, having encircled it, was short by one joining brick. The millionaire's daughter said to the carpenter - "Place this brick here." Mother, you have come at a fortunate time; place it yourself. She, having ascended, having mixed the yellow orpiment and red arsenic with oil, having fixed the brick with that binding, having made an offering above with eight bundles of waterlilies, having paid homage, having made the aspiration "In whatever place I am reborn, may the fragrance of sandalwood waft from my body, and the fragrance of waterlilies from my mouth," having paid homage to the shrine, having circumambulated it, she departed.

Then at that very moment, mindfulness arose in the millionaire's son to whose house she had first been taken, concerning her. In the city too a festival had been proclaimed. He said to his attendants - "Is there a millionaire's daughter who was brought here at that time? Where is she?" "At her family home, master." "Bring her; we shall celebrate the festival." They, having gone, having paid homage to her, stood and said "Why, dear ones, have you come?" When asked by her, they told her the news. "Dear ones, I have venerated the shrine with my ornamental goods; I have no ornaments." They, having gone, reported to the millionaire's son. "Bring her; we shall obtain adornments." They brought her. Together with her entering the house, the fragrance of sandalwood and the fragrance of blue waterlilies wafted throughout the entire house.

The merchant's son asked her - "At first a bad smell wafted from your body, but now the fragrance of sandalwood wafts from your body, and the fragrance of waterlilies wafts from your mouth. What is this?" She reported her deed done from the beginning. The merchant's son, having become confident thinking "The teaching of the Buddhas is indeed leading to liberation," encircled the golden shrine of one yojana with a woollen mantle and decorated it here and there with golden lotuses the size of chariot wheels. Their pendants were twelve cubits long. He, having remained there as long as life lasted, having been reborn in heaven, having passed away from there, was reborn in a certain minister's family in a place one yojana distant from Bārāṇasī. The merchant's daughter, having passed away from the heavenly world, was reborn as the eldest daughter in a royal family.

When they had come of age, a festival was proclaimed in the village where the young man lived, and he said to his mother - "Give me a cloth, mother, I shall celebrate the festival." She took out a washed garment and gave it to him. "Mother, this is coarse." She took out another and gave it to him, but he rejected that too. She took out another and gave it to him, but he rejected that too. Then his mother said to him - "Dear son, in such a household as we were born into, we do not have the merit for obtaining anything finer than this." "I shall go to a place where it can be obtained, mother." "Son, I wish for you even the attainment of kingship in the city of Bārāṇasī this very day." He, having paid homage to his mother, said - "I am going, mother." "Go, dear son." Thus, it is said, this thought occurred to her - "Where will he go? He will sit down in this or that house here." But he, having gone out by the fixed course of merit, having gone to Bārāṇasī, covered himself up to the head and lay down on the auspicious stone slab in the park. And that was the seventh day since the king of Bārāṇasī had died.

The ministers, having performed the funeral rites for the king, sat down in the royal courtyard and consulted - "The king has only one daughter, there is no son. A kingdom without a king does not endure. Who shall be king?" Having consulted, they said "You be king, you be king." The chaplain said - "It is not proper to search extensively; let us send forth the state chariot." They yoked four Sindh horses of the colour of white water lilies, placed the fivefold royal regalia and the white umbrella on the chariot itself, sent forth the chariot, and had musical instruments played behind it. The chariot, having gone out through the eastern gate, headed towards the park. Some said "It goes towards the park out of familiarity; let us turn it back." The chaplain said "Do not turn it back." The chariot circumambulated the young man, and having become ready for mounting, stood still. The chaplain, having removed the corner of the covering cloth and examining the soles of his feet, having said "Let this island stand; this one is fit to exercise kingship over the four continents with their surrounding two thousand islands," had the musical instruments played three times, saying "Play the instruments again, play them again."

Then the boy, having opened his face and looked, said: "For what purpose have you come?" He said. "Sire, the kingdom comes to you." "Where is the king?" "He has gone to divinity, my lord." "How many days have passed?" "Today is the seventh day." "Is there no son or daughter?" "There is a daughter, Sire, there is no son." "If so, I shall exercise the kingship." They at that very instant, having made a consecration pavilion, having adorned the princess with all ornaments, having brought her to the park, performed the consecration of the boy.

Then, to him whose consecration had been performed, they presented a cloth worth a hundred thousand. He said: "What is this, dear ones?" He said. "A lower garment, Sire." "Is it not, dear ones, coarse?" "Among cloths for human use, there is nothing finer than this, Sire." "Did your king wear such a thing?" "Yes, Sire." "Methinks your king was not meritorious. Bring a golden water-vessel; we shall obtain cloth." They brought a golden water-vessel. He, having risen, having washed his hands, having rinsed his face, having taken water with his hand, sprinkled it towards the eastern direction; having broken through the solid earth, eight wish-fulfilling trees arose. Again, having taken water, he sprinkled the four directions - south, west, and north; making eight in each direction, thirty-two wish-fulfilling trees arose. He, having put on one celestial cloth as a lower garment and having wrapped one as an upper garment, having said "Have the drum circulated thus: 'In the realm of King Nanda, let the women who spin thread not spin thread,'" having raised the parasol, decorated and prepared, mounted upon the excellent back of an elephant, having entered the city, having ascended the mansion, he enjoyed great prosperity.

Thus, as time went on, one day the queen, having seen the king's prosperity, showed an expression of compassion, saying "Alas, what an austere ascetic!" "What is this, queen?" And when asked, she said: "Exceedingly great, Sire, is this prosperity. In the past, having believed in the Buddhas, you performed good deeds; now do you not perform wholesome deeds as a condition for the future?" He said. "To whom shall I give? There are no virtuous ones." "The Indian subcontinent is not empty of Worthy Ones, Sire. You just prepare the giving; I shall find the Worthy Ones," she said. The king on the following day had a gift prepared at the eastern gate. The queen, right early, having determined the Observance factors, on the upper storey of the mansion, facing east, having lain down on her chest - "If there are Worthy Ones in this direction, let them come and accept our almsfood," she said. In that direction there were no Worthy Ones. They gave that offering to the poor, the destitute, and the beggars.

On the following day, having prepared a gift at the southern gate, she did likewise; on the following day, at the western gate. But on the day when it was prepared at the northern gate, when the queen was likewise inviting, the eldest of the five hundred Individually Enlightened Ones, the sons of Padumavatī, dwelling in the Himalayas, the Individually Enlightened One Mahāpaduma, addressed his brothers: "Sirs, King Nanda invites you; consent to her invitation." They, having consented, on the following day, having washed their faces at Lake Anotatta, having come through space, descended at the northern gate. People, having gone, reported to the king: "Five hundred Individually Enlightened Ones have come, Sire." The king, having gone together with the queen, having paid homage, having taken their bowls, having led the Individually Enlightened Ones up to the mansion, having given them a gift, at the conclusion of the meal, the king at the feet of the elder of the Community, the queen at the feet of the most junior of the Community, having prostrated, having made them give a promise saying "The noble ones will not be troubled by requisites, we shall not decline in merit; give us a promise to dwell here for as long as life lasts," having provided a dwelling place in every way in the park - five hundred hermitages and five hundred walking paths - they made them dwell there.

Thus, as time went on, the king's borderland was in revolt. "I am going to appease the borderland; do not be negligent towards the Individually Enlightened Ones," having exhorted the queen, he departed. While he had not yet returned, the vital principles of the Individually Enlightened Ones were eliminated. The Individually Enlightened One Mahāpaduma, having played the sport of meditative absorption throughout the three watches of the night, at the break of dawn, having taken hold of the railing board, while standing right there, attained final Nibbāna through the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging; by this method the rest too - thus all attained final Nibbāna. On the following day, the queen, having had the sitting place of the Individually Enlightened Ones smeared with green, having scattered flowers, having offered incense, seated looking out for their coming, not seeing them come, sent a man - "Go, dear fellow, find out whether there is any illness among the noble ones." He, having gone, having opened the door of Mahāpaduma's hermitage, not seeing him there, having gone to the walking path, having seen him standing leaning against the railing board, having paid homage, said "It is time, venerable sir." What will a body that has attained final Nibbāna say? He, thinking "He is sleeping, methinks," having gone, touched the back of his feet with his hand. Having known the state of having attained final Nibbāna from the coolness and the stiffness of the feet, he went to the presence of the second, thus to the third - having known the state of having attained final Nibbāna of all, he went to the royal palace. "Where, dear fellow, are the Individually Enlightened Ones?" When asked, he said "They have attained final Nibbāna, Queen." The queen, crying and weeping, having gone out, having gone there together with the citizens, having performed a worthy celebration, having performed the funeral rites for the Individually Enlightened Ones, having taken the relics, she established a shrine.

The king, having appeased the borderland, returned, and asked the queen who had come out to meet him: "Well, dear one, you were not negligent towards the Individually Enlightened Ones? Are the noble ones in good health?" "They have attained final Nibbāna, Sire." The king thought - "Even for such wise ones death arises; from where is there release for us?" He, without going to the city, having entered the park itself, having summoned his eldest son, having handed over the kingship to him, himself went forth in the ascetic going forth; the queen too thought "When this one has gone forth, what shall I do?" She went forth right there in the park. Both, having developed meditative absorption, having passed away from there, were reborn in the Brahma world.

While they were dwelling right there, our Teacher, having arisen in the world, having set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, gradually entered Rājagaha. This young man Pippali was born in the womb of the chief queen of the brahmin Kapila in the brahmin village of Mahātittha in the country of Magadha; this Bhaddā Kāpilānī was born in the womb of the chief queen of a brahmin of the Kosiya clan in the city of Sāgala in the country of Madda. As they were gradually growing up, when the young man Pippali's twentieth year and Bhaddā's sixteenth year had arrived, his mother and father, having looked at their son, pressed him exceedingly: "Dear son, you have come of age; the family lineage must be established." The young man said - "Do not speak such talk within my hearing. As long as you live, I shall look after you; after you, having gone out, I shall go forth." They, having let a few days pass, spoke again; he too rejected it in the same way. They spoke again; again too he rejected it. From then on, his mother spoke continuously without ceasing.

The young man, thinking "I shall convince my mother," having given a thousand gold coins of red gold, having had goldsmiths make one figure of a woman, at the conclusion of the work of polishing and rubbing and so on, having had it dressed in that red cloth, having had it adorned with flowers endowed with beauty and with various ornaments, having summoned his mother, said - "Mother, if I obtain such an object I shall live at home; if I do not obtain one, I shall not live at home." The wise brahmin woman thought - "My son is meritorious, one who has given gifts, one who has formed a resolution; when making merit he did not do so alone. Surely there will be a woman who has made merit together with him, a counterpart of the golden figure" - having summoned eight brahmins, having satisfied them with all desirable things, having placed the golden figure on a chariot, she dismissed them saying "Go, dear ones, wherever you see such a girl in a family equal to ours in birth, clan, and wealth, make this very golden figure a present and give it."

They, having set out thinking "This is indeed our task," "Where shall we go?" Having reflected, "The Madda country is indeed a place where beautiful women are produced; we shall go to the Madda country" - they went to the city of Sāgala in the Madda country. There, having placed that golden figure at the bathing ford, they sat down to one side. Then Bhaddā's nurse, having bathed Bhaddā, having adorned her, having caused her to sit in the royal bedchamber, coming to bathe, having seen that figure, with the perception "My master's daughter has come here," having threatened her, "You ill-mannered one, why have you come here?" Having raised her palm in threat, she struck her on the side of the cheek saying "Go quickly." Her hand trembled as if struck against a stone. She, having stepped back, said "Having seen such a stiff, great-necked thing, I generated the perception 'my master's daughter'; for my master's daughter, this one is not even fit to receive her inner robe." Then those people, having surrounded her, asked "Is your master's daughter of such a form?" "What is this one? A hundredfold, a thousandfold more beautiful than this one is my mistress; when she is seated in a room twelve cubits wide, there is no need for a lamp; by the radiance of her body alone she dispels the darkness." "If so, come then" - having taken that hunchback, having placed the golden figure on the chariot, having stood at the door of the house of the Kosiya clan, they announced their arrival.

The brahmin, having extended a friendly welcome, "Where have you come from?" He asked. "From the house of the brahmin Kapila in the great ford village in the Magadha country." "For what reason have you come?" "For such and such a reason." "Excellent, dear ones, the brahmin is of equal birth, clan, and wealth to ours; I shall give the girl" - he accepted the present. They sent a message to the brahmin Kapila - "A girl has been obtained; do what is to be done." Having heard that message, they informed the young man Pippali - "A girl has been obtained, it is said." The young man, thinking "I thought 'I shall not obtain one,' yet these say 'obtained'; having become unconcerned, I shall send a letter" - having gone to a private place, he wrote a letter: "Let Bhaddā obtain a household life suitable to her own birth, clan, and wealth. I, having gone forth, shall go forth into the homeless life. Do not be remorseful afterwards." Bhaddā too, having heard "They wish to give me to so-and-so, it is said," having gone to a private place, wrote a letter: "Let the master's son obtain a household life suitable to his own birth, clan, and wealth. I, having gone forth, shall go forth into the homeless life. Do not be remorseful afterwards." Both letters met on the road. "Whose letter is this?" Sent by the young man Pippali to Bhaddā. "Whose letter is this?" When it was said "Sent by Bhaddā to the young man Pippali," having read both, saying "See the deed of these youngsters," having torn them up, having thrown them away in the forest, having written a similar letter, they sent them from here and from there. Thus, even though they were unwilling, their meeting came about.

On that very day the young man too had a garland of flowers strung, and Bhaddā too had one strung. Having placed them in the middle of the bed, having eaten their supper, both having come together thinking "We shall ascend the bed," the young man ascended the bed on the right side. Bhaddā, having ascended on the left side, said - "On whose side the flowers wither, we shall know that a mind of lust has arisen in that one; this garland of flowers should not be clung to." But they, out of fear of bodily contact with each other, spent the three watches of the night without falling into sleep, and during the day there was not even so much as a smile. They, unassociated with worldly pleasures, as long as their mother and father lived, did not administer the household, but when they had died, they administered it. Great was the young man's wealth; the gold powder to be rubbed on the body and discarded on a single day was enough to obtain twelve Magadha measures by the Magadha measure. There were sixty great lakes fitted with machines, the farmland was twelve yojanas in extent, fourteen slave villages the size of Anurādhapura, fourteen elephant units, fourteen cavalry units, fourteen chariot units.

One day, having mounted a decorated horse, surrounded by a great crowd of people, having gone to the farmland, standing at the edge of the field, having seen crows and other birds pulling up earthworms and other creatures from the places broken by ploughs and eating them, he asked "Dear ones, what are these eating?" "Earthworms, lord." "To whom does the evil done by these belong?" "To you, lord." He thought - "If the evil done by these belongs to me, what will eighty-seven crores of wealth do for me? What use is the farmland of twelve yojanas, what use are the sixty great lakes fitted with machines, what use are the fourteen villages? Having handed over all this to Bhaddā Kāpilānī, having gone forth, I shall go forth into homelessness."

Bhaddā Kāpilānī too, at that very moment, in the inner compound, having had three pots of sesame spread out, surrounded by nurses, seated, having seen crows eating the sesame insects, asked "Mothers, what are these eating?" He asked. "Insects, lady." "To whom does the unwholesome action belong?" "To you, lady." She thought - "It is proper for me to obtain a cloth of four cubits and a measure of cooked rice; but if the unwholesome action done by this many people belongs to me, even in a thousand existences it is not possible to raise one's head from the round of rebirths. As soon as the young master arrives, having handed over everything to him, having gone forth, I shall go forth into homelessness."

The young man, having come, having bathed, having ascended the mansion, sat down on a costly divan, and then they prepared food befitting a universal monarch for him. Both having eaten, when the attendants had departed, they went to a private place and sat down in a comfortable spot. Then the young man said to Bhaddā - "Dear Bhaddā, when you came to this house, how much wealth did you bring?" "Fifty-five thousand cartloads, lord." "All that, and whatever eighty-seven crores there are in this house, and the wealth consisting of the sixty lakes fitted with machines and so on, I hand over all of it to you alone." "But what about you, lord?" "I shall go forth." "Lord, I too have been sitting looking out for just your arrival; I too shall go forth." For them the three existences appeared like a leaf-hut on fire. They, having said "We shall go forth," having had ochre-dyed robes and clay bowls brought from the market place, having shaved each other's hair, having gone forth saying "Whatever Worthy Ones there are in the world, with reference to them is our going forth," having put the bowls into bags and having hung them on their shoulders, they descended from the mansion. Among the slaves and labourers in the house, no one recognised them.

Then, having gone out from the brahmin village, as they were going through the entrance of the slave village, the inhabitants of the slave village recognised them by their deportment and behaviour. They, weeping, having fallen at their feet, said "Why do you make us destitute, noble sirs?" They said. "We, my good people, have gone forth thinking 'the three existences are like a blazing hermitage'; if we were to make each one of you a free person, even a hundred years would not suffice; you yourselves, having washed your own heads, becoming free persons, live on" - having said this, while they were still weeping, they departed. The elder, going ahead, having turned back and looking, thought - "This Bhaddā Kāpilānī, a woman worth the whole of Jambudīpa, comes behind me. There is indeed the possibility that someone might think thus: 'Even having gone forth, these are not able to be apart; they are acting unsuitably.' "Or else someone, having corrupted his mind, might become one who fills the realms of misery. It is fitting for me to leave her and go" - he produced this thought.

He, going ahead, having seen a crossroads, stood at its junction. Bhaddā too, having come and having paid homage, stood there. Then he said to him - "Dear Bhaddā, having seen such a woman coming behind me, having thought 'even having gone forth, these are not able to be apart,' the great multitude with a corrupted mind towards us might become ones who fill the realms of misery. At this crossroads, you take one path, I shall go by the other." "Yes, noble sir, for those gone forth, a woman is indeed a stain; seeing our fault, thinking 'even having gone forth, they are not apart,' you take one path, we shall be apart" - having circumambulated three times, having paid homage with the fivefold prostration at four places, having raised joined palms resplendent with the joining of ten fingernails, having said "The bond of friendship made over a course of a hundred thousand cosmic cycles is broken today," having said "You are of the right-hand nature, the right-hand path is fitting for you; we women are of the left-hand nature, the left-hand path is fitting for us" - having paid homage, she set out on the path. At the time of their parting, this great earth, as if saying "Though I am able to bear the world-encircling mountains and Mount Sineru, I am not able to bear your virtues," crying aloud, trembled; in the sky there occurred a sound like thunder; the world-encircling mountain resounded.

The Perfectly Self-awakened One, seated in the perfumed chamber at the great monastery in the Bamboo Grove, having heard the sound of the earthquake, thought "For whom indeed does the earth tremble?" Reflecting, "The young man Pippali and Bhaddā Kāpilānī, with reference to me, having abandoned immeasurable success, have gone forth; at the place of their separation, by the power of the virtues of both, this earthquake has arisen; it is fitting for me too to give them support" - having come out from the perfumed chamber, having taken the bowl and robes by himself, without addressing anyone among the eighty great elders, having gone out to meet them a distance of three leagues, he sat down between Rājagaha and Nāḷandā at the foot of the Bahuputtaka banyan tree, folding his legs crosswise. But in sitting down, he did not sit like some ordinary wearer of rag-robes, but having assumed the appearance of a Buddha, emitting dense Buddha rays of eighty cubits, he sat down. Thus at that moment, the Buddha rays, of the size of leaf-sunshades, cart-wheels, pinnacled buildings and so on, quivering here and there, running about, as if producing the time of the rising of a thousand moons and a thousand suns, made that forest interior one radiance. With the splendour of the thirty-two marks of a great man, like the sky with a host of resplendent stars, like water with fully blossoming lotuses and water-lilies, the forest interior shone. The trunk of a banyan tree is white, its leaves are blue, and its ripe fruits are red. But on that day, the hundred-branched banyan tree was golden in colour.

Thus, having stated the meaning of the term "travelling on the highway," "Now, how he went forth and how he set out on the highway - For the purpose of making manifest the meaning of this, this progressive discourse should be told beginning from the resolution" - what was said should be understood thus.

"Between Rājagaha and between Nāḷandā" means in between Rājagaha and Nāḷandā. "If I were to see a Teacher, I would see the Blessed One himself" means if I were to see a Teacher, I would see this very Blessed One. For it is not possible for another to be my Teacher other than this one. "If I were to see a Fortunate One, I would see the Blessed One himself" means if I were to see one called the Fortunate One, because of having well gone through right practice, I would see this very Blessed One. For it is not possible for another to be my Fortunate One other than this one. "If I were to see a perfectly Self-awakened One, I would see the Blessed One himself" means if I were to see one called the perfectly Self-awakened One, because of having rightly and by himself awakened to the truths, I would see this very Blessed One. For it is not possible for another to be my perfectly Self-awakened One other than this one - this is the intention here. Thus by the very seeing, he explains: "I, friend, was without uncertainty regarding the Blessed One, thinking 'This is the Teacher, this is the Fortunate One, this is the perfectly Self-awakened One.'" "The Blessed One is my Teacher, venerable sir" - although this has come in two instances, it should be understood as having been said three times. For by this he explains: "Thus three times I declared my discipleship, friend."

"Not knowing" means not knowing indeed. In the second term too, the same method applies. "His head would split apart" means if a disciple with a gladdened mind, thus endowed with the whole mind, were to perform such supreme respect towards any other teacher, an outsider who professes "I know" while not knowing, his head would split apart from the neck like a palm fruit severed from its stalk, and moreover it would split into seven pieces - this is the meaning. Or what need is there of this? If the Elder Mahākassapa were to perform this supreme respect with this confidence of mind towards the great ocean, it would go to dissolution like a drop of water thrown onto a heated pan. If he were to perform it towards the world-circle, it would scatter like a fistful of chaff. If he were to perform it towards Mount Sineru, it would be demolished like a fistful of flour struck by a crow's beak. If he were to perform it towards the great earth, it would scatter like a heap of ashes struck by the wind. Yet even such respect from the elder was not able to disturb even a single hair on the golden-coloured upper surface of the Teacher's feet. Let Mahākassapa be set aside; even a thousand or a hundred thousand monks similar to Mahākassapa, by the showing of respect, are indeed not able to disturb even a single hair on the upper surface of the feet of the One of Ten Powers, or to shake even a single fibre on the rag-robe. For the Teacher is of such great majesty.

"Therefore, Kassapa" means since I, knowing indeed, say "I know," and seeing indeed, say "I see," therefore, Kassapa, you should train thus. "Strong" means thick, great. "Shame and moral fear" means shame and moral fear. "Will be established" means will be present even beforehand. For whoever approaches elders and others having established shame and moral fear towards them, the elders and others too approach him having become possessed of shame and moral fear - this here is the benefit. "Connected with the wholesome" means based upon the wholesome. "Having given attention" means having made oneself desirous of that Teaching, or having given attention to that Teaching thinking "This is my purpose." "Having reflected" means having placed in the mind. "Having collected together with the whole mind" means having collected together with the entire attentive mind, not allowing the mind to go outside even slightly. "With ears inclined" means with ears directed; having applied both the ear of knowledge and the ear of the sense faculty, "I shall listen respectfully to the Teaching taught by me" - thus indeed should you train. "Mindfulness of the body accompanied by comfort" means mindfulness of the body associated with happiness by means of the first meditative absorption in the foulnesses and in breathing. And this threefold exhortation was itself the elder's going forth and full ordination.

"With conflict" means having become one with mental defilement, one with debt. "Ate food obtained from the people" means I ate offerings given in faith. For there are four kinds of use: use by theft, use by debt, use by inheritance, and use by ownership. Therein, the use of one who is immoral, even though he sits in the midst of the Community and eats, is called use by theft. Why? Because of having no ownership over the four requisites. The use without reviewing by one who is moral is called use by debt. The use of the seven trainees is called use by inheritance. The use of one who has eliminated the mental corruptions is called use by ownership. Thus only one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, having become an owner, consumes free of debt. The elder, being himself a worldling, making his use that had been consumed into use by debt indeed, spoke thus. "On the eighth day final liberating knowledge arose" means on the eighth day the fruition of arahantship arose.

"Then, friend, the Blessed One turned aside from the road" means the turning aside from the road occurred first, on that very day, and the achievement of arahantship was afterwards. But because the sequence of the teaching has come thus, the achievement of arahantship was explained first. But why did the Blessed One turn aside from the road? For thus it occurred to him: "I shall make this monk a forest-dweller by birth, a rag-robe wearer by birth, and a one-meal eater by birth." Therefore he turned aside.

"Soft indeed is this of yours" means soft indeed is this of yours. And the Blessed One said these words while stroking that robe edge by edge with his hand the colour of a lotus flower. Why did he say thus? Out of the wish to exchange robes with the Elder. Why did the wish to exchange arise? Out of the wish to establish the Elder in his own position. But the Elder, since when the beauty of a robe or a bowl is spoken of, the statement "Take this for yourselves" is merely the custom, therefore he said "May the Blessed One accept from me, venerable sir." "But will you, Kassapa, wear my hempen rag-robes, cast-off cloth?" means Kassapa, will you be able to wear these rag-robes worn out through use? - thus he says. And that indeed was said not with reference to bodily strength, but with reference to the fulfilment of the practice. For this is the intention here: I took this robe - which had been worn by a slave woman named Puṇṇā and discarded in a charnel grove - having entered that cemetery, having shaken off the insects the size of water-vessels that covered it, having stood in the great noble lineage; and on the day I took this robe, the great earth in the ten-thousand world-systems trembled, crying out with a great uproar, the sky resounded with cracking sounds, the deities of the world-systems gave applause, saying "It is proper for the monk who takes this robe to be a rag-robe wearer by birth, a forest-dweller by birth, a one-meal eater by birth, and a successive house-to-house alms goer by birth; you will be able to act befittingly towards this robe." The Elder too himself bears the strength of five elephants; he, without deliberating on that, wishing to act befittingly towards the Fortunate One's robe with the enthusiasm "I shall fulfil this practice," said "I will wear them, venerable sir." "I received" means I have practised. And having thus made the exchange of robes, the Blessed One put on the robe that had been worn by the Elder, and the Elder put on the Teacher's robe. At that time the great earth, making the water its boundary, trembled resounding.

In the passage beginning with "the Blessed One's son," the Elder is the Blessed One's son because, in dependence on the Blessed One, he is born with a noble birth. He is legitimate, born from his mouth, because by the power of the exhortation that came forth from the mouth after dwelling at the breast, he is established in both the going forth and the full ordination. Born of the Teaching, created by the Teaching, because of being born from the Teaching of exhortation and because of being fashioned by the Teaching of exhortation. Heir to the Teaching, because he deserves the inheritance of the Teaching of exhortation, or indeed the inheritance of the nine supramundane teachings. "Who has received the hempen rag-robes" means the rag-robe worn by the Teacher was received for the purpose of wearing.

"Speaking rightly would say" means whatever person one speaking rightly would describe with the qualities beginning with "the Blessed One's son," it is of me that one speaking rightly would say that; I am of such a kind. To this extent, the going forth has been purified by the Elder. For this is the intention here: Friend, one for whom no preceptor is known, no teacher - would such a one without a preceptor, without a teacher, a shaveling by a barber, one who took the ochre robe himself, gone to the reckoning of "one gone over to other sects," thus obtain the going out to meet him for a distance of three leagues, obtain the going forth or the full ordination by three exhortations, obtain the exchange of robes body to body? See how ill-spoken was the word of the nun Thullanandā. Having thus purified the going forth, now in order to roar the lion's roar with the six direct knowledges, he said beginning with "I indeed, friend." The remainder should be understood by the former method. The eleventh.

12.

Commentary on the Paraṃmaraṇa Sutta

155. In the twelfth, "Tathāgata" means a being. "Because, friend, this is not connected with the goal" means, friend, this wrong view is not based upon the goal. "Not fundamental to the holy life" means it is not even the preliminary practice of the holy life of the path. "Because, friend, this is connected with the goal" means, friend, this meditation subject of the four truths is based upon the goal. "This is fundamental to the holy life" means this is the beginning, the preliminary practice of the holy life of the path. The twelfth.

13.

Commentary on the Saddhammappatirūpaka Sutta

156. In the thirteenth, "became established through final knowledge" means they became established in arahantship. "Counterfeit of the Good Teaching" means there are two counterfeits of the Good Teaching: the counterfeit of the Good Teaching of achievement and the counterfeit of the Good Teaching of the Scriptures. Therein -

This, being the impurity arisen from insight knowledge, is called the counterfeit of the Good Teaching of achievement. But that which has not been included in the three Councils - the Treatise on Elements, the Treatise on Objects, the Treatise on Foulness, the Treatise on Cases of Knowledge, and the Casket of True Knowledge - outside these five subjects of discussion, namely the Hidden Vinaya, the Hidden Vessantara, the Hidden Mahosadha, the Canon of Praise, the Canon of Aṅgulimāla, the Roar of Raṭṭhapāla, the Roar of Āḷavaka, and the Canon of Vedalla - being not the word of the Buddha, is called the counterfeit of the Good Teaching of the Scriptures.

"Counterfeit gold" means ornaments made of brass prepared with a gold solution, gold-coloured in appearance. For at festival times people go to the market thinking "We shall buy ornamental goods." Then the shopkeepers say to them thus: "If you are desirous of ornaments, take these. For these are compact and colourful and inexpensive." They, having heard from them, thinking "These people speak reasonably; having adorned oneself with these, it is possible to celebrate the festival, and they are beautiful and inexpensive," take those and go. The gold merchandise, not being sold, has to be stored away and kept. Thus, when the counterfeit gold has arisen, that is said to disappear.

"Then there is the disappearance of the Good Teaching" means there is the disappearance of the threefold Good Teaching: the Good Teaching of achievement, the Good Teaching of practice, and the Good Teaching of the Scriptures. For at the time of the first enlightenment, monks were attainers of analytical knowledge. Then, as time went on, they were unable to attain analytical knowledge; they were possessors of the six direct knowledges. Thereafter, being unable to attain the six direct knowledges, they attained the three true knowledges. Now, as time goes on, being unable to attain the three true knowledges, they will attain merely the elimination of mental corruptions. Being unable even to attain that, the fruition of non-returning; being unable even to attain that, the fruition of once-returning; being unable even to attain that, the fruition of stream-entry. As time goes on, they will not be able to attain even the fruition of stream-entry. Then, when their insight, defiled by these impurities, will remain merely at the stage of having been begun, at that time the Good Teaching of achievement will be said to have disappeared.

For at the time of the first enlightenment, monks fulfilled the practice befitting the four analytical knowledges. As time goes on, being unable to do that, for the six direct knowledges; being unable even to do that, for the three true knowledges; being unable even to do that, for merely the fruition of arahantship. But as time goes on, being unable to fulfil the practice befitting arahantship, they will fulfil the practice befitting the fruition of non-returning; being unable even to do that, for the fruition of once-returning; being unable even to do that, for the fruition of stream-entry. But when, being unable to fulfil even the practice befitting the fruition of stream-entry, they will remain at merely the purity of morality, at that time the Good Teaching of practice will be said to have disappeared.

But as long as the three Canons of the Buddha's teaching exist, it is proper to say that the Dispensation has not disappeared. Let the three stand or not; even when the Canon of the higher teaching has disappeared, while the other two still stand, it should not be said that it has disappeared. Even when the two have disappeared and only the Canon of monastic discipline remains, even therein when the Chapters and the Supplement have disappeared and only the Twofold Analysis remains, even when the Great Monastic Discipline has disappeared and the two Pātimokkhas are still in use, the Dispensation has not disappeared. But when the two Pātimokkhas disappear, then there will be the disappearance of the Good Teaching of the Scriptures. When that has disappeared, the Dispensation is called disappeared. For when the Scriptures have disappeared, practice disappears; when practice has disappeared, achievement disappears. Why? For this learning of the Scriptures is a condition for practice, and practice for achievement. Thus, even more than practice, the Scriptures alone are the measure.

But was it not that in the time of the perfectly Self-awakened One Kassapa, a monk named Kapila who was not accomplished, thinking "I shall recite the Pātimokkha," having taken a fan and seated on the seat, asked "Are there any here who are practising?" Then, out of fear of him, even those for whom the Pātimokkha was in practice, without saying "We are practising," said "We are not practising." He put down the fan, rose from his seat and departed. At that time, did the Dispensation of the perfectly Self-awakened One retreat? Although it retreated, the Scriptures are however absolutely the measure. For just as when a great lake has a firm embankment, it should not be said that water will not remain; when there is water, it should not be said that lotuses and other flowers will not bloom; just so, when the three Canons of the Buddha's teaching exist, resembling the firm embankment of a great lake, it should not be said that there are no sons of good family who fulfil the practice, resembling the water in a great lake; when they exist, it should not be said that there are no noble persons such as stream-enterers and so on, like lotuses and other flowers in a great lake. Thus absolutely the Scriptures alone are the measure.

"The solid element" means the great earth, which is two hundred thousand and four myriads thick. "The liquid element" means the cosmic-cycle-destroying water that has risen from the earth up to the Subhakiṇha Brahma world. "The heat element" means the cosmic-cycle-destroying fire that has risen from the earth up to the Ābhassara Brahma world. "The air element" means the cosmic-cycle-destroying wind that has risen from the earth up to the Vehapphala Brahma world. For not even a single one among these is able to cause the Teacher's Dispensation to disappear; therefore he spoke thus. "Right here they arise" means just as rust that eats metal arises from the metal itself, so they arise in this very Dispensation of mine. "Foolish men" means hollow men.

In "sinks only by taking on cargo," here "by taking on" means by taking up, by seizing. "Sinks" means goes under. This is what is meant - Just as a boat that travels on water sinks by taking on cargo, so by the filling up of the Scriptures and so on, the disappearance of the Good Teaching does not occur. For when the Scriptures are declining, practice declines; when practice is declining, achievement declines. When the Scriptures are being fulfilled, persons who bear the Scriptures fulfil the practice; those who fulfil the practice fulfil the achievement. Thus he shows that, like a new moon, when the Scriptures and so on are growing, my Dispensation grows indeed.

Now, showing those things by which there is both the disappearance and the presence of the Good Teaching, he said beginning with "five indeed" and so on. Therein, "degrading" means leading downward; the meaning is leading to a lower state. In the passage beginning with "disrespectful towards the Teacher," "disrespectful" means devoid of respect. "Not deferential" means without deference, without humble conduct. Therein, one who, while ascending the shrine courtyard, holds an umbrella, wears sandals, goes looking elsewhere while speaking in conversation - this one is called disrespectful towards the Teacher.

Whoever, when the hearing of the Teaching has been announced, sits surrounded by young novices, or does new construction work and so on, or while seated in the hall for hearing the Teaching sleeps, or sits distracted speaking about other things - this is called disrespectful towards the Teaching.

Whoever, having gone to attend upon an elder monk, sits down without paying homage, clutches the knees with hands or clutches the knees with cloth, or else makes other fidgeting with hands and feet, speaks uninvited in the presence of seniors - this is called disrespectful towards the Community.

But one who simply does not fulfil the three trainings is called disrespectful towards the training. One who does not produce the eight attainments, or else does not make an effort for the purpose of producing them, is called disrespectful towards concentration. The bright side should be understood by the reverse of what has been stated. The thirteenth.

The commentary on the Kassapa Connected Discourses is concluded.

6.

Connected Discourses on Gains and Honour

1.

The First Chapter

1.

Commentary on the Dāruṇa Sutta

157. In the first discourse of the Lābhasakkāra Saṃyutta, "severe" means obstinate. "Material gain, honour and fame": here "material gain" means the gain of the four requisites. "Honour" means the gain of those very same well prepared and well arranged. "Fame" means the sound of praise. "Painful" means sharp. "Harsh" means rough. "Forming an impediment" means creating an obstacle. The first.

2.

Commentary on the Baḷisa Sutta

158. In the second, "fisherman" means a fish-killer who goes about having taken a hook. "Baited" means smeared with bait. "With an eye for bait" means one who has vision, seeing towards bait - thus "with an eye for bait." "Having swallowed the hook" means one whose hook has been swallowed. "Fallen into calamity" means arrived at suffering. "Fallen into disaster" means arrived at destruction. "Subject to be done with as wished" means according to one's wish, according to one's preference, just as the fisherman wishes him to be, so it is to be done to him - this is the meaning. "Subject to be done with as wished by the Evil One" means as is the wish of the Māra of mental defilements, so it is to be done to him; he is to be brought to hell or the animal realm or the sphere of ghosts. The second.

3-4.

Commentary on the Kumma Sutta and Others

159-160. In the third, "a great family of tortoises" means a great family of bone-shelled tortoises. "Went" means he went with the perception "There is surely something edible here; being stingy about it, this one is preventing me." "With a harpoon" means a harpoon is called an iron barbed hook, shaped like an ear-piercing dart, having inserted a stick into an iron-tipped sheath bound with a long cord; when it falls with force and becomes stuck in the shell, the stick comes out, and the cord, being bound as one, just goes along. "That tortoise" means that pierced tortoise. "Towards that tortoise" means having heard the sound of water, thinking "it will be a dangerous place," having turned back, towards that tortoise who wished him well. "You are no longer one of us" means now you have gone into the hand of an enemy, you are not our own - this is the meaning. And even while they were thus conversing, the huntsman standing in the boat, having pulled the cord, having seized the tortoise, did as he wished. The remainder here and in the next discourse from this is clear in itself. The third and fourth.

5.

Commentary on the Mīḷhaka Sutta

161. In the fifth, "dung beetle" means an insect living on excrement. "Dung-eater" means feeding on dung. "Full of dung" means filled with dung inside. "Stuffed with dung" - this is merely an explanation of the meaning of the former. "Might despise" means having placed the hind legs on the ground and having raised the front legs up on top of the dung, standing and saying "I am a dung-eater," it might despise. "And his almsfood is full" means moreover, he would have a bowl-full of superior almsfood. The fifth.

6.

Commentary on the Asani Sutta

162. In the sixth, "let a thunderbolt wheel come upon whom it may, monks" means let a bright thunderbolt wheel come, monks, having fallen upon the head of whatever person, crushing him. "Who has not attained the goal" means who has not attained arahantship. Thus the Blessed One said this not out of desire for the suffering of beings, but in order to show the danger. For a thunderbolt wheel fallen on the head removes only one single individual existence, but one whose mind is consumed by material gain, honour and fame experiences endless suffering in hell and so on. The sixth.

7.

Commentary on the Diddha Sutta

163. In the seventh, "smeared with poison" means gone-smeared, that is, smeared with poison. "Visallena" means smeared with poison. "Sallena" means with a spear. The seventh.

8.

Commentary on the Siṅgāla Sutta

164. In the eighth, "jackal" means an old jackal. Just as indeed even a body of golden colour is but a putrid body, and even urine that has just flowed out at that very moment is called but "cattle-urine," so too even a jackal born that very day is called but an "old jackal." "Called mange" means by a disease of such a name. That, it is said, arises in the cold season. When it has arisen, hairs fall from the entire body, the entire body having become hairless, cracks all around, and the wounds struck by the wind are painful. Just as a man bitten by a mad dog wanders about unsettled, so when it has arisen, he has to wander about, and it is not evident that there will be safety at such and such a place. The eighth.

9.

Commentary on the Verambha Sutta

165. In the ninth, "verambha winds" means great winds of that name. But in what kind of place do those winds blow? Where, for one standing there, the four continents appear as mere water-lily leaves. "Whatever bird goes" means the wind-bird, crying out when the sky has newly rained, goes there; with reference to that, this was said. In the passage beginning with "with body unguarded": swinging the hands and feet or bending the shoulder-bone, one does not guard the body; speaking various kinds of gross talk, one does not guard speech; thinking sensual thoughts and so on, one does not guard the mind. "With mindfulness not established" means not having established mindfulness of the body. The ninth.

10.

Commentary on the Discourse with Verses

166. In the tenth, "by dishonour and both" means by dishonour and by both. "Concentration" means the concentration of the fruition of arahantship. For that does not waver by it. "Of one dwelling in the limitless" means of one dwelling in the limitless fruition concentration. "Acting continuously" means one who acts constantly. "Subtle, one who sees with insight into views" means one gifted with introspection, because of having come by way of having established insight for the purpose of the fruition attainment of subtle view through the view of the path of arahantship. "Delighting in the elimination of clinging" means delighting in Nibbāna, which is termed the elimination of clinging. "They call a good person thus" means they say "a good person." The tenth.

The first chapter.

2.

The Second Chapter

1-2.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Golden Bowl, Etc.

167-168. In the first discourse of the second chapter, "speaking a conscious lie" means speaking a conscious lie even for a trifling reason. A monk who has resolved "I shall fulfil morality" - even a heap of requisites the size of Sineru is not able to shake him. But when, having abandoned morality, he becomes dependent on honour, then even for the sake of a handful of rice-powder he speaks a conscious lie, or does other what should not be done. The second is clear in itself. The first and second.

3-10.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Gold Coin, Etc.

169. In the third and so on, "of a gold coin" means of one gold coin. "Of a gold ingot" means of a gold ingot made of refined gold. "Of the earth" means of the great earth within the world-circle. "For the sake of some trifling material gain" means for the sake of whatever material gain, at least even a handful of rice bran. "For the sake of life" means for the sake of even that, when having been seized by thieves in the forest, one is being deprived of life. "Of the most beautiful girl in the country" means of the finest woman in the province. The third etc.

The second chapter.

3.

The Third Chapter

1-2.

Commentary on the Discourse on Womankind, Etc.

170-171. In the first discourse of the third chapter, "for him, monks, not a woman" means not even a woman desirous of that quality is able to exhaust the mind of one sitting alone in a secret place, for whom material gain, honour and fame is able to exhaust the mind - this is the meaning. The second is clear in itself. The first and second.

3-6.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Only Son, Etc.

172-175. In the third, "faithful" means a stream-enterer. The remainder here is clear in itself. Likewise in the fourth, fifth and sixth. The third etc.

7.

Commentary on the Third Discourse on Ascetics and Brahmins

176. In the seventh, regarding "origin" and so on, individual existence together with former action, being of good family, beauty of complexion, pleasant speech, declaration of the virtues of ascetic practice, robe-wearing, success of retinue - such and so on is called the origin of material gain and honour; one does not understand that by way of the truth of origin; and cessation and practice should be understood by way of the truth of cessation and the truth of the path respectively. The seventh.

8.

Commentary on the Discourse on Skin

177. In the eighth, because material gain, honour and fame, when producing rebirth in hell and so on, removes even this entire individual existence, and even here brings death and suffering like death, therefore "cuts the skin" and so on was said. The eighth.

9.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Rope

178. In the ninth, "with a horse-hair rope" means a rope made of thread and so on is soft, but a horse-hair rope is rough and harsh, therefore this itself was taken. The ninth.

10.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Monk

179. In the tenth, "pleasant abidings in the present life" means pleasant abidings of fruition attainment. "For those I say for him" means "for those, I would say for him." For one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, being an obtainer, accomplished in merit, having taken rice gruel, sweet-meats and so on, giving thanksgiving to those who come and go, teaching the Teaching, answering questions, does not obtain the opportunity to sit down having attained fruition attainment; this was said with reference to that. The tenth.

The third chapter.

4.

The Fourth Chapter

1-4.

Commentary on the Discourse on Bhindi, Etc.

180-183. The first discourse of the Fourth Chapter is clear in itself. In the second and so on, "wholesome root" means the threefold wholesome mental state beginning with non-greed. "Bright quality" is an alternative exposition of that same thing. Now here this is the meaning in brief - Because of the non-eradication of the blameless quality reckoned as the wholesome root and so on, Devadatta would have been reborn in heaven or would have attained the paths and fruitions; but that went to eradication for him, altogether eradicated and destroyed. The first and so on.

5.

Commentary on the Discourse on the Recently Departed

184. In the fifth, "for ruin" means for decline, for destruction. "A mule" means one born from a donkey in the womb of a mare. "Conceives an embryo for its own destruction" means they mate her together with a horse; she, having conceived an embryo, when the time has arrived, is not able to give birth, and stands striking the ground with her feet; then, having tied her four feet to four stakes, having split open her belly, they take out the young; she dies right there. Therefore this was said. The fifth.

6.

Commentary on the Discourse on Five Hundred Chariots

185. In the sixth, "food offering" means food that is to be brought. But in order to show its measure, "five hundred pots of boiled rice" is said. Therein, one pot of boiled rice takes the food of ten men. "They were to break bile into the nose" means they would put bear bile or fish bile into its nostrils. The sixth.

7-13.

Commentary on the Mātu Sutta and Others

186-187. In the seventh, "even for the sake of his mother" means "If you speak a lie, we will release your mother. If you do not speak, we will not release her" - being thus questioned by thieves in the forest, he would not speak a conscious lie even for the sake of that mother who has fallen into the hands of thieves - this is the meaning. The same method applies to the subsequent ones from here as well. The seventh and so on.

The commentary on the Lābhasakkāra Connected Discourses is concluded.

7.

Connected Discourses with Rāhula

1.

The First Chapter

1-8.

Commentary on the Eye Discourse and Others

188-195. In the first discourse of the Rāhula Connected Discourses, "alone" means one who dwells alone in the four postures. "Withdrawn" means secluded, silent. "Diligent" means not separating from mindfulness. "Ardent" means accomplished in energy. "Might dwell resolute" means might dwell having become one whose self is directed for the purpose of specific attainment. "Impermanent" means impermanent by way of non-existence after having been. Or alternatively, it is impermanent also for these reasons: by possessing arising and passing away, by being temporary, by the standpoint of change, and by rejecting permanence. "Suffering" means suffering for four reasons: in the sense of being suffering, in the sense of having suffering as its basis, in the sense of constant oppression, and by rejecting happiness. "Proper" means fitting. "This is mine" is the grasping of craving. "This I am" is the grasping of conceit. "This is my self" is the grasping of wrong view. And here the grasping of craving should be understood by way of the one hundred and eight thoughts of craving, the grasping of conceit by way of the ninefold conceit, and the grasping of wrong view by way of the sixty-two wrong views. In "being disenchanted, he becomes dispassionate," here by way of dispassion the four paths are spoken of; in "through dispassion, he becomes liberated," here by way of liberation the four fruits of asceticism.

And here, regarding the five doors, only the sensitive matter is taken; by "mind," the three-plane comprehension-process consciousness is meant. In the second, regarding the five doors, only the object. In the third, regarding the five doors, only the consciousness having sensitive matter as its basis; by mind-consciousness, the three-plane comprehension-process consciousness is taken. Thus the method should be applied everywhere. In the sixth, phenomena of the three planes. But in the eighth, "craving" is found only as having reached the impulsion stage at each respective door. The first and so on.

9.

Commentary on the Element Discourse

196. In the ninth, mentality by way of the consciousness element, and materiality by the remaining - thus mentality-materiality was spoken of. The ninth.

10.

Commentary on the Aggregate Discourse

197. In the tenth, the aggregate of matter belongs to the sensual-sphere of existence, and the remaining four, by the all-inclusive division, belong to the four planes. Here, however, they should be taken as belonging to the three planes. The tenth.

The first chapter.

2.

The Second Chapter

1-10.

Commentary on the Eye Discourse and Others

198-199. In the second, the ten are of manifest meaning only. The first and so on.

11.

Commentary on the Underlying Tendency Discourse

200. In the eleventh, "in this conscious body" shows one's own conscious body; "and externally" means another's conscious or inanimate. Or by the former it shows the consciousness of both oneself and others; by the latter, externally, materiality not bound by the senses. "The underlying tendencies to I-making, mine-making, and conceit" means the wrong view of I-making, the craving of mine-making, and the underlying tendency to conceit. "Do not exist" - he asks: how is it that for one knowing, these mental defilements do not exist in these cases? "Sees with right wisdom" means he rightly sees with path wisdom together with insight. The eleventh.

12.

Commentary on the Departed Discourse

201. In the twelfth, "free from I-making, mine-making, and conceit" means departed from I-making, from mine-making, and from conceit. "Having transcended discrimination" means having well gone beyond the portions of conceit. "Peaceful, well liberated" means peaceful through the appeasement of mental defilements, well liberated from the very mental defilements. The remainder is clear in itself. The twelfth.

The second chapter.

In both, the plane of one beyond training has been spoken of. But here, the first was taught to one who was requesting, the second to one who was not requesting. But in the entire Rāhula Connected Discourses, only qualities conducive to the maturing of liberation for the elder have been spoken of.

The commentary on the Rāhula Connected Discourses is concluded.

8.

Connected Discourses with Lakkhaṇa

1.

The First Chapter

1.

Commentary on the Bone Discourse

202. In the Lakkhaṇa Saṃyutta, this Venerable Lakkhaṇa who is mentioned as "the Venerable Lakkhaṇa," he should be understood as one great disciple who was fully ordained by the "Come, monk" ordination among the thousand matted-hair ascetics, and who attained arahantship at the conclusion of the Fire Sermon exposition. But because he was endowed with an individual existence complete in all respects, endowed with auspicious characteristics, and equal to Brahmā, therefore he came to the reckoning as "Lakkhaṇa." Mahāmoggallāna, however, attained arahantship on the seventh day from the day of going forth, and was the second chief disciple.

"Manifested a smile" means he manifested a gentle smile; the meaning is that he made known, he showed. But having seen what did the elder manifest a smile? Having seen a being reborn in the ghost realm as a skeleton, which is mentioned later in the canonical text. And that indeed with the divine eye, not with the eye of sensitive matter. For these individual existences do not come into the range of the eye of sensitive matter. But having seen such an individual existence, when compassion should be shown, why did he manifest a smile? Because of recollecting the achievement of himself and of the Buddha's knowledge. For having seen that, the elder, having recollected his own achievement thus: "Such individual existences are to be obtained by a person who has not seen the truth; I am freed from them. It is a gain for me indeed, it is well-gained for me indeed" - "Oh, the achievement of the knowledge of the Buddha, the Blessed One! He taught 'The result of action, monks, is incomprehensible, not to be pondered upon.' Buddhas indeed teach having made it evident; well-penetrated by the Buddhas is the element of phenomena" - thus having recollected the achievement of the Buddha's knowledge as well, he manifested a smile.

Then why did the Elder Lakkhaṇa not see? Is it that he does not have the divine eye? No, it is not that he does not have it; but Mahāmoggallāna saw by adverting, while the other did not see through non-adverting. But since those who have eliminated the mental corruptions do not smile without reason, therefore the Elder Lakkhaṇa asked him: "What now, friend Moggallāna, is the cause, what is the condition for the manifestation of a smile?" But the elder, since those by whom this rebirth has not been seen by themselves are hard to convince, therefore, out of the desire to explain having made the Blessed One a witness, said beginning with "It is not the right time, friend." Then, being asked in the presence of the Blessed One, he explained by the method beginning with "Here I, friend."

Therein, "skeleton" means a white assemblage of bones devoid of flesh and blood. "Vultures, crows, and hawks" - these too should be understood as demon-vultures, demon-crows, and demon-hawks. But for ordinary vultures and so on, this form does not even come into their range. "Having pursued and pursued" means having followed and followed. "Pecking" means having pierced and pierced with sharp metal beaks resembling sword-edges, they move about, they go here and there. "It was making a cry of distress" - here "sudaṃ" is an indeclinable particle; the meaning is that the skeleton was making a cry of distress, a cry of anguish. It is said that for the purpose of experiencing the results of unwholesome action, such individual existences arise even measuring a yojana in size, and they are abundant in sensitive matter, resembling a ripe boil. Therefore that skeleton, afflicted by intense feeling, made such a sound.

And having said thus, again the Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, showing the sense of religious urgency arisen dependent on compassion towards beings, thinking "Beings going along in the round of rebirths are not freed from such individual existences," said beginning with "This occurred to me, friend - wonderful indeed, friend." Then the Blessed One, making known the power of the elder, said beginning with "Disciples indeed dwell possessing vision, monks." Therein, "the eye has come to be, has been born, has arisen for these" - thus "possessing vision"; the meaning is "those possessing the eye that has come to be, those possessing the eye that has arisen, having produced the eye, they dwell." In the second term too, the same method applies. "Yatra hi nāma" - here "yatra" is a word expressing reason. Herein, this is the interpretation of meaning - Since indeed even a disciple will know or see or bear witness to such a thing, therefore we said - "Disciples indeed dwell possessing vision, monks; disciples indeed dwell possessing knowledge, monks." "That being was seen by me before, monks" - he says "that being was seen by me before" by me who, at the seat of enlightenment, through the penetration of omniscient knowledge, was making evident the immeasurable orders of beings, the existences, destinations, modes of generation, stations of consciousness, and abodes in immeasurable world-systems.

"Cattle butcher" means a being who earned his livelihood by killing cattle, separating the meat from the bones, and selling it. "By the remainder of the result of that very action" means of that action accumulated by various volitions, which is action to be experienced in successive existences. For therein, when the result of the volition by which conception was generated in hell has been exhausted, conception arises again among ghosts and so on, having made the remaining action or the sign of action as object; therefore that conception, by similarity of action or by similarity of object, is called "the remainder of the result of that very action." And this being arose thus. Therefore he said - "By the remainder of the result of that very action." For him, it is said, at the time of passing away from hell, the sign was just a heap of bones of cattle that had been stripped of flesh. He, as though making that concealed action obvious to the wise, was born as a skeleton ghost. The first.